Addimus itaque, fratres, carissimi; praeterea, cum de quorumdam clericorum, quamuis lectorum, erga uxores proprias incontinentia referretur, placuit quod et in diuersis conciliis firmatum est: subdiacones qui sacra mysteria contrectant diacones, presbyteri, sed et episcopi secundum priora statuta etiam ab uxoribus se continere, ut tamquam non habentes uideantur esse; quod nisi fecerint, ab ecclesiastico remoueantur officio. Ceteros autem clericos ad hoc non cogi, nisi maturiore aetate. Ab uniuerso concilio dictum est: quae uestra sanctitas est iuste moderata, et sancta et deo placita sunt, confirmamus.
Placuit etiam: vt rem ecclesiae nemo uendat; quod si reditum non habet, et aliqua necessitas nimia cogit, hanc insinuandam esse primati prouinciae ipsius, ut cum statuta numero episcoporum utrum faciendum sit arbitrentur. Quod si tanta urguet necessitas ut non possit ante consulere, saltim uicinos testes conuocet episcopos, curans ad concilium omne referre suae ecclesiae necessitates. Quod si non fecerit, reus deo et concilio uenditor, honore amisso, teneatur.
Item confirmatum est: vt si quando presbyteri uel diaconi in aliqua grauiore culpa conuicti fuerint, qua eos a ministerio necesse sit remouere, non eis manus uel tamquam paenitentibus uel tamquam fidelibus laicis imponatur. Neque permittendum ut rebaptizati ad clericatus gradum promoueantur. Item placuit ut presbyteri et diaconi uel ceteri inferiores clerici in causis quas habuerint, si de iudicio episcoporum suorum questi fuerint, uicini episcopi eos audiant et inter eos quidquid est causae finiant adhibiti ab eis episcopi ex consensu episcoporum suorum. Quod si et ab eis prouocandum putauerint, non prouocent nisi ad africana concilia uel ad primatus suarum prouinciarum, Ad transmarinam autem qui putauerit appellandum a nullo intra africam in communionem suscipiatur.
Item placuit uniuerso concilio ut qui excommunicatus fuerit pro suo neglectu siue episcopus siue quilibet clericus et tempore excommunicatus suae ante audientiam communionem praesumpserit, ipse in se damnationis iudicetur protulisse sententiam. Item placuit, ut accusatus uel accusator, in eo loco unde est ille qui accusatur si metuit aliquam uim temerariam multitudinis, locum sibi eligat proximum quo non sit difficile testes perducerem ubi causa finiatur.
Item placuit, ut quicumque clerici uel diaconi pro necessitatibus ecclesiarum non obtemperauerint episcopis suis uolentibus eos ad honorem ampliorem in sua ecclesia promouere, nec illic ministrent in gradu suo unde recedere noluerunt. Item placuit, ut episcopi, presbyteri, diaconi uel quicumque clerici, qui nihil habentes ordinantur et tempore episcopatus uel clericatus sui agros uel quaecumque praedia nomini suo comparant, tamquam rerum dominicarum inuasionis crimine teneantur, nisi admoniti in ecclesiam eandem ipsa contulerint. Si autem ipsis proprie aliquid liberalitate alicuius uel successione cognationis obuenerit, faciant inde quod eorum proposito congruit; quod si a suo proposito retrorsum exorbitauerint, honore ecclesiastico indigni, tamquam reprobi iudicentur. Ita etiam placuit ut presbyteri non uendant rem ecclesiae ubi sunt constituti, nescientibus episcopis, quomodo episcopis non licet uendere praedia ecclesiae, ignorante concilio uel presbyteris suis, non habentes necessitatem Et: vt episcopo non liceat matrici ecclesiae, tituli presbyteri sui rem usurpare.
Aurelius episcopus dixit: Iuxta statuta totius concilii congregati et meae mediocritatis sententiam placet facere rerum omnium conclusionem: uniuersi tituli designati et digesti huius diei tractatum ecclesiastica gesta suscipient; ea uero quae adhuc expressa non sunt, cum cognouerimus, die sequenti per fratres nostros faustinum episcopum, philippum et asellum presbyteros uenerabili fratri et coepiscopo nostro Bonifatio rescribemus.
Concilia Africana secundum traditionem coll. Hispanae
Caesario et attico uu. cc. conss., v kal. septembris, carthagine in secretario basilicae restitutae, cum aurelius episcopus una cum coepiscopis suis consedisset, adstantibus diaconibus, [constituta sunt haec quae in praesenti concilio definita sunt].
Vt comprovinciales episcopi pascha svvm primatem inqvirant. Placuit igitur [in principio] propter errorem qui saepe solet oboriri, ut omnes africae prouinciae episcopi obseruationem diei paschalis ab ecclesia carthaginense curent accipere.
Vt per singvlos annos concilivm fiat. [Similiter] placuit ut propter causas ecclesiasticas, quae ad perniciem plebium saepe ueterescunt, singulis quibusque annis concilium conuocetur, ad quod omnes prouinciae quae primas sedes habent de conciliis suis binos aut quantos elegerint episcopos legatos mittant; ut et minus inuidiosi minus que hospitibus sumptuosi existant, et in congregato conuentu plena possit esse auctoritas; de tripoli autem propter inopiam episcoporum unus episcopus ueniat.
Vt episcopvs privsqvam ordinetvr canones agnoscat. Item placuit ut ordinandis episcopis uel clericis prius ab ordinatoribus suis decreta conciliorum auribus eorum inculcentur, ne se aliquid contra statuta concilii fecisse paeniteant.
Vt levitae et virgines ante viginti qvinqve annos non consecrentvr. Item placuit ut ante uiginti quinque annos aetatis nec [diacones] ordinentur nec uirgines consecrentur; et ut lectores populum non salutent.
Vt sacramentvm catechvmenis non praebeatvr. Item placuit, ut etiam per solemnissimos paschales dies sacramentum catechumenis non detur, nisi solitum salis; quia si fideles per illos dies sacramenta non mutant, nec catechumenos oportet mutare.
Vt mortis baptismvs vel evcharistia non detvr. Item placuit ut corporibus defunctorum eucharistia non detur; dictum est enim a domino; accipite et edite; cadauera autem nec accipere possunt nec edere. Deinde cauendum est ne mortuos etiam baptizari posse fratrum infirmitas credat, [quibus] nec eucharistiam dari animaduerterit.
Vt si episcopvs accvsatvr, vbi vel infra quod tempvs examinetvr. Aurelius episcopus dixit: quisquis episcoporum accusatur, ad primatem prouinciae ipsius causam deferat accusator, nec a communione suspendatur cui crimen intenditur, nisi ad causam suam dicendam primae sedis litteris euocatus die statuta minime occurrerit, hoc est intra spatium mensis ex ea die qua eum litteras accepisse, constiterit: quod si aliquas ueras necessitatis causas probauerit, quibus eum occurrere non potuisse manifestum sit, causae suae dicendae intra alterum mensem integram habeat facultatem; uerum tamdiu post mensem secundum non communicet donec purgetur. Si autem ad concilium uniuersale anniuersarium occurrere uoluerit ut uel ibi causa eius terminetur, ipse in se damnationis, sententiam dixisse iudicetur; tempore sane quo non communicat, nec in sua ecclesia uel parochia communicet: accusator autem eius si nunquam diebus causae dicendae defuerit, a communione non remoueatur; si uero aliquando defuerit, subtrahens se, restituto in communionem episcopo, ipse remoueatur a communione accusator, ita tamen ut nec ipsi adimatur facultas causae peragendae, si se ad diem occurrere non noluisse, sed non potuisse probauerit. Illud uero placuit, ut cum agere coeperit in episcoporum iudicio, si fuerit accusatoris persona culpabilis, ad arguendum non admittatur, nisi proprias causas non tamen si ecclesiasticas asserere uoluerit. De praesbyteris et diaconibvs, qvanti episcopi eos avdiant. Si autem praesbyteri uel diaconi fuerint accusati, adiuncto sibi ex uicinis locis proprius episcopus legitimo numero collegarum, una se cum in praesbyteri nomine episcopi sex, in diaconi tres, ipsorum causam discutiant, eadem dierum et dilatione et a communione remotionum et discussione personarum inter accusatores et eos qui accusantur forma seruata. Reliquorum autem clericorum causas etiam solus episcopus loci agnoscat et finiat.
Vt clerici pvblica ivdicia non appellent. Item placuit, ut quisquis episcoporum, praesbyterorum et diaconorum seu clericorum, cum in ecclesia ei crimen fuerit institutum uel ciuilis causa fuerit commota, si relicto ecclesiastico iudicio, publicis iudiciis purgari uoluerit, etiam si pro ipso fuerit prolata sententia, locum suum amittat; et hoc in criminali [actione]: in ciuili uero perdat quod euicit, si locum suum obtinere maluerit. Cui enim ad eligendos iudices undique ecclesiae patet auctoritas, ipse se indignum ecclesiae iudicat, qui de uniuersa ecclesia male sentiendo de iudicio saeculari poscit auxilium, cum priuatorum christianorum causas apostolus etiam ad ecclesiam deferri ibi determinari praecipiat. Si qvisqve ab aliis ivdicibvs ecclesiasticis ad alios fverit, non obesse prioribvs si diversa sententia proferatvr. Hoc etiam placuit, ut a quibuscumque iudicibus ecclesiasticis ad alios iudices ecclesiasticos ubi est maior auctoritas fuerit prouocatum, non eis obsit quorum fuerit soluta sententia, si conuinci non potuerint uel inimico animo iudicasse uel aliqua cupiditate aut gratia deprauati: sane si ex consensu partium iudices electi fuerint, etiam a pauciori numero quam constitutum est non liceat prouocari.
Vt filii clericorvm ad spectacvla non accedant.
Vt filii sacerdotum uel clericorum spectacula saecularia non exhibeant, sed ne spectent, quandoquidem ab spectando etiam omnes laici prohibeantur; semper enim christianis omnibus hoc interdictum est, ut ubi blasphemiae sunt non accedant.
Vt filii clericorvm matrimoniis infidelivm socientvr. Item placuit, ut filii [uel filiae] episcoporum uel quorumlibet clericorum gentilibus uel haereticis aut schismaticis matrimonio non coniungantur.
Vt clerici de rebvs svis nihil infidelibvs conferant.
Vt episcopi uel clerici in eos qui catholici christiani non sunt. Etiam si consanguinei fuerint, per donationes rerum suarum nihil conferant.
Vt clerici filios svos a sva potestate exire non sinant, nisi aetate et moribvs comprobatis.
Vt episcopi uel clerici filios suos a sua potestate per mancipationem exire non sinant, nisi de moribus eorum fuerint et de aetate securi, ut possint ad eos iam propria pertinere peccata.
Vt clerici non sint condvctores vel negotiatores. Item placuit, ut episcopi, praesbyteri et diaconi uel clerici non sint conductores aut procuratores priuatorum, neque ullo turpi uel inhonesto negotio uictum quaerant, quia respicere debent scriptum esse: nemo militans deo implicat se negotiis saecularibus.
Vt clericvs non sit vsvrarivs.
Vt nullus clericorum amplius recipiat, quam cuiquam quod accommodauerit: si pecuniam, pecuniam accipiat: si speciem, speciem: quantum dederit accipiat: et quidquid aliud, tantum quantum dederit.
Vt cvm clericis extraneae feminae non cohabitent.
Vt cum omnibus omnino clericis extraneae feminae non cohabitent, sed solae matres, auiae et materterae, amitae, sorores et filiae fratrum aut sororum, et quaecumque ex familia domestica necessitate, etiam antequam ordinarentur, iam cum eis habitabant, uel si filii eorum iam ordinatis parentibus uxores acceperunt, aut seruis non habentibus in domo ducant, aliunde ducere necessitas fuerit.
Vt clerici non ordinentvr nisi omnes qvi cvm svnt fideles extiterint.
Vt episcopi et praesbyteri et diaconi non ordinentur priusquam omnes qui sunt in domo eorum christianos catholicos fecerint.
Vt clerici cvm ad pvbertatem venerint avt conivgivm avt castitatem profiteantvr. Placuit ut lectores, cum ad annos pubertatis uenerint, cogantur aut uxores ducere aut continentiam profiteri.
Vt plebes alienas alivs episcopvs non vsvrpet. Placuit ut a nullo episcopo usurpentur plebes alienae, [nec aliquis episcoporum supergrediatur in diocesim collegae sui].
Vt nvllvs episcopvs alienvm clericvm avdeat retinere vel ordinare.
Vt clericum alienum, nisi concedente eius episcopo, nemo audeat retinere uel promouere in ecclesia sibi credita: clericorum autem nomen etiam lectores [et psalmistae et ostiarii] retinent.
Vt nvllvs clericvs, fverit vitae probabilis.
Vt nvllvs ordinetur [clericus], nisi probatus uel episcoporum examine uel populi testimonio. De precibvs et orationibvs.
Vt nemo in precibus uel patrem pro filio, uel filium pro patre nominet; et cum altari assistitur semper ad patrem dirigatur oratio; et quicunque sibi preces aliunde describit, non eis utatur, nisi prius eas cum instructioribus fratribus contulerit.
Vt in sacrificio tantvm panis et calix offeratvr.
Vt in sacramentis corporis et sanguinis domini nihil amplius offeratur quam ipse dominus tradidit, hoc est panem et uinum aquae mixtum; nec amplius in primitiis offeratur, quam de uuis et frumentis. Ne clerici vel continentes ad virgines vel vidvas soli habeant accessvm.
Vt clerici uel continentes ad uiduas uel uirgines nisi ex iussu uel permissu episcoporum aut presbyterorum non accedant, et hoc non soli faciant, sed cum conclericis uel cum his cum quibus episcopus aut presbyter iusserit. Nec ipsi episcopi et presbyteri soli habeant accessum ad huiusmodi feminas, sed ubi aut clerici praesentes sunt aut graues aliqui christiani.
Vt primae sedis episcopvs princeps sacerdotvm non appelletvr.
Vt primae sedis episcopus non appelletur princeps sacerdotum aut summus sacerdos aut aliquid huiusmodi, sed tantum primae sedis episcopus.
Vt clerici tabernas non ingrediantvr.
Vt clerici edendi uel bibendi causa tabernas non ingrediantur, nisi peregrinationis necessitate.
Vt episcopvs sine formata metropolitani longivs non proficiscatvr.
Vt episcopi trans mare non proficiscantur, nisi consulto primae sedis episcopo suae cuiusque prouinciae, ut ab eo praecipue possit sumere formatam uel commendationem.
Vt missa a ieivnis celebretvr.
Vt sacramenta altaris non nisi a ieiunis hominibus celebrentur; nam si aliquorum promeridiano tempore defunctorum, siue episcopum siue ceterorum, commendatio facienda est, solis orationibus fiat, si illi qui faciunt iam pransi inueniuntur.
Vt nvllvs in ecclesia convivetvr.
Vt nulli episcopi uel clerici in ecclesia conuiuentur, nisi forte transeuntes hospitiorum necessitate illic reficiant: populi etiam ab huiusmodi conuiuiis, quantum fieri potest, prohibeantur.
Vt paenitentibvs ivxta peccatvm modvs paenitentiae detvr.
Vt paenitentibus, secundum differentiam peccatorum, episcopi arbitrio paenitentiae tempora decernantur.
Vt presbyter praeter ivssvm vel absentiam episcopi non reconciliet paenitentem.
Vt presbyter inconsulto episcopo non reconciliet paenitentem, nisi absentia episcopi necessitate cogente: cuiuscumque autem paenitentis publicum et uulgatissimum crimen est, quod uniuersam ecclesiam commouerit, ante absida manus ei imponatur. De cvstodia sacrarvm virginvm.
Vt uirgines sacrae, si a parentibus a quibus custodiebantur priuatae fuerint, episcopi prouidentia uel presbyteri ubi episcopus absens est, [monasterio uirginum uel] grauioribus feminis commendentur, ut simul habitantes inuicem se custodiant, ne passim uagando ecclesiae laedant opinionem. De baptizandis aegrotis qvi iam loqvi non possvnt.
Vt aegrotantes si pro se respondere non possunt, cum uoluntatis eorum testimonium sui dixerint, baptizentur.
Vt apostaticis et scenicis conversis reconciliatio non negetvr.
Vt scenicis atque histrionibus caeteris que huiusmodi personis, uel apostaticis conuersis uel reuersis ad deum gratia uel reconciliato non negetur.
Vt presbyter chrisma non conficiat.
Vt presbyter non consulto episcopo uirgines non consecret; chrisma uero nunquam conficiat.
Vt clerici sine necessitate in aliena civitate non immorentvr.
Vt clerici in aliena ciuitate non immorentur, nisi causas eorum iustas episcopus loci uel presbyteri locorum peruiderint.
Vt non liceat fieri translationes episcoporvm. Illud autem suggerimus mandatum nobis, quod etiam in capuensi plenaria synodo uidetur statutum, ut non liceat fieri rebaptizationes, reordinationes uel translationes episcoporum: nam crisconius villaregiensis episcopus, plebe sua derelicta, tubuniensem inuasit ecclesiam, et usque in hodie commonitus secundum quod statutum fuerat, relinquere eamdem quam inuaserat plebem contempsit. Aduersus istum quae pronuntiata fuerant confirmata quidem audiuimus; sed petimus, secundum quod nobis mandatum est, ut dignemini dare fiduciam: quoniam necessitate ipsa cogente, liberum nobis sit rectorem prouinciae secundum statuta gloriosissimorum principum aduersus illum adire, ut qui miti admonitioni sanctitatis uestrae acquiescere noluit et emendare illicitum, auctoritate iudiciaria protinus excludatur. aurelius episcopus dixit: seruata forma disciplinae non aestimabitur appetitus si a uestra charitate modeste conuentus recedere detractauerit, cum ferit suo contemptu et contumacia, faciente etiam auctoritate iudiciaria, conuentus. Honoratus et vrbanus episcopi dixerunt: hoc ergo omnibus placet? ab uniuersis episcopis dictum est: iustum est, placet.
Vt non praesvmant dvo episcopi ordinare pontificem. Honoratus et vrbanus episcopi dixerunt: et illud nobis mandatum est, ut quia proxime fratres nostri numidiae duo episcopi ordinare praesumpserunt pontificem, non nisi a duodecim censeatis episcoporum celebrari ordinationes.
Aurelius episcopus dixit: forma antiqua seruabitur, ut non minus quam tres sufficiant, qui fuerint a metropolitano ordinati, ad episcopum ordinandum; praeterea, quia in tripoli forte et in arzuge interiacere uideantur barbarae gentes; nam et in tripoli, ut asseritur, episcopi sunt quinque tantum et possunt de ipso numero forte uel duo necessitate aliqua occupari, difficile est enim ut de quolibet numero omnes possint occurrere: numquid debet hoc ipsum impedimento esse ecclesiasticae utilitati? nam et in hac ecclesia, ad quam dignita est sanctitas uestra conuenire, crebro ac pene per diem dominicam ordinandos habemus: nunquidnam frequenter potero duodecim uel decem uel non multo minus aduocare episcopos? sed facile est mihi duos adiungere meae paruitati uicinos: quapropter cernit me cum caritas uestra hoc ipsum obseruari non posse.
Vt dvm episcopvs eligitvr, si contradictores habeat, qvinqve sacerdotes conveniant. Et illud est statuendum, ut quando ad eligendum episcopum conuenerimus, si qua contradictio fuerit oborta, quia talia facta sunt apud nos, non praesumant ad purgandum eum qui ordinandus est tres iam, sed postulentur ad numerum supradictorum duo uel tres, et in eadem plebe cui ordinandus est discutiantur primo personae contradicentium, postremo illa etiam quae obiciuntur pertractentur; et cum purgatus fuerit sub conspectu publico, ita demum ordinetur. Si hoc cum uestrae sanctitatis animo concordat, roboretur uestrae dignationis responsione. Ab uniuersis episcopis dictum est: satis placet.
Vt per singvlos annos convenientes episcopi ad concilivm etiam de paschali solemnitate a primate svo informentvr. Honoratus et vrbanus episcopi dixerunt: quoniam de concilio quaedam tractata noscuntur, addimus etiam de die paschae nobis esse mandatum ut de ecclesia semper carthaginensi, sicut praedictum est, instruamur et non sub angusto temporis spatio. Aurelius episcopus dixit: si sanctitati uestrae uidetur, quoniam nos spopondisse iam superius meminimus ut singulis quibusque annis ad tractandum conueniamus, et cum conuenerimus in unum, tunc diuulgabitur sanctus paschae dies per legatos qui adfuerint concilio. Honoratus et urbanus episcopi dixerint: nunc de praesenti coetu petimus ut litteris prouinciam nostram de hac die informare dignemini. Aurelius episcopus dixit: ita fiat necesse est.
Vt non accipiat alivm episcopvm plebs qvae in dioecesim semper svbiacvit. Epigonius episcopus dixit: multis conciliis hoc statutum est a coetu sacerdotali, ut plebes quae in dioecesibus ab episcopis retinentur, quae episcopos nunquam habuerunt, non nisi cum uoluntate eius episcopi a quo tenentur, proprios accipiant rectores, id est episcopos: ad uero quia nonnulli, dominatu quodam adepto, communionem fratrum abhorrent, uel certe cum deprauati fuerint, quasi in quadam arce tyrannica sibi dominatum uindicant, quod plerique tumidi atque stolidi aduersus episcopos suos ceruices erigunt presbyteri, uel conuiuiis sibi conciliantes plebem uel certe persuasu maligno, ut illicite fauore eosdem uelint sibi collocare rectores, quod quidem insigne mentis tuae tenemus uotum, frater religiose aureli, quia haec saepe oppressisti non curando tales petitores, sed propter eorum malos cogitatus et praue concinnata concilia hoc dico: non debere rectorem accipere eam plebem quae in dioecesim semper subiacuit, nec unquam proprium episcopum habuit; quapropter si uniuerso sanctissimo coetui placet, hoc quod prosecutus sum confirmetur. Aurelius episcopus dixit: fratris et consacerdotis nostri prosecutioni non obsisto, sed hoc me et fecisse et facturum esse profiteor.
Vt qvi, plebe sva contempta, ad concilivm venire detrectant et plebem et honorem amittant. Circa eos sane qui fuerint concordes non solum circa ecclesiam carthaginensem, sed circa omne sacerdotale consortium, sunt enim plerique conspirantes cum plebibus propriis quas decipiunt, ut dictum est, earum scalpentes aures, blandi ad seducendum, uitiosae uitae homines, uel certe inflati et ab hoc consortio separati, qui putant propriae plebi incubandum et nonnumquam conuenti ad concilium uenire detractant, sua forte ne prodantur flagitia metuentes; dico, si placet, circa hoc non tantum dioceses esse seruandas, uerum etiam et de propria ecclesia, quae male illis fauerit, omnimodo adnitendum ut etiam auctoritate publica reiciantur, atque ab ipsis principalibus cathedris remoueantur: oportet enim ut qui uniuersis fratribus ac toto concilio inhaeserit, non solum suam iure integro, sed et dioceses possideat. At uero qui sibimet putant plebes suas sufficere, fraterna dilectione contempta, non tantum dioceses amittant, sed, ut dixi, etiam propriis publica careant auctoritate, ut rebelles. Honoratus et vrbanus dixerunt: summa prouisio sanctitatis tuae cohaesit mentibus singulorum, et puto omnium responsione ea quae prosequi dignatus es roboranda. Vniuersi episcopi dixerunt: placet, placet.
Vt clericvm alienvm nvllvs sibi praesvmat episcopvs. Epigonius episcopus dixit: in multis conciliis hoc statutum est, etiam nunc hoc confirmandum a uestra prudentia, fratres beatissimi, ut clericum alienum nullus sibi praeripiat episcopus praeter eius arbitrium cuius fuerit clericus. Dico autem iulianum, Qui ingratus est dei beneficiis per meam paruitatem in se collatis, ita temerarium et audacem extitisse, ut eum qui a me baptizatus est, cum esset puer mihi ab eodem commendatus, cum que multis annis a me aleretur atque incresceret, hunc ut dixi baptizatum in ecclesia mea per manum paruitatis meae, idem in diocesi appaliensi lector esse coeperat, immo annis ferme duobus legerat, nescio quo contemptu humilitatis meae idem iulianus arripuit, quem dicat quasi proprium ciuem sui loci baptizaritani me inconsulto usurpare; nam et diaconum illum ordinauit: hoc scilicet pateat, haec licentia nobis, beatissimi fratres, sin minus tam imprudens cohibeatur, ne se misceat communioni cuiusquam. Numidius episcopus dixit: si non postulata neque consulta tua dignatione id uidetur fecisse iulianus, iudicamus omnes inique factum atque indigne: quapropter nisi idem iulianus correxerit errorem suum, et cum satisfactione eumdem clericum quem fuerat ausus ordinare reuocauerit tuae plebi, contra statuta concilii faciens, contumaciae suae separatus a nobis excipiet iudicium. Epigonius episcopus dixit: aetate pater, ipsa promotione antiquissimus, uir laudabilis, frater et collega noster victor, uult hanc petitionem generalem omnibus effici.
Vt episcopvs, qvi plvres habet clericos, ei qvi eget ad ordinandvm postvlatvs largiatvr. Aurelius episcopus dixit: sermonem meum, admittite, fratres: contingit nonnunquam ut postulentur ab ecclesiis quae praepositis egent uel presbyteris uel episcopis, et tamen statutorum id sequor, ut conueniam episcopum eius atque ei inculcem quod eius clericus a qualibet ecclesia postuletur: sed forte in hodie non reluctati sunt et ne quando contingat ut reluctentur cum fuerint a me in hac causa postulati, quem scitis multarum ecclesiarum et ordinandorum curam sustinere. Iustum est ergo, ut quemlibet consacerdotum conueniam cum duobus e consortio nostro uel tribus testibus: si uero indeuotus exstiterit, quid censet charitas uestra faciendum? ego enim cunctarum ecclesiarum dignatione dei, ut scitis, sollicitudinem sustineo. Numidius episcopus dixit: fuit haec semper licentia huic sedi, ut unde uellet et de cuius nomine fuisset conuentus, pro desiderio cuiusquam ecclesiae, ordinaret episcopum.
Epigonius episcopus dixit: bonitas sequestrat possibilitatem, minus enim praesumis, frater, cum te bonum et clementem omnibus reddis; habes enim hoc in arbitrio: satis est ut satisfaciat personae uniuscuiusque episcopi in prima tantummodo conuentione; si autem, quod licet huic sedi, uindicandum sibi fuerit arbitratus, necesse habes tu omnes ecclesias suffulcire: unde tibi non potestatem damus, sed tuae assignamus, ut liceat uoluntati tuae et semper tenere quem uoles, ut prepositos plebibus uel ecclesiis constituas qui postulati fuerint, et unde uoles. Postumianus episcopus dixit: deinde qui unum habuerit, numquid debet illi unus ipse presbyter auferri? aurelius episcopus dixit: sed episcopus unus esse potest, per quem dignatione diuina presbyter multi constitui possint; unus autem episcopus difficile inuenitur constituendus: quapropter si necessarium episcopus quis habuerit presbyterum, et unum, ut dixisti, frater, habuerit, etiam ipsum ad promotionem dare debebit. Postumianus episcopus dixit: ergo, si habet alius abundantes clericos, debet mihi alia plebs subuenire? aurelius episcopus dixit: sane, quomodo tu ecclesiae alteri subueneris, persuadebitur illi qui plures habet clericos, ut unum tibi ordinandum largiatur.
Vt episcopvs in diocesi factvs solam eam teneat plebem in qva exstitit ordinatvs. Honoratus et vrbanus episcopi dixerunt: audiuimus constitutum ut dioceses non mereantur episcopos accipere, nisi consensu eius sub quo fuerant constitutae; sed in prouincia nostra, cum aliqui forte in diocesi concedente eo episcopo in cuius potestate fuerant constitutae ordinati sunt episcopi, etiam dioceses sibi uindicare: hoc et corrigi caritatis uestrae iudicio et inhiberi debet de cetero. Epigonius episcopus dixit: singulis episcopis seruatum est quod decebat, ut ex massa diocesium nulla carperetur ut proprium episcopum habuisset, nisi ipse consensum adhibuisset concedendi. Sufficiat enim si consenserit, ut eadem diocesis permissa proprium tantum episcopum habeat, ceteras sibi non uindicet dioceses, quae excepta de fasce multarum sola meruit honorem episcopatus suscipere. Aurelius episcopus dixit: non dubito caritati uestrae omnium placere eum in diocesi, concedente episcopo qui matricem tenuit, solam eamdem retinere plebem in qua fuerit ordinatus.
Vt praeter scriptvras canonicas nihil in ecclesia legatvr svb nomine divinarvm scriptvrarvm. Sunt autem canonicae scripturae, id est: genesis. Exodus. Leuiticus. Numeri. Dueteronomium. Iesu naue. Iudicum. Ruth. Regnorum libri iv. Paralipomenon libri ii. Iob. Psalterium dauidicum. Salomonis libri quinque. Libri duodecim prophetarum. Esaias. Ieremias. Ezechiel. Daniel. Tobias. Iudith. Esther. Esdrae libri ii. Noui autem testamenti: euangeliorum libri iv. Actuum apostolorum liber i. Pauli apostoli epistolae xiii; eiusdem ad hebraeos i. Petri ii; ioannis iii; iudae i; iacobi i; apocalypsis ioannis libri. Fiunt igitur libri uiginti et septem, ita ut de confirmando isto canone transmarinae ecclesiae consulantur. Liceat etiam legi passiones martyrum cum anniuersarii dies eorum celebrantur. De baptizatis a donatistis. De donatistis placuit, ut consulamus fratres et consacerdotes nostros siricium et simplicianum de solis infantibus qui baptizantur penes eosdem, ne quod suo non fecerunt iudicio, cum ad ecclesiam dei salubri proposito fuerint conuersi, parentum illis error impediat ne promoueantur sacri altaris ministri. Quibus insertis, honoratus et vrbanus episcopi legati prouinciae mauritaniae sitiphensis dixerunt: iam dudum cum apud sanctitatem uestram allegaremus scripta, dilati sumus ea contemplatione quod fratres nostri aduenire possent de numidia legati; sed quia non parui dies sunt quibus exspectati minime uenerunt; ultra praetermittere, quae nobis mandata sunt a nostris coepiscopis non oportet; atque ideo fratres suggestionem nostram libenter admittite. De fide enim nicaeni tractatus audiuimus, uerum et de sacrificiis inhibendis post prandium, ut a ieiunis, sicut dictum est, offerantur, et tunc et nunc firmatum est. De his qvi nihil habentes in ecclesiis ordinantvr.
Placuit ut episcopi, presbyteri, diaconi uel quicumque clerici, qui nihil habentes ordinantur, et tempore episcopatus uel clericatus sui agros uel quaecumque praedia nomini suo comparant, tanquam rerum dominicarum inuasionis crimine teneantur, nisi admoniti in ecclesiam eadem ipsa contulerint. Si autem ipsis proprie aliquid liberalitate alicuius uel successione cognationis uenerit, faciant inde quod eorum proposito congruit; quod si a suo proposito retrorsum exorbitauerint honore ecclesiastico indigni, tanquam reprobi iudicentur.
Vt gesta concilii episcoporvm svbscriptionibvs confirmentvr. Aurelius episcopus dixit: quoniam igitur uniuersa arbitror fuisse tractata, si omnia cum animo uestro conuenerunt, sermone uestro cuncta roborate. Vniuersi episcopi dixerunt: omnibus nobis haec placuerunt, et haec nostra subscriptione firmabimus. Et subscripserunt: aurelius episcopus ecclesiae carthaginis huic decreto consensi, et relecto subscripsi. Epigonius episcopus plebis bullensis regionis subscripsi. Augustinus episcopus plebis hipponensium regionum subscripsi similiter et omnes episcopi quadraginta et quatuor subscripserunt. Honorio aug. iv et eutychiano conss. vi idus nouembris, cum aurelius episcopus in concilio uniuersali carthagine in secretario cum omnibus consacerdotibus suis consedisset, placuit cum eo cunctis qui fuerunt in eadem sancta synodo constituere haec quae ad ordines ecclesiasticos canonicis sunt necessaria disciplinis: ubi in principio constitutum est]. Qvales debeant ordinari episcopi.
Qui episcopus ordinandus est antea examinetur; igitur si natura prudens est, si docibilis, si moribus temperatus, si uita castus, si sobrius, si semper suis negotiis, si hominibus affabilis, si misericors, si litteratus, si in lege domini instructus, si in scripturarum sensibus cautus, si in dogmatibus ecclesiasticis exercitatus, et ante omnia si fidei documenta uerbis simplicibus asserat, id est patrem, et filium, et spiritum sanctum, unum deum esse confirmans, totam que in trinitate deitatem coessentialem et consubstantialem et coaeternalem et coomnipotentem praedicans, si singulam quamque in trinitate personam plenum deum et totas tres personas unum deum, si incarnationem diuinam non in patre neque in spiritu sancto factam, sed in filio tantum credat, ut qui erat in diuinitate dei patri filius ipse fieret in homine hominis matris filius, deus uerus ex patre et homo uerus ex matre, carnem ex matris uisceribus habens et animam humanam rationalem simul in eo, ut utriusque naturae id est homo et deus, una persona, unus filius, unus christus, unus dominus, creaturarum omnium quae sunt et auctor et dominus, et creator cum patre et spiritu sancto omnium creaturarum, qui passus sit uera carnis passione, mortuus uera corporis sui morte, resurrexit uera carnis suae resurrectione et uera animae resumptione, in qua ueniet iudicare uiuos et mortuos. Quaerendum etiam ab eo, si noui et veteris testamenti, id est, legis et prophetarum et apostolorum unum eumdem que credat auctorem et deum, si diabolus non per conditionem sed per arbitrium factus sit malus. Quaerendum etiam ab eo, si credat huius quam gestamus et non alterius carnis resurrectionem, si credat iudicium futurum et recepturos singulos pro his quae in hac carne gesserunt uel poenas uel praemia, si nuptias non improbet, si secunda matrimonia non damnet, si carnium perceptionem non culpet, si paenitentibus reconciliatis communicet, si in baptismo omnia peccata, id est tam illud originale contractum quam illa quae uoluntarie admissa sunt, dimittantur, si extra ecclesiam catholicam nullus saluetur. Cum in his omnibus examinatus inuentus fuerit plene instructus, tunc consensu clericorum et laicorum ex conuentu totius prouinciae episcoporum, maxime que metropolitani uel auctoritate uel praesentia ordinetur episcopus, suscepto in nomine christi episcopatu, non suae dilectioni nec suis moribus sed his patrum definitionibus adquiescens; in cuius ordinatione etiam aetas requiratur quam sancti patres exemplo saluatoris in praelegendis episcopis constituerunt. Dehinc disponitur qualiter ecclesiastica officia ordinentur. Qvaliter consecrentvr episcopi. Episcopus cum ordinatur, duo episcopi ponant et teneant euangeliorum codicem super caput et ceruicem eius, et uno super eum fundente benedictionem, reliqui episcopi omnes qui adsunt manibus suis caput eius tangant. Qvaliter presbyteri ordinentvr. Presbyter cum ordinatur, episcopo eum benedicente et manum super eius caput tenente, etiam omnes presbyteri qui praesentes sunt manus suas iuxta manum episcopi super caput illius teneant. Qvemadmodvm diaconi constitvantvr. Diaconus cum ordinatur, solus episcopus qui eum benedicit manum super caput illius ponat, quia non ad sacerdotium, sed ad ministerium consecratur. Qvemadmodvm subdiaconi constitvantvr. Subdiaconus cum ordinatur, quia manus impositionem non accipit, patenam de manu episcopi accipiat uacuam et calicem uacuum, de manu uero archidiaconi accipiat orciolum cum aqua et aquamanile et manutergium. Qvemadmodvm acolythi fiant. Acolythus cum ordinatur, ab episcopo quidem doceatur qualiter se in officio suo agere debeat, sed ab archidiacono accipiat cereoferarium cum cereis, ut sciat se ad accendenda ecclesiae luminaria mancipari; accipiat et orciolum uacuum ad suggerendum uinum in eucharistiam sanguinis christi. Qvaliter exorcistae fiant. Exorcista cum ordinatur, accipiat de manu episcopi libellum in quo scripti sunt exorcismi, dicente sibi episcopo: accipe et commenda, et habeto potestatem imponendi manus super energumenos, siue baptizatum, sue catechumenum. Qvaliter lectores fiant. Lector cum ordiantur, faciat de illo uerbum episcopus ad plebem indicans eius fidem ac uitam atque ingenium; post haec spectante plebe tradat ei codicem de quo lecturus est, dicens ad eum: accipe et esto uerbi dei relator, habiturus, si fideliter et utiliter impleueris officium, partem cum eis qui uerbum dei ministrauerunt. Qvaliter ostiarii. Ostiarius cum ordinatur, postquam ab archidiacono instructus fuerit qualiter in domo dei debeat conuersari, ad suggestionem archidiaconi tradet ei episcopus claues ecclesiae de altario dicens: sic age quasi redditurus deo rationem pro his rebus quae istis clauibus recluduntur. Qvaliter psalmistae. Psalmista, id est cantor, potest absque scientia episcopi sola iussione presbyteri officium suscipere cantandi, dicente sibi presbytero: vide quod ore cantas corde credas, ut quod corde credis operibus probes. Qvaliter virgo sanctimonialis. Sanctimonialis uirgo cum ad consecrationem suo episcopo offertur, in talibus uestibus applicetur, qualibus semper usura est, professioni et sanctimoniae aptis. Qvales vidvae vel sanctimoniales ad baptismi ministerivm ordinentvr. Viduae uel sanctimoniales quae ad ministerium baptizandarum mulierum eliguntur, instructae sint ad officium, ut possint aperto et sano sermone docere imperitas et rusticas mulieres tempore quo baptizandae sunt, qualiter baptizatori ad interrogata respondeant, et qualiter accepto baptismate uiuant. Qvaliter sponsi benedicantvr. Sponsus et sponsa cum benedicendi sunt a sacerdote, a parentibus suis uel a paranymphis offerantur, qui cum benedictionem acceperint, eadem nocte pro reuerentia ipsius benedictionis in uirginitate permaneant. De cellvla sacerdotis.
Vt episcopus non longe ab ecclesia hospitiolum habeat. De victv et habitv sacerdotis.
Vt episcopus uilem supellectilem et mensam ac uictum pauperem habeat, et dignitatis suae auctoritatem fide et uitae meritis quaerat.
Vt episcopvs libros gentilivm non legat.
Vt episcopi libros gentilium non legant, haereticorum autem pro necessitate et tempore.
Vt episcopvs indigentivm cvram per se non habeat.
Vt episcopus gubernationem uiduarum et pupillorum aut peregrinorum non per se ipsum, sed per archipresbyterum uel archidiaconum agat.
Vt episcopvs per testamentvm tvitionem non impendat.
Vt episcopus tuitionem testamentorum non suscipiat.
Vt episcopvs pro rebvs saecvlaribvs non litiget.
Vt episcopus nec prouocatus pro rebus transitoriis litiget.
Vt episcopvs tantvm spiritvalibvs debeat esse intentvs.
Vt episcopus nullam rei familiaris curam ad se reuocet, sed ut lectioni et orationi et uerbi dei praedicationi tantummodo uacet.
Vt episcopvs aegrotans pro se legatvm ad synodvm mittat.
Vt episcopus ad synodum ire satis graui necessitate inhibeatur, sic tamen ut in persona sua legatum mittat, suscepturus salua fidei ueritate quidquid synodus statuerit.
Vt episcopvs sine testimonio clericorvm et plebis clericos non institvat.
Vt episcopus absque consilio presbyterorum suorum clericos non ordinet, ita ut ciuium conniuentiam et testimonium quaerat.
Vt episcopvs cavsas clericis praesentibvs avdiat.
Vt episcopus nullius causam audiat absque praesentia clericorum suorum, alioquin irrita erit sententia episcopi nisi clericorum suorum praesentia confirmetur.
Vt episcopvs qvando verbvm facit, nvllvs discedat. Sacerdote uerbum in ecclesia faciente, qui egressus de auditorio fuerit excommunicetur. De discordantibvs episcopis. Dissidentes episcopos si non timor dei, synodus reconciliet.
Vt episcopvs dissidentes concordare compellat. Studendum episcopo, ut dissidentes fratres siue clericos siue laicos ad pacem magis quam ad iudicium cohortetur. De episcopo vel clerico in alivm locvm transferendo.
Vt episcopus de loco ignobili ad nobilem per ambitionem non transeat, nec quisquam inferioris ordinis clericus; sane si id utilitas ecclesiae faciendum poposcerit, decreto pro eo clericorum et laicorum episcopis porrecto, per sententiam synodi transferatur, nihilominus alio in loco eius episcopo subrogato; inferioris uero gradus sacerdotes uel alii clerici concessione suorum episcoporum possunt ad alias ecclesias transmigrare. De damnatione episcoporvm a synodo retractanda. Irritam esse iniustam episcoporum damnationem; idcirco a synodo retractandam. De episcopo qvi alicvi crimen obiecerit.
Episcopus si clerico uel laico crimen infigerit, deducatur ad probationem in synodo. Qvod irrita sit episcoporvm sententia in absentem. Caueant iudices ecclesiae ne absente eo cuius causa uentilatur sententiam proferant, quia irrita erit, imo et causam in synodo pro facto dabunt. Qvaliter ab episcopo res ecclesiae habeantvr.
Vt episcopus rebus ecclesiae tanquam commendatis non tanquam propriis utatur. De irritis distractionibvs episcoporvm. Irrita erit episcoporum donatio uel uenditio uel commutatio rei ecclesiasticae absque conniuentia et subscriptione clericorum. De episcopis atqve presbyteris, vt in ordine svo recipiantvr. Episcopi uel presbyteri, si causa uisitandae ecclesiae alterius episcopi ad ecclesiam ueniant, in gradu suo suscipiantur, et tam ad uerbum faciendum quam ad oblationem consecrandam inuitentur. De privato consessv presbyteri cvm episcopo.
Vt episcopus quolibet loco sedens stare presbyterum non patiatur. De consessv presbyteri cvm episcopo in ecclesia.
Vt episcopus in ecclesiae consessu presbyterorum sublimior sedeat; intra domum uero collegam se presbyterorum, esse cognoscat.
Vt presbyteri parochitani avt per se avt per sacristas svos accipiant chrisma. Presbyteri qui per dioeceses ecclesias regunt, non a quibuslibet episcopis, sed a suis, nec per iuniorem clericum, sed aut per se ipsos aut per illum qui sacrarium tenet, ante paschae solemnitatem chrisma petant. De obedientia diaconorvm erga presbyteros. Diaconus ita presbyteri ut episcopi ministrum esse cognoscat.
Vt diaconvs evcharistiam presbyteri ivssv ministret.
Vt diaconus praesente presbytero eucharistiam corporis christi populo, si necessitas cogit, iussus eroget.
Vt diaconvs ivbente presbytero sedeat.
Vt diaconvs quolibet loco iubente presbytero sedeat.
Vt diaconvs coram presbytero interrogatvs respondeat.
Vt diaconus in conuentu presbyterorum interrogatus loquatur.
Vt diaconvs tempore tantvm officii albam indvat.
Vt diaconus tempore tantum oblationis et lectionis alba utatur. De clericis qvi pro fide tentati svnt. Clericum inter tentationes officio suo incubantem gradibus sublimandum. De his qvi pro fide persecvtiones ab infidelibvs passi svnt. Christianum catholicum qui pro catholica fide tribulationes patitur omni honore a sacerdotibus honorandum: etiam et quotidianus uictui ei ministretur. De tonsvra clericorvm.
Clericus nec comam nutriat, nec barbam radat. De habitv clericorvm. Clericus professionem suam etiam habitu et incessu probet, et ideo nec uestibus nec calceamentis decorem quaerat. De continentia clericorvm. Clericus cum extraneis mulieribus non habitet. De incessv clericorvm. Clericus per plateas et andronas nisi certa et maxima officii sui necessitate non ambulet. De clericis qvi extra necessitatem ad nvndinas vadvnt. Clericus, qui non pro emendo aliquid in nundinis uel in foro deambulat, ab officio suo degradetur. De vigiliis clericorvm. Clericus, qui absque corpusculi sui inaequalitate uigiliis deest, stipendio priuatus excommunicetur. De clericis ab officio declinantibvs. Clericum inter tentationes ab officio declinantem uel negligentius agentem ab ipso officio remouendum. De clerici artificio. Clericus, quamlibet uerbo dei eruditus, artificio uictum quaerat. De clerici vestimento et victv. Clericus uictum et uestimentum sibi ab artificio uel agricultura absque officii sui duntaxat detrimento praeparet. De clericis invalidis. Omnes clerici qui ad operandum [inualidi] sunt et artificiola et litteras discant. De clericis invidis. Clericus inuidens fratrem profectibus donec in uitio est non promoueatur. De clericis accvsatoribvs.
Vt episcopi accusatores fratrum excommunicent; et si emendauerint uitium, recipiant eos ad communionem, non ad clerum. De clericis advlatoribus et proditoribvs. Clericus qui adulationibus et proditionibus uacare deprehenditur degradetur ab officio. De clericis maledicis. Clericus maledicus maxime que in sacerdotibus, cogatur ad postulandam ueniam; si noluerit, degradetur nec unquam ad officium absque satisfactione reuocetur. De clericis freqventer litigantibvs. Eius qui frequenter litigat et ad accusandum facilis est testimonium nemo absque graui examine recipiat. De discordantibus clericis.
Discordantes clericos episcopus uel ratione uel potestate ad concordiam trahat: inobedientes synodus per audientiam damnet. De clericis tvrpiloqvis vel vagis. Clericum scurrilem et uerbis turpibus iocularem a officio retrahendum. De clericis per creatvras ivrantibvs. Clericum per creaturas iurantem acerrime obiurgandum; si perstiterit in uitio, excommunicandum. De clericis sanis ieivnia pollventibvs. Clericum qui tempore indicti ieiunii absque ineuitabili necessitate ieiunium rumpit minorem habendum: [districte coerceatur]. De clericis inter epvlas cantantibvs. Clericum inter epulas cantantem acerrime obiurgandum; si perstiterit in uitio excommunicandum. De his qvi stvdiose dominico die ieivnant. Qui dominico die studiose ieiunat non credatur catholicus. De pascha vno tempore celebranda. Paschae solemnitas uno die et tempore celebranda.
Vt clericvs recvrrat ad synodum. Clericus, qui episcopi circa se districtionem iniustam putat, recurrat ad synodum. De seditionariis clericis. Seditionarios nunquam ordinandos clericos, sicut nec usurarios uel iniuriarum suarum ultores. De paenitentibvs ordinatis. Ex paenitentibus quamuis bonus clericus non ordinetur; si per ignorantiam episcopi factus fuerit, deponantur a clero, quia ordinationis tempore non prodidit se fuisse paenitentem: si autem sciens episcopus ordinauerit, etiam ipse ab episcopatus sui ordinandi duntaxat potestate priuetur. De episcopis damnatis. Simili sententiae subiacebit episcopus si sciens ordinauerit clericum eum qui uiduam aut repudiatam uxorem habuit uel secundam. De clericorum conviviis. Clericus haereticorum uel schismaticorum tam conuiuia quam sodalitates aequaliter uitet. De conventicvlis haereticorvm. Conuenticula haereticorum non ecclesias, sed conciliabula appellanda. Neqve cvm haereticis psallendvm. Cum haereticis neque orandum neque psallendum. De his qvi commvnicaverint cvm excommvnicato. Qui communicauerit uel orauit cum excommunicato, siue clericus siue laicus, excommunicetur. De paenitentivm lege.
Vt sacerdos paenitentiam implorandi absque personae acceptione paenitentiae leges iniungat. De negligentioribvs paenitentibvs.
Vt negligentiores paenitentes tardius recipiantur. De poscentibvs paenitentiam si postea obmvtescant. Is qui paenitentiam in infirmitate positus petit, si casu dum ad eum sacerdos inuitatus uenit, oppressus infirmitate obmutuerit uel in phrenesim uersus fuerit, dent testimonium qui eum audierunt et accipiat poenitentiam; et si continuo creditur moriturus, reconcilietur per manus impositionem et infundatur ori eius eucharistia: si superuixerit, admoneatur a supradictis testibus petitioni sua satisfactum, et subdatur statutis paenitentiae legibus, quandiu sacerdos qui paenitentiam dedit probauerit. De paenitentibvs. [Poenitentes qui in infirmitate sunt, uiaticum accipiant]. Item de paenitentibvs. Paenitentes qui in infirmitate uiaticum eucharistiae acceperint non se credant absolutos sine manus impositione, si superuixerint. De paenitentibvs si casv aliqvo morantvr. Paenitentes, qui attente leges paenitentiae exequuntur, si casu in itinere uel in mari mortui fuerint ubi eis subueniri non potuit, memoria eorum et orationibus et oblationibus commendetur. De manvs impositione svper paenitentes. Omni tempore ieiunii manus paenitentibus a sacerdotibus imponatur.
Vt paenitentes mortvos efferant et sepeliant. Mortuos ecclesiae paenitentes efferant et sepeliant.
Vt paenitentes semper genva flectant. Paenitentes etiam diebus remissionis genua flectant. De senibvs ecclesiae honorandis. Pauperes et senes ecclesiae plus caeteris honorandos. De infidelibvs pro avdienda lectione in ecclesia.
Vt episcopus nullum prohibeat ingredi ecclesiam et audire uerbum dei, siue gentilem, siue haereticum, siue iudaeum, usque ad missam catechumenorum.
Vt qvi baptizandi svnt nomen dent. Baptizandi nomen suum dent, et dum sub abstinentia uini et carnium ac manus impositione crebro examinantur, baptismum percipiant.
Vt nvper baptizati caste vivant. Neophyti aliquandiu et lautioribus opulis et spectaculis uel coniugalibus abstineant. De catholicis qvi cavsas apvd infideles proponvnt. Catholicus qui causam siue iustam siue iniustam ad iudicium alterius fidei iudicis prouocat, excommunicetur. De his qui ecclesia praetermissa ad spectacvla pergvnt. Qui die solemni praetermisso ecclesiae conuentu ad spectacula uadit, excommunicetur. De avgvriis et incantationibvs.
Auguriis uel incantationibus seruientem a conuentu ecclesiae separandum, similiter et iudaicis superstitionibus uel feriis inhaerentem. De energvmenis. Omni die exorcistae energumenis manus imponant. Item de energvmenis. Pauimenta domorum dei energumeni uerrant. De victv energvmenorvm. Energumenis in domo dei assidentibus uictus quotidianus per exorcistas opportuno tempore ministretur. De discordantivm oblationibvs. Oblationes dissidentium fratrum neque in sacrario neque in gazophylacio recipiantur. De pavpervm oppressoribvs. Eorum qui pauperes opprimunt dona a sacerdotibus refutanda. De his qvi oblationes defvnctorvm ecclesiis fravdant. Qui oblationes defunctorum aut negant ecclesiis, aut cum difficultate reddunt, tanquam egentium necatores excommunicentur. De accvsatore vel accvsato. Quaerendum in iudicio cuius sit conuersationis et fidei is qui accusat et is qui accusatur. De religiosis feminis. Vir qui religiosis feminis praeponendus est ab episcopo loci probetur. De laicis doctoribvs. Laicus praesentibus clericis, nisi ipsis probantibus, docere non audeat. De mvlieribvs doctis. Mulier quamuis docta et sancta uiros in conuentu docere non audeat.
Vt mvlieres baptizare non praesvmant. Mulier baptizare non praesumat. De vidvis adolescentvlis. Viduae adolescentes, quae corpore debiles sunt, sumptu ecclesiae cuius uiduae sunt sustententur. De clericis et vidvis. Ad reatum episcopi pertinet uel presbyteri qui parochiae praeest, si sustentandae uitae praesentis causa adolescentiores uiduae uel sanctimoniales clericorum familiaritatibus subiiciantur. De vidvis. Viduae quae stipendio ecclesiae sustentantur tam assiduae in dei opere esse debent, ut et meritis et orationibus suis ecclesiam adiuuent. De vidvis qvae professam continentiam praevaricavervnt.
Sicut bonum est castitatis praemium, ita et maiore obseruantia et praeceptione constituendum est, ut si quae uiduae, quamlibet adhuc in minoribus annis positae et immatura aetate a uiro relictae, se deuouerint deo et ueste laicali abiecta sub testimonio episcopi et ecclesiae religioso habitu apparuerint, postea uero ad nuptias saeculares transierint, secundum apostolum paulum damnationem habebunt, quoniam fidem castitatis quam deo uouerunt irritam facere ausae sunt. Tales ergo personae sint a christianorum communione alienae, quae etiam nec in conuiuio cum christianis communicent: nam si adulterae coniuges reatu sunt suis uiris obnoxiae, quanto magis uiduae quae deo religiositatem uouerant crimine adulterii notabuntur, si deuotionem quam spontanee deo obtulerunt libidinosa uoluptate corruperint atque ad secundas nuptias transitum fecerint? quae etsi uiolentia irruente ab aliquo praereptae fuerint, ac postea delectatione libidinis permanere in coniugium raptori uel uiolento uiro consenserint, damnationi superius comprehensae teneantur obnoxiae: de talibus enim sic apostolus: cum enim luxuriatae fuerint nubere uolunt, habentes damnationem quia primam fidem irritam fecerunt]. De contemptoribvs ecclesiae. [Reuera inuenitur ex christianis fieri schismaticos plerumque irrationabiles, quibus ex his dum ut catholici aedificant illi ut haeretici destruere insistunt, et alii ecclesias domini fideli deuotione ac compunctione promptissima subornare, alii de his seditionum institutione decresci. De his recte loquitur per spiritum sanctum propheta: benedicti qui aedificant te in aeternum, et maledicti sunt qui destruunt muros tuos uel certe qui subuertunt habitationes tuas uel nunc conati sunt minui sancta tua: tu autem domus dei laetare cum filiis iustorum. Et ab hac institutione domini placuit omnibus patribus per prouinciam carthaginis consistentibus, ut si quis clericus uel laicus se leuauerit contra ecclesiam dei seditionum seminans schismata et non ad culmen charitatis eius conauerit attendi, sed fundamenta eius uolens subrui, quae est stabilitas omnium christianorum, si clericus fuerit, cadat de proprio gradu; si laicus, segregatus ab ecclesia dei quam spernit et a conuentu totius christianae religionis, a sancta communione maneat exclusus]. [Aurelius episcopus ecclesiae carthaginensis subscripsi. Donatianus teleptensis primae sedis episcopus subscripsi. Augustinus hipponae regionis episcopus subscripsi. Similiter omnes episcopi subscripserunt].
Post consulatum flauii stiliconis, uu. cc., die xvii kal. iulias, carthagine in secretario basilicae restitutae, cum aurelius episcopus una cum coepiscopis suis consedisset, astantibus etiam diaconibus, [constituta sunt haec quae in subsequenti concilio definita sunt]. De clericis ad testimonivm non pvlsandis. [In principio statuendum], ut si quis forte in ecclesia quamlibet causam iure apostolico ecclesiis imposito agere uoluerit, et fortasse decisio clericorum uni parti displicuerit, non liceat clericum in iudicium ad testimonium deuocari eum, qui cognitor uel praesens fuerit, ut nulla ad testimonium dicendum ecclesiastici cuiuslibet persona pulsetur. De clericis pro crimine svo damnatis, vt a qvolibet non defensentvr. Et illud [statuendum], ut si quis cuiuslibet honoris clericus iudicio episcoporum quocunque crimine fuerit damnatus, non liceat eum siue ab ecclesiis quibus praefuit, siue a quolibet homine defensari, interposita poena damni, pecuniae atque honoris, a quo nec aetatem nec sexum excusandum esse praecipiant. De sacerdotibvs et levitis vt ab vxoribvs se contineant. Praeterea cum de quorumdam clericorum quamuis erga uxores proprias incontinentia referretur, placuit episcopos, presbyteros et diaconos secundum priora statuta etiam ab uxoribus continere: quod nisi fecerint ab ecclesiastico remoueantur officio: ceteros autem clericos ad hoc non cogi, sed secundum uniuscuiusque consuetudinem obseruari debere. De rebvs ecclesiae inconsvlto metropolitano episcopo non alienandis.
Placuit etiam ut rem ecclesiae nemo uendat: quod si aliqua necessitas cogit, hanc insinuandam esse primati prouinciae, ut cum statuto numero episcoporum utrum faciendum sit arbitretur; quod si aliqua necessitas cogit hanc insinuandam esse primati prouinciae ut cum statuto numero utrum faciendum sit arbitretur. Quod si tanta urget necessitas ecclesiae ut non possit ante consulere, saltem post factum curet hoc statim agere uel uicinis episcopis hoc antea indicare et ad concilium referre easdem ecclesiae necessitates. Quod si non fecerit, reus concilii uenditor teneatur.
Vt nvllvs episcopvs relicta cathedra in dioecesi resideat. Rursum placuit ut nemini sit facultas, relicta principali cathedra, ad aliquam in dioecesi constitutam se conferre uel in re propria diutius quam oportet constitutum curam uel frequentationem propriae cathedrae negligere. De his qvi nvllo testimonio se baptizatos novervnt, vt baptizentvr. Item placuit de infantibus, quoties non inueniuntur certissimi testes qui eos baptizatos esse sine dubitatione testentur, neque ipsi sunt per aetatem idonei de traditis sibi sacramentis respondere, absque ullo scrupulo eos esse baptizandos, ne ista trepidatio eos faciat sacramentorum purgatione priuari. Hinc etiam legati maurorum fratres nostri consuluerunt, quia multos tales a barbaris redimunt. De tempore paschali sev concilii.
Item placuit ut dies uenerabilis paschae formatarum subscriptione omnibus intimetur. Dies uero concilii x kalendas nouembris seruetur, et scribendum ad singularum quarumque prouinciarum primates ut quando apud se concilium congregant istum diem non impediant.
De intercessoribvs ne cathedram morientis episcopi div retineant sed infra annvm sacerdotem provideant. Item constitutum est ut nulli intercessori licitum sit cathedram cui intercessor datus est, quibuslibet populorum studiis uel seditionibus retinere, sed dare operam ut intra annum eisdem episcopum prouideat. Quod si neglexerit, anno exempto interuentor alius tribuatur. De defensione ecclesiarvm a principe postvlando. Ab imperatore autem uniuersis uisum est postulandum propter afflictionem pauperum, quorum molestiis sine intermissione agitatur ecclesia, ut defensores eis aduersus potentias diuitum cum episcoporum prouisione deligantur.
Vt episcopi ad diem concilii occvrrant. Item placuit ut quotiescumque concilium congregandum est, episcopi qui neque aegritudine neque alia grauiore necessitate impediuntur, competenter occurrant, primatibus que suarum prouinciarum intimetur ut de uniuersis episcopis uel duae uel tres turmae fiant, ac de singulis turmis uicissim quotquot electi fuerint, ad diem concilii instantissime occurrant. Quod si non potuerint occurrere, excusationes suas in tractoria conscribant, uel si post aduentum tractoriae aliquae necessitates repente forsitam ortae fuerint, nisi rationem impedimenti sui apud suum primatem reddiderint, ecclesiae suae communione debere esse contentos.
Vt lapsis sacerdotibvs manvs eis sicvt laicis non imponatvr. Item confirmatum est ut si quando presbyteri uel diaconi in aliqua grauiori conuicti fuerint, qua eos a ministerio necesse sit remouere, non eis manus uel tamquam paenitentibus uel tamquam fidelibus laicis imponatur, neque umquam permittendum ut rebaptizati ad clericatus gradum promoueantur. De clericis excommvnicatis qvamdiv eis asserere liceat. Rursum constitutum est, ut quoties clericis conuictis et confessis in aliquo crimine uel propter eorum uerecundiam parcitur uel propter ecclesiae opprobrium aut insolentem insultationem haereticorum atque gentilium, si forte causae suae adesse uoluerint et innocentiam suam asserere, intra annum excommunicationis hoc faciant. Si uero intra annum causam suam purgare contempserint, nulla eorum uox postea penitus audiatur. De clericis vel monachis ab alio episcopo ordinatis.
Item placuit ut si quis de alterius monasterio repertum uel ad clericatum promouere uoluerit uel in suo monasterio maiorem monasterii constituere, episcopus qui hoc fecerit, a ceterorum communione seiunctus, suae tantum plebis communione contentus sit, et ille neque clericus neque praepositus perseueret. De episcopis qvi infidelibvs res svas relinqvvnt.
Item constitutum est ut si quis episcopus haeredes extraneos a consanguinitate sua uel haereticos etiam consanguineos aut paganos ecclesiae praetulerit, saltem post mortem anathema ei dicatur, atque eius nomen inter dei sacerdotes nullomodo recitetur, nec excusari potest si intestatus defecerit, quia utique debuit factus episcopus rei suae ordinatione congrua suae professioni nequaquam differre. De basilicis qvae sine martyrvm reliqviis dedicatae svnt.
Item placuit ut de altaribus quae passim per agros aut uias tanquam memoriae martyrum constituuntur, in quibus nullum corpus aut reliquiae martyrum conditae probantur, ab episcopis qui iisdem locis praesunt, si fieri potest, euertantur. Si autem hoc per tumultus populares non sinitur, plebes tamen admoneantur, ne illa loca frequentent, ut qui recte sapiunt nulla ibi superstitione deuincti teneantur. Et omnino nulla memoria martyrum probabiliter acceptetur, nisi ubi corpus aut aliquae reliquiae sunt, aut origo alicuius habitationis uel passionis fidelissima origine traditur. Nam quae per somnia et per inanes quasi reuelationes quorumlibet hominum ubicumque constituuntur altaria omnimodo improbentur. De idolatriis destrvendis.
Item placuit ab imperatoribus gloriosissimis peti ut reliquiae idolatriae non solum in simulacris sed in quibuscumque locis uel lucis uel arboribus omnimodo deleantur. [Aurelius episcopus ecclesiae carthaginensis his supra compraehensis in nostro concilio statutis subscripsi. Similiter septuaginta tres episcopi subscripserunt]. Gloriosissimis imperatoribus arcadio v et honorio augusto v conss., vi kalendas septembris. In ciuitate mileuitana in secretario ipsius. Cum aurelius episcopus ecclesiae carthaginis in concilio uniuersali consedisset, astantibus diaconibus, aurelius episcopus dixit: quoniam ecclesiae sanctae unum est corpus, omnium que membrorum caput est unum, factum est uolente domino ut ad hanc ecclesiam ueneremus dilectionis et fraternitatis gratia inuitati: unde quaeso caritatem uestram, quia ita credendum est quod noster accessus ad uos nec superfluus nec insuauis est cunctis; [ideo que pariter quaedam de causis fidei, unde nunc quaestio pelagionorum imminet, in hoc coetu sanctissimo primitus tractentur, deinde subsequantur et aliqua quae disciplinae ecclesiasticae necessaria existunt]. Contra pelagianos qvi dicvnt etiam sine peccato mori potvisse adam.
Placuit igitur omnibus episcopis, qui fuerunt in hac sancta synodo, constituere haec quae in praesenti concilio definita sunt] ut quicunque dicit adam primum hominem mortalem factum, ita ut siue peccaret siue non peccaret moreretur in corpore, hoc est de corpore exiret non peccati merito sed necessitate naturae, anathema sit. Qvod ivxta apostoli testimonivm etiam parvvli qvi nihil peccati adhvc commiservnt omnes in peccatorvm remissionem veraciter baptizentvr.
Item placuit, ut quicunque paruulos recentes a uteris matrum baptizandos negat aut dicit in remissionem quidem peccatorum eos baptizari, sed nihil ex adam trahere originalis peccati quod lauacro regenerationis expietur, unde fit consequens ut in eis forma baptismatis in remissionem quidem peccatorum non uera sed falsa intelligatur, anathema sit. Quoniam non aliter intelligendum est quod ait apostolus: per unum hominem peccatum intrauit in mundum et per peccatum mors, et ita in omnes homines mors pertransiit in quo omnes peccauerunt: nisi quemadmodum ecclesia catholica ubique diffusa semper intellexit. Propter hanc enim regulam fidei etiam paruuli, qui nihil peccatorum in semetipsis adhuc committere potuerunt, ideo in peccatorum remissionem baptizantur, ut in eis regeneratione mundetur quod generatione traxerunt. Qvod gratia dei non solvm peccata dimittat, sed etiam adivvet ne committantvr. Item placuit, ut quicunque dixerit gratiam dei qua iustificamur per iesum christum dominum nostrum ad solam remissionem peccatorum ualere quae iam commissa sunt, non etiam ad adiutorium ut non committantur, anathema sit. Qvod per gratiam dei sciamvs qvid facere debeamvs et diligere vt faciamvs.
Item quisquis dixerit eamdem gratiam dei per iesum christum dominum nostrum propter hoc tantum nos adiuuare ad non peccandum, quia per ipsam nobis reuelatur et aperitur intelligentia mandatorum, ut sciamus quid appetere, quid uitare debeamus, non per illa autem nobis praestari ut quod faciendum cognouerimus etiam facere debeamus atque ualeamus, anathema sit. Cum enim dicat apostolus: scientia inflat, caritas uero aedificat, ualde impium est ut credamus ad eam quae inflat nos habere gratiam christi et ad eam quae aedificat non habere, cum sit utrumque donum dei et scire quid facere debeamus et diligere ut faciamus, ut aedificante caritate scientia non possit inflare. Sicut autem de deo scriptum est: quid docet hominem scientiam, ita etiam scriptum est: caritas ex deo est. Qvod gratia dei praestet vt lex impleatvr, non sicvt ait pelagivs facile, qvasi sine gratia dei difficilivs possit impleri. Item placuit, ut quicunque dixerit ideo nobis gratiam iustificationis dari, ut quod facere per liberum iubemur arbitrium facilius possimus implere per gratiam, tanquam, etsi gratia non daretur, non quidem facile, sed tamen possemus etiam sine illa implere diuina mandata, anathema sit. De fructibus enim mandatorum dominus loquebatur ubi non ait: sine me difficilius potestis facere, sed ait: sine me nihil potestis facere. Qvod ivxta sententiam ioannis evangelistae nemo sit qvi esse possit sine peccato.
Item placuit, ut quod ait sanctus ioannes apostolus: si dixerimus quia peccatum non habemus, nos ipsos decipimus et ueritas in nobis non est, quisquis sic accipiendum putauerit, ut dicat propter humilitatem non oportere dici nos non habere peccatum, non quia ueritas est, anathema sit. Sequitur enim apostolus et adiungit: si autem confessi fuerimus peccata nostra, fidelis est et iustus qui remittat nobis peccata et mundet nos ab omni iniquitate: ubi satis apparet hoc non tantum humiliter sed etiam ueraciter dici. Poterat enim apostolus dicere: si dixerimus quia non habeamus peccatum, nos ipsos extollimus et humilitas in nobis non est; sed cum ait: nos ipsos decipimus et ueritas in nobis non est, satis ostendit eum qui dixerit se non habere peccatum non uerum sed falsum. Qvod vnicvique etiam ivsto non solvm pro aliis sed pro semetipso dicere oporteat: dimitte nobis debita nostra. Item placuit, ut quicunque dixerit: in oratione dominica ideo dicere sanctos dimitte nobis debita nostra, ut non pro se ipsis hoc dicant, quia non eis iam necessaria ista petitio, sed pro aliis qui sunt in suo populo peccatores, et ideo non dicere unumquemque sanctorum: dimitte mihi debita mea, sed dimitte nobis debita nostra, ut hoc pro aliis potius quam pro se iustus petere intelligatur, anathema sit. Sanctus enim et iustus erat apostolus qui dicebat: in multis enim offendimus omnes: nam quare additum est omnes, nisi ut ista sententia conueniret et psalmo ubi legitur: non intres in iudicium cum seruo tuo, quoniam non iustificabitur in conspectu tuo omnis uiuens: et in oratione sapientissimi salomonis: non est homo qui non peccet tibi: et in libro sancti iob: in manu omnis hominis signat, ut sciat omnis homo infirmitatem suam: unde etiam daniel sanctus et iustus cum in oratione pluraliter diceret: peccauimus, iniquitatem fecimus, et caetera quae ibi ueraciter et humiliter confitetur, ne putaretur, quemadmodum quidam sentiunt, hoc non de suis sed de populi sui potius dixisse peccatis, posteaquam dixit: cum orarem et confiterer peccata mea et peccata populi mei domino deo meo, noluit dicere peccata nostra, sed et populi sui dixit et sua, quoniam futuros istos qui tam male intelligerent tanquam propheta praeuidit. Qvod a sanctis veraciter dicatvr: dimitte nobis debita nostra. Item placuit, ut quicunque uerba ipsa dominicae orationis ubi dicimus: dimitte nobis debita nostra, ita uolunt a sanctis dici ut humiliter non ueraciter hoc dicatur, anathema sit. Quis enim ferat orantem, et non hominibus sed ipsi domino mentientem, qui labiis sibi dicit dimitti uelle, et corde dicit quae sibi dimittantur se debita non habere? [hucusque de fide capitula contra pelagianos. Nunc regulae tractantur ecclesiasticae].
Vt in commvnes cavsas ecclesiae generale concilivm congregari oporteat: in privatis vero cavsis speciale vnivscvivsqve provinciae. [Item primitus] placuit, ut non sit ultra fatigandis fratribus anniuersaria necessitas, sed quoties exegerit causa communis, id est totius africae, undecunque ad hanc sedem pro concilio datae litterae fuerint, congregandam esse synodum in ea prouincia ubi opportunitas persuaserit: causae autem quae communes non sunt in suis prouinciis iudicentur.
Vt epistolas ad concilivm devocandvm metropolitanvs svbscribat et dirigat. Placuit etiam petitu omnium episcoporum, ut epistolis omnibus de concilio dandis sanctitas tua sola subscribat.
Vt de haereticis vel infidelibvs qvidqvid in concilio constitvitvr a principe impetretvr. Placuit, ut et illud aduersus haereticos et paganos uel eorum superstitiones legati missi de hoc a glorioso concilio, quidquid utile praeuiderint, de gloriosissimis principibus impetrent.
Vt preces vel orationes compositae, nisi probatae fverint in concilio, non dicantvr. Placuit etiam et illud, ut preces uel orationes, seu missae quae prophetae fuerint in concilio, seu praefationes siue commendationes seu manus impositiones ab omnibus celebrentur: [nec aliqua ex his omnino dicantur in ecclesia, nisi quae a prudentioribus tractata et comprobata in synodo fuerint, ne forte aliquid contra fidem uel per ignorantiam uel per studium sit compositum].
Vt posteriores anterioribvs episcopis deferant, nec inconsvltis consvltis primatibvs svis aliqvid agere praesvmant. Valentinus episcopus dixit: si permittit bonum patientiae uestrae, prosequor ea quae necessaria sunt ecclesiasticae disciplinae. Scimus enim in hac ecclesia carthaginensi inuiolate semper permansisse ecclesiasticam disciplinam, ita ut nullus fratrum prioribus suis se aliquando auderet anteponere, sed officiis legitimis id semper exhibitum est prioribus, quod ab insequentibus rationabiliter semper acciperetur: hunc ordinem iubeat sanctitas uestra melius uestris interlocutionibus roborari. Aurelius episcopus dixit: non decuerat quidem ut haec repeteremus, nisi forte existerent inconsideratae mentes quorumdam quae ad haec statuenda nostros acuerent sensus; sed communis haec causa est quam insinuauit frater et coepiscopus noster, ut unusquisque nostrum sibi decretum adeo cognoscat, ut posteriores anterioribus deferant nec inconsultis primatibus aliquid agere praesumant. Qua de re oportet eos qui putauerint spretis maioribus aliquid praesumendum, competenter esse ab omni concilio coercendos. Vniuersi episcopi dixerunt: hic ordo et a patribus et a maioribus seruatus est, et a nobis deo propitio seruabitur.
Vt episcopi pro tempore consecrationis svae litteras ab ordinatoribvs habeant. Deinde placuit, ut quicunque deinceps ordinantur litteras accipiant ab ordinatoribus suis manu eorum subscriptas, continentes consulem et diem, ut nulla altercatio de posterioribus uel anterioribus oriatur.
Vt vbi qvis primvm legerit, ibi permanent clericvs. Item placuit, ut quicunque in ecclesia primum uel semel legerit ab alia ecclesia ad clericatum non teneatur.
Vt pro cavsis ecclesiarvm exsecvtores vel advocati a principe postvlentvr. Placuit praeterea, ut exsecutores in omnibus desideriis quae habet ecclesia ab imperatore postulentur, qui singulis ecclesiis impertiantur. Placuit etiam, ut petatur a gloriosissimis imperatoribus ut iubeant iudicibus dare petitos sibi defensores scholasticos, qui in actus sint uel in officio defensionum causarum ecclesiasticarum, ut more sacerdotum prouinciae idem ipsi qui defensionem ecclesiarum susceperint habeant facultatem pro negotiis ecclesiarum, quoties necessitas flagitauerit uel ad obsistendum obrepentibus, uel ad necessaria suggerenda, ingredi iudicum secretaria.
Vt neqve dimissvs neqve dimissa alteri conivngantvr. Placuit quoque secundum euangelicam et apostolicam disciplinam, ut neque dimissus ab uxore, neque dimissa a marito, alteri coniungatur, sed ita maneant, aut sibimet reconcilientur. Quod si contempserint, ad paenitentiam redigantur; in qua causa legem imperialem petendam promulgari. De his qvi in sva provincia non commvnicant et alibi commvnicant. Placuit, ut quicunque non communicans in propria prouincia in aliis prouinciis uel in transmarinis partibus ad communicandum obrepserit, iacturam communionis uel clericatus excipiat. De clericis qvi apvd principem saecvlare ivdicivm avt synodale imploraverint. Placuit, ut quicunque ab imperatore cognitionem publicorum iudiciorum petierit honore proprio priuetur: si autem episcopale iudicium ab imperatore postulauerit, nihil ei obsit.
Vt sine formatis nemo ad comitatvm proficiscatvr, et qvaliter fiant formatae. Placuit, ut quicunque clericus propter necessitatem suam alicubi ad comitatum ire uoluerit, formatam ab episcopo suo accipiat: qui sine formata uoluerit pergere, a communione remoueatur. Quod si alicubi ei repentina necessitas orta fuerit ad comitatum pergendi, alleget apud episcopum loci eius ipsam necessitatem, et de hoc rescripta eiusdem episcopi perferat. Formatae autem quae a primatibus uel a quibusque episcopis propriis dantur habeant diem paschae; quod si adhuc eiusdem anni paschae dies incertus est, ille praecedens adiungatur, quomodo solet post consulatum in publicis gestis adscribi. De episcopis qvi id qvod repetere poterant praetermissa synodo invaserint.
Item placuit, ut episcopi quascunque ecclesias uel plebes quas ad suam cathedram existimant pertinere non ita repetierint, ut causas suas episcopis iudicantibus agant, sed alio retinente irruerint, siue nolentibus siue uolentibus plebibus, causae suae detrimentum patiantur: et quicunque hoc iam fecerunt, si nondum est inter episcopos finita contentio, sed adhuc inde contendunt, ille inde discedat quem constiterit praetermissis iudicibus ecclesiasticis irruisse: nec sibi quisque blandiatur, si a primatu ut retineat litteras impetrarit; sed siue habeat litteras, siue non habeat, conueniat eum qui tenet et eius litteras accipiat, ut appareat pacifice tenuisse ecclesiam ad se pertinentem.
Si autem ille aliquam quaestionem retulerit, per episcopos iudices causa finiatur, siue quos eis primatus dederit, siue quos ipsi uicinos cum consultu primatis deligerint. De clericis qvi de ivdiciis episcoporvm svorvm conqvervntvr. Item placuit, ut presbyteri, diaconi uel caeteri inferiores clerici, in causis quas habuerint, si de iudiciis episcoporum suorum questi fuerint, uicini episcopi eos audiant, et inter eos quidquid est finiant adhibiti ab eis ex consensu episcoporum suorum; quod si et ab eis prouocandum putauerint, non prouocent nisi ad africana concilia uel ad primatus prouinciarum suarum: ad transmarina autem qui putauerint appellandum, a nullo intra africam ad communionem suscipiantur. De his qvi apvd haereticos paenitentiam accepervnt qvomodo ab ecclesia recipiantvr.
Placuit, ut quicunque conuersus ab haereticis dixerit se apud eos paenitentiam accepisse, unusquisque catholicus episcopus requirat ubi et ob quam causam apud eosdem haereticos paenitentiam susceperit, ut cum certis documentis hoc ipsum sibi approbauerit, pro qualitate peccati, sicut eidem episcopo catholico uisum fuerit, tempus paenitentiae uel reconciliationis decernat. De episcopis neglegentibvs adversvs haereticos.
Item placuit, ut quicunque neglegunt loca ad suam cathedram pertinentia in catholicam unitatem lucrari, conueniantur a diligentibus uicinis episcopis ut id agere non morentur; quod si intra sex menses a die conuentionis non effecerint, qui potuerit eas lucrari ad ipsum pertineant; ita sane, ut si ille, ad quem pertinuisse uidebantur, probare potuerit magis illius electam negligentiam ab haereticis ut impune ibi sint, et suam diligentiam fuisse praeuentam ut eo modo eius cura sollicitior uitaretur, cum hoc iudices episcopi cognouerint, suae cathedrae loca restituant. Sane si episcopi inter quos causa uersatur diuersarum sunt prouinciarum, ille primatus det iudices, in cuius prouincia est locus de quo contenditur: si autem ex communi placito uicinos iudices elegerint, aut unus eligatur aut tres, ut si tres elegerint aut omnium sententiam sequatur aut duorum; a iudicibus autem quos communis consensus elegerit non liceat prouocare: et quisquis probatus fuerit per contumaciam nolle obtemperare iudicibus, cum hoc primae sedis episcopo fuerit prolatum, det litteras ut nullus ei communicet episcoporum donec obtemperet. Vnde svpra. Si in matricibus cathedris episcopus neglegens fuerit aduersus haereticos, conueniatur a uicinis episcopis diligentibus, et ei sua neglegentia demonstretur ut se excusare non possit; quod si ex die quo conuenitur intra sex menses in eius prouincia exsecutio fuerit, et non eos ad unitatem catholicam conuertendos curauerit, non ei communicetur donec impleat: si autem probatum fuerit eum de communione illorum fuisse mentitum, dicendo eos communicasse quos eo sciente non communicasse constiterit, etiam episcopatum amittat. De virginibvs qvae viginti qvinqve annos necessitate cogente velantvr.
Item placuit, ut quicunque episcoporum necessitate periclitantis pudicitiae uirginalis, cum uel petitor potens uel raptor aliquis formidatur, uel si etiam aliquo in mortis periculo scrupulo compuncta fuerit, ne non uelata moriatur, aut exigentibus parentibus, aut his ad quorum curam pertinet, uelauerit uirginem intra uiginti quinque annos aetatis, non ei obsit concilium quod de isto numero annorum constitutum est. De episcopis qvi post acta carthaginensi synodo retenti svnt ad reliqva peragenda.
Item placuit, ne diutius uniuersi episcopi qui ad concilium congregati sunt tenerentur, ab uniuerso concilio iudices ternos de singulis prouinciis eligi: et electi sunt de prouincia carthaginensi vincentius, fortunatianus et clarus: de prouincia numidiae alipius, augustinus et restitutus: de prouincia byzacena cum sancto sene donatiano primatu cresconius, iucundus et aemilianus: de mauritania sitiphensi seuerianus, casiatticus et donatus: de prouincia tripolitana plautius, qui ex more legatus unus est missus: qui omnes cum sancto sene aurelio uniuersa cognoscant, a quo petiit uniuersum concilium ut cunctis siue gestis quae confecta iam sunt seu epistolis ipse subscribat. Aurelius episcopus ecclesiae carthaginensis subscripsit. [Donatianus teleptensis primae sedis subscripsit]. Similiter et omnes episcopi subscripserunt.
kennydominican |
Canon 25. (Greek xxviii.)
Concerning bishops and the lower orders who wait upon the most holy mysteries. It has seemed good that these abstain from their wives
Aurelius, the bishop, said: We add, most dear brethren, moreover, since we have heard of the incontinency of certain clerics, even of readers, towards their wives, it seemed good that what had been enacted in various councils should be confirmed, to wit, that subdeacons who wait upon the holy mysteries, and deacons, and presbyters, as well as bishops according to former statutes, should contain from their wives, so that they should be as though they had them not and unless they so act, let them be removed from office. But the rest of the clergy are not to be compelled to this, unless they be of mature age. And by the whole council it was said: What your holiness has said is just, holy, and pleasing to God, and we confirm it.
Canon 26. (Greek xxix.)
That no one should take from the possessions of the Church.
Likewise it seemed good that no one should sell anything belonging to the Church: that if there was no revenue, and other great necessity urged thereto, this might be brought before the Metropolitan of the province that he might deliberate with the appointed number of bishops whether this should be done: that if such urgent necessity lay upon any church that it could not take counsel beforehand, at least let it call together the neighbouring bishops as witnesses, taking care to refer all the necessities of his church to the council: and that if he shall not do this, he shall be held as responsible toward God, and as a seller in the eye of the council, and he shall have lost thereby his honour.
Canon 27. (Greek xxx.)
Presbyters and deacons convicted of the graver crimes shall not receive laying on of hands, like laymen.
It also was confirmed that if presbyters or deacons were convicted of any of the greater crimes on account of which it was necessary that they should be removed from the ministry, that hands should not be laid upon them as upon penitents, or as upon faithful layman, nor should it be permitted that they be baptized over again and then advanced to the clerical grade.
Canon 28. (Greek xxxi.)
Presbyters, deacons, or clerics, who shall think good to carry appeals in their causes across the water shall not at all be admitted to communion.
It also seemed good that presbyters, deacons, and others of the inferior clergy in the causes which they had, if they were dissatisfied with the judgments of their bishops, let the neighbouring bishops with the consent of their own bishop hear them, and let the bishops who have been called in judge between them: but if they think they have cause of appeal from these, they shall not betake themselves to judgments from beyond seas, but to the primates of their own provinces, or else to an universal council, as has also been decreed concerning bishops. But whoso shall think good to carry an appeal across the water shall be received to communion by no one within the boundaries of Africa.
Canon 29. (Greek xxxii.)
If anyone who is excommunicated shall receive communion before his cause is heard he brings damnation on himself.
Likewise it pleased the whole Council that he who shall have been excommunicated for any neglect, whether he be bishop, or any other cleric, and shall have presumed while still under sentence, and his cause not yet heard, to receive communion, he shall be considered by so doing to have given sentence against himself.
Canon 30. (Greek xxxiii.)
Concerning the accused or accuser.
Likewise it seemed good that the accused, or the accusor, if (living in the same place as the accused) he fears some evil may be done him by the tumultuous multitude, may choose for himself a place near by, where the cause may be determined, and where there will be no difficulty in producing the witnesses.
Canon 31. (Greek xxxiv.)
If certain clerics advanced by their own bishops are supercilious, let them not remain whence they are unwilling to come forth
It also seemed good that whoever of the clergy or of the deacons would not help the bishop in the necessities of the churches, when he wished to lift them to a higher position in his diocese, should no longer be allowed to exercise the functions of that grade from which they were not willing to be removed.
Canon 32. (Greek xxxv.)
If any poor cleric, no matter what his rank may be, shall acquire any property, it shall be subject to the power of the bishop.
It also seemed good that bishops, presbyters, deacons and any other of the clergy, who when they were ordained had no possessions, and in the time of their episcopate or after they became clerics, shall purchase in their own names lands or any other property, shall be held guilty of the crime of intrenching upon the Lord's goods, unless, when they are admonished to do so, they place the same at the disposal of the Church. But should anything come to them personally by the liberality of anyone, or by succession from some relative, let them do what they will with it; if, however, they demand it back again, contrary to what they proposed, they shall be judged unworthy of ecclesiastical honour as back-sliders.
Canon 33. (Greek xxxvi.)
That presbyters should not sell the goods of the Church in which they are constituted; and that no bishop can rightly use anything the title to which vests in the ecclesiastical maternal centre (μάτρικος).
It also seemed good that presbyters should not sell the ecclesiastical property where they are settled without their bishop's knowledge; and it is not lawful for bishops to sell the goods of the Church without the council or their presbyters being aware of it. Nor should the bishop without necessity usurp the property of the maternal (matricis) Church [nor should a presbyter usurp the property of his own cure (tituli)].
Canon 34. (Greek xxxvii.)
That nothing of those things enacted in the Synod of Hippo is to be corrected
Bishop Epigonius said: In this summary (Breviarium) which was adopted at the Synod of Hippo, we think nothing should be amended, nor anything added thereto except that the day on which the holy Feast of Easter falls should be announced in Synod.
Canon 35. (Greek xxxviii.)
That bishops or clergymen should not easily set free their sons
That bishops or clerics should not easily let their children pass out of their power; unless they were secure of their morals and age, that their own sins may pertain to them.
Canon 36. (Greek xxxix.)
That bishops or clergymen are not to be ordained unless they have made all their family Christians
None shall be ordained bishop, presbyters, or deacons before all the inmates of their houses shall have become Catholic Christians.
Canon 37. (Greek xl.)
It is not lawful to offer anything in the Holy Mysteries except bread and wine mixed with water
In the sacraments of the body and blood of the Lord nothing else shall be offered than that which the Lord himself ordained, that is to say, bread and wine mixed with water. But let the first-fruits, whether honey or milk, be offered on that one most solemn day, as is wont, in the mystery of the infants. For although they are offered on the altar, let them have nevertheless their own benediction, that they may be distinguished from the sacraments of the Lord's body and blood; neither let there be offered as first-fruits anything other than grapes and corns.
Canon 38. (Greek xli.)
That clerics or those who are continent shall not visit virgins or widows
Neither clerics nor those who profess continence should enter the houses of widows or virgins without the bidding or consent of the bishops or presbyters: and then let them not go alone, but with some other of the clergy, or with those assigned by the bishop or presbyter for this purpose; not even bishops and presbyters shall go alone to women of this sort, except some of the clergy are present or some other grave Christian men.
Canon 39. (Greek xlii.)
That a bishop should not be called the chief of the priests.
That the bishop of the first see shall not be called Prince of the Priests or High Priest (Summus Sacerdos) or any other name of this kind, but only Bishop of the First See.
Canon 40. (Greek xliii.)
Concerning the non-frequenting of taverns by the clergy, except when travelling
That the clergy are not to enter taverns for eating or drinking, nor unless compelled to do so by the necessity of their journey.
Canon 41. (Greek xliv.)
That by men who are fasting sacrifices are to be offered to God
That the Sacraments of the Altar are not to be celebrated except by those who are fasting, except on the one anniversary of the celebration of the Lord's Supper; for if the commemoration of some of the dead, whether bishops or others, is to be made in the afternoon, let it be only with prayers, if those who officiate have already breakfasted.
Canon 42. (Greek xiv.)
Concerning the not having feasts under any circumstances in churches
That no bishops or clerics are to hold feasts in churches, unless perchance they are forced thereto by the necessity of hospitality as they pass by. The people, too, as far as possible, are to be prohibited from attending such feasts.
Canon 43. (Greek xlvi.)
Concerning penitents
That to penitents the times of their penance shall be assigned by the will of the bishop according to the difference of their sins; and that a presbyter shall not reconcile a penitent without consulting the bishop, unless the absence of the bishop urges him necessarily thereto. But when of any penitent the offense has been public and commonly known, so as to have scandalized the whole Church, he shall receive imposition of the hand before the altar (Lat. before the apse ).
Canon 44. (Greek xlvii.)
Concerning Virgins
That holy virgins when they are separated from their parents by whom they have been wont to be guarded, are to be commended by the care of the bishop, or presbyter where the bishop is absent, to women of graver age, so that living with them they may take care of them, lest they hurt the reputation of the Church by wandering about.
Canon 45. (Greek xlviii.)
Concerning those who are sick and cannot answer for themselves
That the sick are to be baptized who cannot answer for themselves if their [servants] shall have spoken at their own proper peril a testimony of the good will [of the sick man].
(Greek Canon xlix.)
Concerning players who are doing penance and are converted to the Lord.
That to players and actors and other persons of that kind, as also to apostates when they are converted and return to God, grace or reconciliation is not to be denied.
Canon 46. (Greek l.)
Concerning the passions of the martyrs
The passions of the Martyrs may be read when their anniversary days are celebrated.
Canon 47. (Greek li.)
Concerning [the Donatists and ] the children baptized by the Donatists.
Concerning the Donatists it seemed good that we should hold counsel with our brethren and fellow priests Siricius and Simplician concerning those infants alone who are baptized by Donatists: lest what they did not do of their own will, when they should be converted to the Church of God with a salutary determination, the error of their parents might prevent their promotion to the ministry of the holy altar.
But when these things had been begun, Honoratus and Urbanus, bishops of Mauritania Sitifensis, said: When some time ago we were sent to your holiness, we laid aside what things had been written on this account, that we might wait for the arrival of our brethren the legates from Numidia. But because not a few days have passed in which they have been looked for and as yet they are not arrived, it is not fitting that we should delay any longer the commands we received from our brother-bishops; and therefore, brethren, receive our story with alacrity of mind. We have heard concerning the faith of the Nicene tractate: True it is that sacrifices are to be forbidden after breakfast, so that they may be offered as is right by those who are fasting, and this has been confirmed then and now.
Canon 48. (Greek lii.)
Of rebaptisms, reordinations, and translations of bishops
But we suggest that we decree what was set forth by the wisdom of the plenary synod at Capua, that no rebaptisings, nor reordinations should take place, and that bishops should not be translated. For Cresconius, bishop of Villa Regis, left his own people and invaded the Church of Tubinia and having been admonished down to this very day, to leave, according to the decree, the diocese he had invaded, he treated the admonition with disdain. We have heard that the sentence pronounced against him has been confirmed; but we seek, according to our decree, that you deign to grant that being driven thereto by necessity, it be free to us to address the rector of the province against him, according to the statutes of the most glorious princes, so that whoever is not willing to acquiesce in the mild admonition of your holiness and to amend his lawlessness, shall be immediately cast out by judicial authority. Aurelius the bishop said: By the observance of the constituted form, let him not be judged to be a member of the synod, if he has been asked by you, dear brethren, to depart and has refused: for out of his own contempt and contumacy he has fallen to the power of the secular magistrate. Honoratus and Urban the bishops said: This pleases us all, does it not? And all the bishops answered: It is just, it pleases us.
Canon 49. (Greek liii.)
How many bishops there should be to ordain a bishop
Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: We have issued this command, that (because lately two of our brethren, bishops of Numidia, presumed to ordain a pontiff,) only by the concurrence of twelve bishops the ordination of bishops be celebrated. Aurelius, the bishop, said: The ancient form shall be preserved, that not less than three suffice who shall have been designated for ordaining the bishop. Moreover, because in Tripoli, and in Arzug the barbarians are so near, for it is asserted that in Tripoli there are but five bishops, and out of that number two may be occupied by some necessity; but it is difficult that all of the number should come together at any place whatever; ought this circumstance to be an impediment to the doing of what is of utility to the Church? For in this Church, to which your holiness has deigned to assemble we frequently have ordinations and nearly every Lord's day; could I frequently summon twelve, or ten, or about that number of bishops? But it is an easy thing for me to join a couple of neighbours to my littleness. Wherefore your charity will agree with me that this cannot be observed.
Canon 50. (Greek liv.)
How many bishops should be added to the number of those ordaining, if any opposition had been made to the one to be ordained
But this should be decreed, that when we shall have met together to choose a bishop, if any opposition shall arise, because such things have been treated by us, the three shall not presume to purge him who was to be ordained, but one or two more shall be asked to be added to the aforesaid number, and the persons of those objecting shall first be discussed in the same place (plebe) for which he was to be ordained. And last of all the objections shall be considered; and only after he has been cleared in the public sight shall he at last be ordained. If this agrees with the mind of your holiness, let it be confirmed by the answer of your worthiness. All the bishops said, We are well pleased.
Canon 51. (Greek lv.)
That the date of Easter is to be announced by the Church of Carthage
Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: Since all things treated by our commonitory are known, we add also what has been ordered concerning the day of Easter, that we be informed of the date always by the Church of Carthage, as has been accustomed and that no short time before. Aurelius, the bishop, said: If it seems good to your holiness, since we remember that we pledged ourselves sometime ago that every year we would come together for discussion, when we assemble, then let the date of the holy Easter be announced through the legates present at the Council. Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: Now we seek of the present assembly that you deign to inform our province of that day by letters. Aurelius, the bishop, said: It is necessary it should be so.
Canon 52. (Greek lvi.)
Of visiting provinces
Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: This was commanded to us in word, that because it had been decreed in the Council of Hippo that each province should be visited in the time of the council, that you also deign that this year or next, according to the order you have drawn up, you should visit the province of Mauritania.
Aurelius, the bishop, said: Of the province of Mauritania because it is situated in the confines of Africa, we have made no decree, for they are neighbours of the barbarians; but God grant (not however that I make any rash promise of doing so), we may be able to come to your province. For you should consider, brethren, that this same thing our brethren of Tripoli and of the Arzuges region could demand also, if occasion offered.
Canon 53. (Greek lvii.)
That dioceses should not receive a bishop except by the consent of its own bishop
Epigonius, the bishop, said: In many councils it has been decreed by the sacerdotal assembly that such communities as are contained in other dioceses and ruled by their bishops, and which never had any bishops of their own, should not receive rulers, that is bishops, for themselves except with the consent of the bishop under whose jurisdiction they have been. But because some who have attained a certain domination abhor the communion of the brethren, or at least, having become depraved, claim for themselves domination with what is really tyranny, for the most part tumid and stolid presbyters, who lift up their heads against their own bishops or else win the people to themselves by feasting them or by malignant persuasion, that they may by unlawful favour wish to place themselves as rulers over them; we indeed hold fast that glorious desire of your mind, most pious brother Aurelius, for you have often opposed these things, paying no heed to such petitioners; but on account of their evil thoughts and basely conceived designs this I say, that such a community, which has always been subject in a diocese, ought not to receive a rector, nor should it ever have a bishop of its own. Therefore if this which I have proposed seems good to the whole most holy council, let it be confirmed.
Aurelius, the bishop, said: I am not in opposition to the proposition of our brother and fellow bishop: but I confess that this has been and shall be my practice concerning those who were truly of one mind, not only with regard to the Church of Carthage, but concerning every sacerdotal assemblage. For there are many who, as has been said, conspire with the people whom they deceive, tickling their ears and blandly seducing them, men of vicious lives, or at least puffed up and separated from this meeting, who think to watch over their own people, and never come to our council for fear that their wickedness should be discussed. I say, if it seems good, that not only should these not keep their dioceses, but that every effort should be made to have them expelled by public authority from that church of theirs which has evilly favoured them, and that they be removed even from the chief sees. For it is right that he who cleaves to all the brethren and the whole council, should possess with full right not only his church but also the dioceses. But they who think that the people suffice them and spurn the love of the brethren, shall not only lose their dioceses, but (as I have said,) they shall be deprived by public authority of their own cures as rebels. Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: The lofty provision of your holiness obtains the adherence of the minds of all of us, and I think that by the answer of all what you have deigned to propose will be confirmed. All the bishops said: Placet, placet.
Canon 54. (Greek lviii.)
That a strange cleric is under no circumstances to be received by another
Epigonius, the bishop, said: This has been decreed in many councils, also just now it has been confirmed by your prudence, most blessed brethren, that no bishop should receive a strange cleric into his diocese without the consent of the bishop to whose jurisdiction the cleric belongs. But I say that Julian, who is ungrateful for the layouts bestowed upon him by God through my littleness, is so rash and audacious, that a certain man who was baptized by me, when he was a most needy boy, commended to me by the same, and when for many years he had been fed and reared by me, it is certain that this one, as I have said, was baptized in my church, by my own unworthy hands; this same man began to exercise the office of reader in the Mappalien diocese, and read there for nearly two years, with a most incomprehensible contempt of my littleness, the aforenamed Julian took this man, whom he declared to be a citizen of his own city Vazarita, and without consulting me ordained him deacon. If, most blessed brethren, that is permissible, let it be declared to us; but if not, let such an impudent one be restrained that he may in no way mix himself in someone's communion.
Numidius, the bishop, said: If, as it seems, Julian did this without your worthiness being asked for his consent, nor even consulted, we all judge that this was done iniquitously and unworthily. Wherefore unless Julian shall correct his error, and shall return the cleric to your people with proper satisfaction, since what he did was contrary to the decrees of the council, let him be condemned and separated from us on account of his contumacy. Epigonius, the bishop, said: Our father in age, and most ancient by his promotion, that laudable man, our brother and colleague Victor wishes that this petition should be made general to all.
Canon 55. (Greek lix.)
That it be lawful for the bishop of Carthage to ordain a cleric whenever he wishes
Aurelius, the bishop, said: My brethren, pray allow me to speak. It often happens that ecclesiastics who are in need seek deacons [præpositis in the Latin], or presbyters or bishops from me: and I, bearing in mind what things have been ordained these I observe, to wit, I summon the bishop of the cleric who is sought for, and I show him the state of affairs, how that they of a certain church ask for a certain one of his clergy. Perchance then they make no objection, but lest it happen that afterwards they might object when in this case they shall have been demanded (postulati) by me, who (as you know) have the care of many churches and of the ordinands. It is right therefore that I should summon a fellow bishop with two or three witnesses from our number. But if he be found indevotus [ἀκαθοσίωτος], what does your charity think should be done? For I, as you know, brethren, by the condescension of God have the care of all the churches.
Numidius, the bishop, said: This see always had the power of ordaining a bishop according to the desire of each Church as he wills and on whose name there was agreement (fuisset conventus). Epigonius, the bishop, said: Your good nature makes small use of your powers, for you make much less use of them than you might, since, my brother, you are good and gentle to all; for you have the power, but it is far from your practice to satisfy the person of each bishop in prima tantummodo conventione. But if it should be thought that the rights of this see ought to be vindicated, you have the duty of supporting all the churches, wherefore we do not give you power, but we confirm that power you have, viz.: that you have the right at your will always to choose whom you will, to constitute prelates over peoples and churches who shall have asked you to do so, and when you so desire. Posthumianus, the bishop, said: Would it be right that he who had only one presbyter should have that one taken away from him? Aurelius, the bishop, said: But there may be one bishop by whom many presbyters can be made through the divine goodness, but one fit to be made bishop is found with difficulty. Wherefore if any bishop has a presbyter necessary for the episcopate and has one only, my brother, as you have said, even that one he ought to give up for promotion. Posthumianus, the bishop, said: If some other bishop has plenty of clergy, should that other diocese come to my help? Aurelius, the bishop, said: Of course, when you have come to the help of another Church, he who has many clerics should be persuaded to make one over to you for ordination.
Canon 56. (Greek lx.)
That bishops who were ordained for dioceses shall not choose for themselves dioceses [in the Greek provinces].
Honoratus and Urban, the bishops, said: We have heard that it has been decreed that dioceses should not be deemed fit to receive bishops, unless with the consent of their founder: but in our province since some have been ordained bishops in the diocese, by the consent of that bishop by whose power they were established, have even seized dioceses for themselves, this should be corrected by the judgment of your charity, and prohibited for the future. Epigonius, the bishop, said: To every bishop should be reserved what is right, so that from the mass of dioceses no part should be snatched away, so as to have its own bishop, without consent from the proper authority. For it shall suffice, if the consent be given, that the diocese thus set apart have its own bishop only, and let him not seize other dioceses, for only the one cut off from the many merited the honour of receiving a bishop. Aurelius, the bishop, said: I do not doubt that it is pleasing to the charity of you all, that he who was ordained for a diocese by the consent of the bishop who held the mother see, should retain only the people for whom he was ordained. Since therefore I think that everything has been treated of, if all things are agreeable to your mind, pray confirm them all by your suffrage. All the bishops said: We all are well pleased, and we have confirmed them with our subscription. And they signed their names.
I, Aurelius, bishop of the Church of Carthage, have consented to this decree, and have subscribed what has been read. So too did all the other bishops in like fashion sign.
Canon 57. (Greek lxi.)
That persons baptized when children by the Donatists may be ordained clergymen in the Catholic Church
Since in the former council it was decreed, as your unanimity remembers as well as I do, that those who as children were baptized by the Donatists, and not yet being able to know the pernicious character of their error, and afterward when they had come to the use of reason, had received the knowledge of the truth, abhorred their former error, and were received, (in accordance with the ancient order) by the imposition of the hand, into the Catholic Church of God spread throughout the world, that to such the remembrance of the error ought to be no impediment to the reception of the clerical office. For in coming to faith they thought the true Church to be their own and there they believed in Christ, and received the sacraments of the Trinity. And that all these sacraments are altogether true and holy and divine is most certain, and in them the whole hope of the soul is placed, although the presumptuous audacity of heretics, taking to itself the name of the truth, dares to administer them. They are but one after all, as the blessed Apostle tells us, saying: One God, one faith, one baptism, and it is not lawful to reiterate what once only ought to be administered. [Those therefore who have been so baptized] having anathematized their error may be received by the imposition of the hand into the one Church, the pillar as it is called, and the one mother of all Christians, where all these Sacraments are received unto salvation and everlasting life; even the same sacraments which obtain for those persevering in heresy the heavy penalty of damnation. So that which to those who are in the truth lightens to the obtaining of eternal life, the same to them who are in error tends but to darkness and damnation. With regard then to those who, having fled from error, acknowledge the breasts of their mother the Catholic Church, who believe and receive all these holy mysteries with the love of the truth, and besides the Sacraments have the testimony of a good life, there is no one who would not grant that without doubt such persons may be raised to the clerical office, especially in such necessity as the present. But there are others of this sect, who being already clergymen, desire to pass to us with their peoples and also with their honours, such as for the sake of office are converts to life, and that they may retain them seek for salvation [i.e., enter the Church]. I think that the question concerning such may be left to the graver consideration of our aforesaid brothers, and that when they have considered by their more prudent counsel the matter referred to them, they may vouchsafe to advise us what approves itself to them with regard to this question. Only concerning those who as children were baptized by heretics we decree that they consent, if it seems good, to our decision concerning the ordination of the same. All things, therefore, which we have set forth above with the holy bishops, let your honourable fraternity with me adjudge to be done.
Canon 58. (Greek lxii.)
Of the remaining idols or temples which should be done away by the Emperors
Wherefore the most religious Emperors should be asked that they order the remaining idols to be taken entirely away throughout all Africa; for in many maritime places and in various possessions the iniquity of this error still flourishes: that they command them to be taken away and their temples, (such as are no ornament, being set up in fields or out of the way places) be ordered to be altogether destroyed.
Canon 59. (Greek lxiii.)
That clerics be not compelled to give testimony in public concerning the cognizance of their own judgment
It should be petitioned also that they deign to decree, that if perchance any shall have been willing to plead their cause in any church according to the Apostolic law imposed upon the Churches, and it happens that the decision of the clergy does not satisfy one of the parties, it be not lawful to summon that clergyman who had been cognitor or present, into judgment as a witness, and that no person attached to any ecclesiastic be compelled to give testimony.
Canon 60. (Greek lxiii.)
Of heathen feasts
This also must be sought, that (since contrary to the divine precepts feasts are held in many places, which have been induced by the heathen error, so that now Christians are forced to celebrate these by heathens, from which state of things it happens that in the times of the Christian Emperors a new persecution seems to have secretly arisen:) they order such things to be forbidden and prohibit them from cities and possessions under pain of punishment; especially should this be done since they do not fear to commit such iniquities in some cities even upon the natal days of most blessed martyrs, and in the very sacred places themselves. For upon these days, shame to say, they perform the most wicked leapings throughout the fields and open places, so that matronal honour and the modesty of innumerable women who have come out of devotion for the most holy day are assaulted by lascivious injuries, so that all approach to holy religion itself is almost fled from.
Canon 61. (Greek lxiv.)
Of spectacles, that they be not celebrated on Lord's days nor on the festivals of the Saints
Furthermore, it must be sought that theatrical spectacles and the exhibition of other plays be removed from the Lord's day and the other most sacred days of the Christian religion, especially because on the octave day of the holy Easter [i.e., Low Sunday] the people assemble rather at the circus than at church, and they should be transferred to some other day when they happen to fall upon a day of devotion, nor shall any Christian be compelled to witness these spectacles, especially because in the performance of things contrary to the precepts of God there should be no persecution made by anyone, but (as is right) a man should exercise the free will given him by God. Especially also should be considered the peril of the cooperators who, contrary to the precepts of God, are forced by great fear to attend the shows.
Canon 62. (Greek lxv.)
Of condemned clerics
And this should be sought, that they deign to decree that if any clergyman of whatever rank shall have been condemned by the judgment of the bishops for any crime, he may not be defended either by the churches over which he presided, nor by anyone whatever, under pain of loss both of money and office, and let them order that neither age nor sex be received as an excuse.
Canon 63. (Greek lxvi.)
Of players who have become Christians
And of them also it must be sought that if anyone wishes to come to the grace of Christianity from any ludicrous art (ludicra arte) and to remain free of that stain, it be not lawful for anyone to induce him or compel him to return to the performance of the same things again.
Canon 64. (Greek lxvii.)
Of celebrating manumissions in church, that permission be asked from the Emperor
Concerning the publishing of manumissions in church, if our fellow bishops throughout Italy shall be found to do this, it will be a mark of our confidence to follow their order [of proceedings], full power being given to the legate we send, that whatever he can accomplish worthy of the faith, for the state of the Church and the salvation of souls, we shall laudably accept in the sight of the Lord. All which things, if they please your sanctity, pray set forth, that I may be assured that my suggestion has been ratified by you and that their sincerity may freely accept our unanimous action. And all the bishops said: The things which have been enjoined to be done and have been wisely set forth by your holiness are pleasing to all.
Canon 65. (Greek lxviii.)
Concerning the condemned bishop Equitius
Aurelius, the bishop, said: I do not think that the case of Equitius should be passed over in the legation, who some time ago for his crimes was condemned by an Episcopal sentence; that if by any chance our legate should meet him in those parts, our brother should take care for the state of the Church, as opportunity offered or where he could, to act against him. And all the bishops said: This prosecution is exceedingly agreeable to us, especially as Equitius was condemned some time ago, his impudent unrest ought to be repelled everywhere more and more for the good estate and health of the Church. And they subscribed, I, Aurelius, the bishop of the Church of Carthage, have consented to this decree, and after having read it have signed my name. Likewise also signed all the other bishops.
Canon 66. (Greek lxix.)
That the Donatists are to be treated leniently
Then when all things had been considered and treated of which seem to conduce to the advantage of the church, the Spirit of God suggesting and admonishing us, we determined to act leniently and pacifically with the before-mentioned men, although they were cut off from the unity of the Lord's body by an unruly dissent, so that (as much as in us lies) to all those who have been caught in the net of their communion and society, it might be known throughout all the provinces of Africa, how they have been overcome by miserable error, holding different opinions, that perchance, as the Apostle says, when we have corrected them with gentleness, God should grant them repentance for the acknowledging of the truth, and that they might be snatched out of the snares of the devil, who are led captive of him at his will.
Canon 67. (Greek lxx.)
Of the letters to be sent to the judges, that they may take note of the things done between the Donatists and the Maximianists
Therefore it seemed good that letters should be given from our council to the African judges, from whom it would seem suitable that this should be sought, that in this matter they would aid the common mother, the Catholic Church, that the episcopal authority may be fortified in the cities; that is to say that by their judicial power and with diligence out of their Christian faith, they enquire and record in the public acts, that all may have a firm notion of it, what has taken place in all those places in which the Maximianists, who made a schism from them, have obtained basilicas.
Canon 68. (Greek lxxi.)
That the Donatist clergy are to be received into the Catholic Church as clergymen
It moreover seemed good that letters be sent to our brethren and fellow bishops, and especially to the Apostolic See, over which our aforesaid venerable brother and colleague Anastasius, presides, that [ἐπειδὴ in the Greek, quo in the Latin] he may know that Africa is in great need, for the peace and prosperity of the Church, that those Donatists who were clergymen and who by good advice had desired to return to Catholic unity, should be treated according to the will and judgment of each Catholic bishop who governs the Church in that place; and, if it seem good for Christian peace, they be received with their honours, as it is clear was done in the former times of this same division. And that this was the case the example of the majority, yea, of nearly all the African Churches in which this error had sprung up, testify; not that the Council which met about this matter in foreign parts should be done away, but that it may remain in force with regard to those who so will to come over to the Catholic Church that there be procured by them no breaking of unity. But those through whom Catholic unity was seen to have been altogether perfected or assisted by the manifest winning of the souls of their brethren in the places where they live, there shall not be objected to them the decree contrary to their honour adopted by a foreign council, for salvation is shut off to no one, that is to say, that those ordained by the Donatist party, if having been corrected they have been willing to return to the Catholic Church, are not to be received in their grades, according to the foreign council; but they are to be excepted through whom they received the advice to return to Catholic unity.
Canon 69. (Greek lxxii.)
That a legation be sent to the Donatists for the sake of making peace
It further seemed good, that when these things were done, legates should be sent from our number to those of the Donatists whom they hold as bishops, or to the people, for the sake of preaching peace and unity, without which Christian salvation cannot be attained; and that these legates should direct the attention of all to the fact that they have no just objection to urge against the Catholic Church. And especially that this be made manifest to all by the municipal acts (on account of the weight of their documents) what they themselves had done in the case of the Maximianists, their own schismatics. For in this case it is shown them by divine grace, if they will but heed it, that their separation from the unity of the Church is as iniquitous as they now proclaim the schism of the Maximianists from themselves to be. Nevertheless from the number, those whom they condemned by the authority of their plenary council, they received back with their honours, and accepted the baptism which they had given while condemned and cut off. And thus let them see how with stupid heart they resist the peace of the Church scattered throughout the whole world, when they do these things on the part of Donatus, neither do they say that they are contaminated by communion with those whom they so receive for the making of peace, and yet they despise us, that is the Catholic Church, which is established even in the extreme parts of the earth, as being defiled by the communion of those whom the accusers have not been able to win over to themselves.
Canon 70. (Greek lxxiii.)
What clerics should abstain from their wives
Moreover since incontinence has been charged against some clergymen with regard to their own wives it has seemed good that bishops, presbyters, and deacons should according to the statutes already made abstain even from their own wives; and unless they do so that they should be removed from the clerical office. But the rest of the clergy shall not be forced to this but the custom of each church in this matter shall be followed.
Canon 71. (Greek lxxiv.)
Of those who leave in neglect their own people
Moreover it seemed good that no one should be allowed to leave his chief cathedral and go to another church built in the diocese, or to neglect the care and frequent attendance upon his own cathedral by reason of too great care for his own affairs.
Canon 72. (Greek lxxv.)
Of the baptism of infants when there is some doubt of their being already baptized
Item, it seemed good that whenever there were not found reliable witnesses who could testify that without any doubt they were baptized and when the children themselves were not, on account of their tender age, able to answer concerning the giving of the sacraments to them, all such children should be baptized without scruple, lest a hesitation should deprive them of the cleansing of the sacraments. This was urged by the Moorish Legates, our brethren, since they redeem many such from the barbarians.
Canon 73. (Greek lxxvi.)
The date of Easter and the date of the Council should be announced
Item, it seemed good that the day of the venerable Easter should be intimated to all by the subscription of formed letters; and that the same should be observed with regard to the date of the Council, according to the decree of the Council of Hippo, that is to say the X. Calends of September, and that it should be written to the primates of each province so that when they summon their councils they do not impede this day.
Canon 74. (Greek lxxvii.)
That no bishop who is an intercessor is to hold the see where he is intercessor
Item, it has been decreed that it is not lawful to any intercessor to retain the see to which he has been appointed as intercessor, by any popular movements and seditions; but let him take care that within a year he provide them with a bishop: but if he shall neglect to do so, when the year is done, another intercessor shall be appointed.
Canon 75. (Greek lxxviii.)
Of asking from the Emperors defenders of the Churches
On account of the afflictions of the poor by whose troubles the Church is worn out without any intermission, it seemed good to all that the Emperors be asked to allow defenders for them against the power of the rich to be chosen under the supervision of the bishops.
Canon 76. (Greek lxxix.)
Of bishops who do not put in an appearance at Council
Item, it seemed good that as often as the council is to be assembled, the bishops who are impeded neither by age, sickness, or other grave necessity, come together, and that notice be given to the primates of their several provinces, that from all the bishops there be made two or three squads, and of each of these squads there be elected some who shall be promptly ready on the council day: but should they not be able to attend, let them write their excuses in the tractory, or if after the coming of the tractory certain necessities suddenly arise by chance, unless they send to their own primate an account of their impediment, they ought to be content with the communion of their own Church.
Canon 77. (Greek lxxx.)
Of Cresconius
Concerning Cresconius of Villa Regis this seemed good to all, that the Primate of Numidia should be informed on this matter so that he should by his letters summon the aforementioned Cresconius in order that at the next plenary Council of Africa he should not put off making an appearance. But if he contemns the summons and does not come, let him recognize the fact that sentence should be pronounced against him.
Canon 78. (Greek lxxxi.)
Of the Church of Hippo-Diarrhytus
It further seemed good that since the destitution of the Church of Hippo-Diarrhytus should no longer be neglected, and the churches there are retained by those who have declined the infamous communion of Equitius, that certain bishops be sent from the present council, viz.: Reginus, Alypius, Augustine, Maternus, Theasius, Evodius, Placian, Urban, Valerius, Ambivius, Fortunatus, Quodvultdeus, Honoratus, Januarius, Aptus, Honoratus, Ampelius, Victorian, Evangelus and Rogation; and when those had been gathered together, and those had been corrected who with culpable pertinacity were of opinion that this flight of the same Equitius should be waited for, let a bishop be ordained for them by the vote of all. But if these should not be willing to consider peace, let them not prevent the choosing for ordination of a bishop, for the advantage of the church which has been so long destitute.
Canon 79. (Greek lxxxii.)
Of clerics who do not take care to have their causes argued within a year
It was further decreed that as often as clergymen convicted and confessed of any crime either on account of eorum, quorum verecundiæ parcitur, or on account of the opprobrium to the Church, and of the insolent glorying of heretics and Gentiles, if perchance they are willing to be present at their cause and to assert their innocence, let them do so within one year of their excommunication; if in truth they neglect during a year to purge their cause, their voice shall not be heard afterwards.
Canon 80. (Greek lxxxiii.)
That it is not permitted to make superiors of monasteries nor to ordain as clerics those who are received from a monastery not one's own
Item, it seemed good that if any bishop wished to advance to the clericature a monk received from a monastery not under his jurisdiction, or shall have appointed him superior of a monastery of his own, the bishop who shall have thus acted shall be separated from the communion of others and shall rest content with the communion of his own people alone, but the monk shall continue neither as cleric nor superior.
Canon 81. (Greek lxxxiv.)
Of bishops who appoint heretics or heathens as their heirs
Item, it was ordained that if any bishop should prefer to his Church strangers to blood relationship with him, or his heretical relatives, or pagans as his heirs, he shall be anathematized even after his death, and his name shall by no means be recited among those of the priests of God. Nor can he be excused if he die intestate, because being a bishop he was bound not to postpone making such a disposition of his goods as was befitting his profession.
Canon 82. (Greek lxxxv.)
Of manumissions
Item, it seemed good that the Emperor be petitioned with regard to announcing manumissions in church.
Canon 83. (Greek lxxxvi.)
Of false Memories of Martyrs
Item, it seemed good that the altars which have been set up here and there, in fields and by the wayside as Memories of Martyrs, in which no body nor relics of martyrs can be proved to have been laid up, should be overturned by the bishops who rule over such places, if such a thing can be done. But should this be impossible on account of the popular tumult it would arouse, the people should none the less be admonished not to frequent such places, and that those who believe rightly should be held bound by no superstition of the place. And no memory of martyrs should at all be accepted, unless where there is found the body or some relics, on which is declared traditionally and by good authority to have been originally his habitation, or possession, or the scene of his passion. For altars which have been erected anywhere on account of dreams or inane quasi-revelations of certain people, should be in every way disapproved of.
Canon 84. (Greek lxxxvii.)
Of extirpating the remains of the idols
Item, it seemed good to petition the most glorious Emperors that the remains of idolatry not only in images, but in any places whatever or groves or trees, should altogether be taken away.
Canon 85. (Greek lxxxviii.)
That by the bishop of Carthage, when there shall be need, letters shall be written and subscribed in the name of all the bishops
It was said by all the bishops: If any letters are to be composed in the name of the council it seemed good that the venerable bishop who presides over this See should vouchsafe to dictate and sign them in the name of all, among which also are those to the episcopal legates, who are to be sent throughout the African provinces, in the matter of the Donatists; and it seemed good that the letters given them should contain the tenor of the mandate which they are not to go beyond. And they subscribed: I, Aurelius, bishop of the church of Carthage have consented to this decree and having read it have signed it. Likewise all the rest of the bishops subscribed.
. . . .
In this Council previous decrees are confirmed.
In the fifth consulate of the most glorious Emperors Arcadius and Honorius, Augusti, the VI Calends of September, in the City of Milevis, in the secretarium of the basilica, when Aurelius the bishop of Carthage had taken his seat in plenary council, the deacons standing by, Aurelius, the bishop, said: Since the body of the holy Church is one, and there is one head of all the members, it has come to pass by the divine permission and assistance given to our weakness, that we, invited out of brotherly love, have come to this church. Wherefore I beg your charity to believe that our coming to you is neither superfluous, nor unacceptable to all; and that the consent of all of us may make it manifest that we agree with the decrees already confirmed by the Council at Hippo or which were defined afterwards by a larger synod at Carthage, these shall now be read to us in order. Then at last the agreement of your holiness will appear clearer than light, if they know that the things lawfully defined by us in former councils, you have set forth, not only by your consent to these acts, but also by your subscriptions.
Xantippus, bishop of the first see of Numidia said: I believe what pleased all the brethren and the statutes they confirmed with their hands; we by our subscribing our names show that it pleases us also, and have confirmed them with our superscription.
Nicetius, the bishop of the first see of Mauritania Sitifensis said: The decrees which have been read, since they do not lack reason, and have been approved by all, these also are pleasing to my littleness, and I will confirm them with my subscription.
Canon 86. (Greek lxxxix.)
Of the order of bishops, that those ordained more recently do not dare to take precedence of those ordained before them
Valentine, the bishop, said: If your good patience will permit, I follow the things which were done in time past in the Church of Carthage, and which were illustrious having been confirmed by the subscriptions of the brethren, and I profess that we intend to preserve this. For this we know, that ecclesiastical discipline has always remained inviolate: therefore let none of the brethren dare to place himself before those ordained earlier than himself; but by the offices of charity this has always been shown to those ordained earlier, which always should be accepted joyfully by those ordained more recently. Let your holiness give command that this order be strengthened by your interlocutions. Aurelius, the bishop, said: It would not be fitting that we should repeat these things, were it not for the existence of certain inconsiderate minds, which would induce us to making such statutes; but this is a common cause about which our brother and fellow bishop has spoken, that each one of us should recognize the order decreed to him by God, and that the more recent should defer to the earlier ordained, and they should presume to do nothing when these have not been consulted. Wherefore I say, now that I think of it, that they who think they may presume to take precedence over those ordained before them, should be coerced suitably by the great council. Xantippus, bishop of the first see of Numidia, said: All the brethren present have heard what our brother and fellow bishop Aurelius has said, what answer do we make? Datian, the bishop, said: The decrees made by our ancestors should be strengthened by our assent, so that the action taken by the Church of Carthage in past synods should hold fast, being confirmed by the full assent of all of us. And all the bishops said: This order has been preserved by our fathers and by our ancestors, and shall be preserved by us through the help of God, the rights of the primacy of Numidia and of Mauritania being kept intact.
Of the archives and matricula of Numidia
Moreover it seemed good to all the bishops who subscribed in this council that the matricula and the archives of Numidia should be at the first see and in the Metropolis, that is Constantina.
Johnson.
From this canon it appears that the primacy in Africa was ambulatory, and belonged to the senior bishop of the province. If the primacy had been fixed to the bishop of any certain city, as in other countries, there would have been a salvo or exception for that bishop, as there is in the 24th canon of the Synod of Bracara [Braga] in Spain, which orders that all bishops take place according to their seniority, with a reserve to the bishop of the metropolis. The bishop of Carthage was not included in this canon; for it is evident that he had a precedence annexed to his see, and that he was in reality a sort of patriarch. The reason why Numidia and Mauritania are particularly mentioned is, that some disputes had been started there on that subject.
Canon 87. (Greek xc.)
Concerning Quodvultdeus, the bishop
In the case of Quodvultdeus of Centuria, it pleased all the bishops that no one should communicate with him until his cause should be brought to a conclusion, for his accuser when he sought to bring the cause before our council, upon being asked whether he was willing with him to be tried before the bishops, at first said that he was, but on another day answered that he was not willing, and went away. Under these circumstances to deprive him of his bishoprick, before the conclusion of his cause was known, could commend itself to no Christian as a just act.
Canon 88. (Greek xci.)
Of Maximian, the bishop
But in the case of Maximian of Vagai it seemed good that letters be sent from the council both to him and to his people; that he should vacate the bishoprick, and that they should request another to be appointed for them.
Canon 89. (Greek xcii.)
That bishops who are ordained shall receive letters from their ordainers bearing the date and the name of the consul
It further seemed good that whoever thereafter should be ordained by the bishops throughout the African provinces, should receive from their ordainers letters, written in their own hands, containing the name of the consul and the date, that no altercation might arise concerning which were ordained first and which afterwards.
Canon 90. (Greek xciii.)
Of those who have once read in church, that they cannot be advanced by others
Item, it seemed good that whoever in church even once had read should not be admitted to the ministry (clericatum) by another church.
And they subscribed: I, Aurelius, bishop of the Church of Carthage, have consented to this decree, and, having read it, have signed it. Likewise also the rest of the bishops signed.
There is set forth in this council what the bishops did who were sent as legates across seas.
In the consulship of those most illustrious men, the most glorious Emperor Theodosius Augustus, and Rumoridus, the VIII. Calends of September, at Carthage, in the basilica of the second region, when Aurelius the bishop had taken his seat in plenary council, the deacons standing by, Aurelius, the bishop, said: From stress of circumstances, venerable brethren, I, although so small, have been led to assemble you in council. For a while ago, as your holinesses will remember, while holding a council we sent our brothers as legates to the regions beyond seas. It is right that these should at this meeting of your holinesses narrate the course of their now finished legation, and although yesterday when we were in session concerning this matter, besides ecclesiastical matters, we paid some prolonged attention to what they had done, nevertheless it is right that today the discussion of yesterday should be confirmed by ecclesiastical action.
Of the bishops of the African provinces who were not present at this council.
The right order of things demands that first of all we should enquire concerning our brethren and fellow bishops, who were to come to this council either from Byzacena or at least from Mauritania, like as they decreed that they would be present in this council. And when Philologius, Geta, Venustianus, and Felician, bishops of the province of Byzacena had presented and read their letters of legation, and Lucian and Silvanus, legates of the province of Mauritania Sitiphensis, had done the same, the bishop Aurelius said: Let the text of these writings be placed in the acts.
Of the Byzacene bishops
Numidius, the bishop, said: We observe that our brethren and fellow bishops of the province of Byzacena and of the province of Mauritania Sitiphensis have sent legates to the council; we now seek whether the legates of Numidia have come, or at least of the province of Tripoli or of Mauritania-Cæsariensis.
Of the bishops of Mauritania Sitiphensis
Lucian and Silvanus, the bishops, legates of the Province of Mauritania Sitiphensis said: The tractory came late to our Cæsarian brethren or they would have been here; and they will certainly come, and we are confident of their attitude of mind that whatever shall be determined by this council, they without doubt will assent unto.
Of the bishops of Numidia
Alypius, bishop of the church of Tagaste said: We have come from Numidia, I and the holy brethren Augustine and Possidius, but a legation could not be sent from Numidia, because by the tumult of the recruits the bishops have either been prevented from coming or fully occupied by their own necessary affairs in their sees. For after I had brought to the holy Senex Xantippus your holiness's tractory, this seemed good in the present business that a council should be appointed, to which a delegation with instructions should be sent, but when I reported to him in later letters the impediment of the recruits, of which I have just spoken, he excused them by his own rescripts. Aurelius, the bishop, said: There is no doubt that the aforesaid brethren and bishops of Numidia, when they shall have received the acts of the council, will give their consent and will take pains to carry into effect whatever shall have been adopted. It is therefore necessary that by the solicitude of this see what we shall have determined be communicated to them.
Of the bishops of Tripoli.
This is what I could learn concerning our brethren of Tripoli, that they appointed our brother Dulcicius as a legate: but because he could not come, certain of our sons coming from the aforesaid province asserted that the aforesaid had taken shipping, and that it was thought that his arrival had been delayed by storms; nevertheless also concerning these matters, if your charity is willing, this form shall be preserved, that the placets of the council be sent to them. And all the bishops said: What your holiness has decreed pleases us all.
Canon 91. (Greek xciv.)
Of holding meetings with the Donatists
Aurelius, the bishop, said: What has come out in the handling of your charity, I think this should be confirmed by ecclesiastical acts. For the profession of all of you shows that each one of us should call together in his city the chiefs of the Donatists either alone and with one of his neighbour bishops, so that in like manner in the different cities and places there should be meetings of them assembled by the magistrates or seniors of the places. And let this be made an edict if it seems good to all. And all the bishops said: It seems good to all, and we all have confirmed this with our subscription. Also we desire that your holiness sign the letters to be sent from the council to the judges. Aurelius, the bishop, said: If it seems good to your charity, let the form of summoning them be read, in order that we all may hold the same tenour of proceeding. All the bishops said: Let it be read. Lætus the Notary read.
Canon 92. (Greek xcv.)
Form of convening the Donatists
That bishop of that church said: What by the authority of that most ample see we shall have impetrated, we ask your gravity to have read, and that you order it to be joined to the acts and carried into effect. When the jussio had been read and joined to the acts, the bishop of the Catholic Church, said: Vouchsafe to listen to the mandate to be sent through your gravity to the Donatists, and to insert it in the acts, and to carry it to them, and informs us in your acts of their answer. We, sent by the authority of our Catholic Council, have called you together, desiring to rejoice in your correction, bearing in mind the charity of the Lord who said: Blessed are the peacemakers, for they shall be called the children of God; and moreover he admonished through the prophet those who say they are not our brothers, that we ought to say: You are our brethren. Therefore you ought not to despise this pacific commonitory coming of love, so that if you think we have any part of the truth, you do not hesitate to say so: that is, when your council is gathered together, you delegate of your number certain to whom you entrust the statement of your case; so that we may be able to do this also, that there shall be delegated from our Council who with them delegated by you may discuss peacefully, at a determined place and time, whatever question there is which separates your communion from us; and that at length the old error may receive an end through the assistance of our Lord God, lest through the animosity of men, weak souls, and ignorant people should perish by sacrilegious dissension. But if you shall accept this proposition in a fraternal spirit, the truth will easily shine forth, but if you are not willing to do this, your distrust will be easily known. And when this had been read, all the bishops said: This pleases us well, so let it be. And they subscribed: I, Aurelius, bishop of the Carthaginian Church, have consented to this decree, and having read it, have subscribed it. Likewise also the rest of the bishops signed.
This synod sent a legation to the Princes against the Donatists
The most glorious emperor Honorius Augustus, being consul for the sixth time, on the Calends of July, at Carthage in the basilica of the second region. In this council Theasius and Euodius received a legation against the Donatists. In this council was inserted the commonitorium which follows.
Canon 93. (Greek xcvi.)
The character of the Commonitory which the legates received against the Donatists
The Commonitorium for our brothers Theasius and Evodius, sent as legates from the Council of Carthage to the most glorious and most religious princes. When by the help of the Lord they have come into the presence of the most pious princes, they shall declare to them with what fullness of confidence, according to the direction of the council of the year before, the prelates of the Donatists had been urged by the municipal authority to assemble, in order that if they really meant their professions, they might by fit persons chosen from their number, enter into a peaceful conference with us in Christian meekness, and whatever they held as truth they might not hesitate to declare it frankly; so that from such conference the sincerity of the Catholic position, which has been conspicuous for so long a time, might be perceived even by those who from ignorance or obstinacy were opposing themselves to it. But deterred by their want of confidence they scarcely ventured to reply. And forsooth, because we had discharged toward them the offices which become bishops and peacemakers, and they had no answer to make to the truth, they betook themselves to unreasonable acts of brute force, and treacherously oppressed many of the bishops and clergy, to say nothing of the laity. And some of the churches they actually invaded, and tried to assault still others.
And now, it behooves the gracious clemency of their Majesties to take measures that the Catholic Church, which has begotten them as worshippers of Christ in her womb, and has nourished them with the strong meat of the faith, should by their forethought, be defended, lest violent men, taking advantage of the times of religious excitement, should by fear overcome a weak people, whom by argument they were not able to pervert. It is well known how often the vile gatherings (detestabilis manus) of the Circumcelliones have been forbidden by the laws, and also condemned by many decrees of the Emperors, their majesties most religious predecessors. Against the madness of these people it is not unusual nor contrary to the holy Scriptures to ask for secular [θείας in the Greek] protection, since Paul the Apostle, as is related in the authentic Acts of the Apostles, warded off a conspiracy of certain lawless men by the help of the military. Now then we ask that there be extended to the Catholic Churches, without any dissimulation, the protection of the ordinum [i.e. companies of soldiers, stationed] in each city, and of the holders of the suburban estates in the various places. At the same time it will be necessary to ask that they give commandment that the law, set forth by their father Theodosius, of pious memory, which imposed a fine of ten pounds of gold upon both the ordainers and the ordained among heretics, and which was also directed against proprietors at whose houses conventicles were held, be confirmed anew; so that it may be effective with persons of this sort when Catholics, provoked by their wiles, shall lay complaint against them; so that through fear at least, they may cease from making schisms and from the wickedness of the heretics, since they refuse to be cleansed and corrected by the thought of the eternal punishment.
Let request be also made that the law depriving heretics of the power of being able to receive or bequeath by gift or by will, be straightway renewed by their Piety, so that all right of giving or receiving may be taken away from those who, blinded by the madness of obstinacy, are determined to continue in the error of the Donatists.
With regard to those who by considerations of unity and peace are willing to correct themselves, let permission be granted to them to receive their inheritance, the law notwithstanding, even though the bequest by gift or inheritance was made while they were yet living in the error of the heretics; those of course being excepted, who under the stress of legal proceedings have sought to enter the Catholic Church; for it may well be supposed, that persons of this latter sort desired Catholic unity, not so much from fear of the judgment of heaven, as from the greed of earthly gain.
For the furtherance of all these things the help of the Powers (Potestatum) of each one of the provinces is needed. With regard to other matters, whatever they shall perceive is for the Church's interests, this we have resolved that the legation have full authority to do and to carry into effect. Moreover it seemed good to us all, that letters from our assembly should be sent to the most glorious Emperors and most Excellent Worthinesses, whereby they may be assured of the agreement of us all that the legates should be sent by us to their most blessed court.
Since it is a very slow business for us all to set our names to these letters, and in order that they may not be burdened with the signature of each one of us, we desire you, brother Aurelius, that your charity be good enough to sign them in the name of us all. And to this they all agreed.
I, Aurelius, Bishop of the Church of Carthage have consented to this decree and have subscribed my name. And so all the other bishops subscribed.
Letters ought likewise to be sent to the judges that, until the lord permit the legates to return to us, they give protection through the soldiers of the cities, and through the holders of the farms of the Catholic Church. It ought also to be added concerning the dishonest Equitius, which he had shown by laying claim to the jus sacerdotum, that he be rejected from the diocese of Hippo according to the statutes of the Emperors. Letters ought also to be sent to the Bishop of the Church of Rome in commendation of the legates, and to the other Bishops who may be where the Emperor is. To this they assented.
Likewise I, Aurelius, Bishop of the Church of Carthage, have consented to this decree, and having read it, have set my name to it.
And all the other bishops likewise subscribed.
Canon 94. (Greek xcvii.)
Summary of Chapters
That a free delegation be sent to the council from all the provinces to Mizoneum. Legates and letters were ordered to be sent for the purpose of directing the free legation: that became the unity had been made only at Carthage, letters should also be given to the judges, that they might order in the other provinces and cities the work of union to be proceeded with, and the thanksgivings of the Church of Carthage for the whole of Africa concerning the exclusion of the Donatists should be sent with the letters of the bishops to Court (ad Comitatum).
The letters of Pope Innocent were read: that bishops ought not readily to carry causes across seas, and this very thing was confirmed by the judgment of the bishops themselves; that on account of thanksgiving and the exclusion of the Donatists, two clerics of the Church of Carthage should be sent to Court.
Canon 95. (Greek xcviii.)
An universal council to be held only when necessary
It seemed good that there should be no more the yearly necessity of fatiguing the brethren; but as often as common cause, that is of the whole of Africa, demands, that letters shall be given on every side to that see in this matter, that a synod should be gathered in that province, where the desirability of it induces; but let the causes which are not of general interest be judged in their own provinces.
This canon is a tacit revocation of that clause for annual synods in the 18th canon, which was made in a former council.
Canon 96. (Greek xcix.)
That from judges who have been chosen, no appeals may be taken
If an appeal be taken, let him who makes it choose the judges, and with him he also against whom the appeal is taken; and from their decision no appeal may be made.
Concerning the delegates of the different provinces
When all the delegates of the different provinces came together, they have been most graciously received, that is those of the Numidians, Byzacenes, Stifensian Moors, as well as Cæsarians and Tripolitans.
Concerning the executors of Churches
It has seemed good moreover that the appointment of five executors should be asked for in all matters pertaining to the necessities of the Church, who shall be portioned off in the different provinces.
Canon 97. (Greek c.)
That there be sought from the Emperor the protection of Advocates in causes ecclesiastical
It seemed good that the legates who were about leaving, viz., Vincent and Fortunatian, should in the name of all the provinces ask from the most glorious Emperors to give a faculty for the establishment of scholastic defensors, whose shall be the care of this very kind of business: so that as the priests of the province, they who have received the faculty as defensors of the Churches in ecclesiastical affairs, as often as necessity arises, may be able to enter the private apartments of the judges, so as to resist what is urged on the other side, or to make necessary explanations.
The protest of the Mauritanian bishops against Primosus.
It is evident that those of Mauritania Cæsariensis gave evidence in their own writings that Primosus had been summoned by the chiefs of the Thiganensian city, that he should present himself to the plenary council according to the imperial constitutions, and, when sought for, as was right, Primosus was not found, at least so the deacons reported. But since the same Mauritanians petitioned that letters be sent from the whole synod to the venerable brother, the aged Innocent, it seemed good that they should be sent, that he might know that Primosus had been sought at the council and not found at all.
Canon 98. (Greek cii.)
Of the peoples which never had bishops
It seemed good that such peoples as had never had bishops of their own should in no way receive such unless it had been decreed in a plenary council of each province and by the primates, and with the consent of the bishop of that diocese to which the church belonged.
Canon 99. (Greek ciii.)
Of people or dioceses returned from the Donatists
Such communities as have returned from the Donatists and have had bishops, without doubt may continue to have them even without any action of the councils, but such a community as had a bishop and when he dies wish no longer to have a bishop of their own, but to belong to the diocese of some other bishop, this is not to be denied them. Also such bishops as before the promulgation of the imperial law concerning unity as brought back their people to the Catholic Church, they ought to be allowed still to rule them: but from the time of that law of unity, all the Churches, and their dioceses, and if perchance there be any instruments of the Church or things pertaining to its rights should belong to the Catholic bishops of those places to whom the places pertained while under the heretics, whether they be converted to the Catholic Church or remain unconverted heretics. Whoever after this law shall make any such usurpation, shall restore as is meet the usurped possessions.
Canon 100. (Greek civ.)
Of the suggestion of Bishop Maurentius
[Hefele says The text of this canon is much corrupted and very difficult to be understood. He gives as a synopsis, The council appoints judges in the affair of Bishop Maurentius. (Hefele, Vol. II, p. 443.)]
Johnson thus condenses and translates: Bishop Maurentius having an information against him, lying before the council, moves for a hearing; but the informers don't appear upon three calls made by the deacons on the day appointed. The cause is referred to Senex Xantippus, Augustinus, and five more summoned by the council, the informers were to make up the number twelve.
Canon 101. (Greek civ. bis)
Of making peace between the Churches of Rome and Alexandria
It seemed good that a letter be written to the holy Pope Innocent concerning the dissension between the Churches of Rome and Alexandria, so that each Church might keep peace with the other as the Lord commanded.
Canon 102. (Greek cv.)
Of those who put away their wives or husbands, that so they remain
It seemed good that according to evangelical and discipline a man who had been put away from his wife, and a woman put away from her husband should not be married to another, but so should remain, or else be reconciled the one to the other; but if they spurn this law, they shall be forced to do penance, covering which case we must petition that an imperial law be promulgated.
Canon 103. (Greek cvi.)
Of the prayers to be said at the Altar
This also seemed good, that the prayers which had been approved in synod should be used by all, whether prefaces, commendations, or laying on of the hand, and that others contrary to the faith should not be used by any means, but that those only should be said which had been collected by the learned.
Canon 104. (Greek cvii.)
Of these who ask from the Emperor that secular judges may take cognizance of their causes
It seemed good that whoever should seek from the Emperor, that secular judges should take cognizance of his business, should be deprived of his office; if however, he had asked from the Emperor an episcopal trial, no objection should be made.
Canon 105. (Greek cviii.)
Of those who do not communicate in Africa and would go across seas
Whoever does not communicate in Africa, and goes to communicate across seas, let him be cast out of the clergy.
Canon 106. (Greek cix.)
That those who are going to carry their case to court should be careful to inform either the bishop of Carthage or the bishop of Rome.
It seemed good that whoever wished to go to court, should give notice in the form which is sent to the Church of the city of Rome, that from thence also he should receive a formed letter to court. But if receiving only a formed letter to Rome, and saying nothing about the necessity which he had of going to court, he willed immediately to go there, let him be cut off from communion. But if while at Rome the necessity of going to court suddenly arose, let him state his necessity to the bishop of Rome and let him carry with him a rescript of the same Roman bishop. But let the formed letters which are issued by primates and by certain bishops to their own clergy have the date of Easter; but if it be yet uncertain what is the date of Easter of that year, let the preceding Easter's date be set down, as it is customary to date public acts after the consulship.
It further seemed good that those who were sent as delegates from this glorious council should ask of the most glorious princes whatever they saw would be useful against the Donatists and Pagans, and their superstitions.
It also seemed good to all the bishops that all conciliar letters be signed by your holiness alone. And they subscribed: I, Aurelius, Bishop of Carthage, have consented to this decree, and having read it, now subscribe my name. Likewise also the rest of the bishops subscribed.
(Greek cx.)
Synod against the pagans and heretics
In the consulship of those most illustrious men Bassus and Philip, the xvith Calends of July, at Carthage, in the secretarium of the restored basilica.* In this council the bishop Fortunatian received a second appointment as legate against the pagans and heretics.
Item, a council against the pagans and heretics
In the consulship of those most illustrious men Bassus and Philip, the iii. Ides of October at Carthage, in the Secretarium of the restored basilica*. In this council the bishops Restitutus and Florentius received a legation against the pagans and heretics, at the time Severus and Macarius were slain, and on their account the bishops Euodius, Theasius and Victor were put to death.
Canon 107. (Greek cx. continued.)
A Council concerning a bishop taking cognizance
In the consulate of the most glorious Emperors Honorius for the VII th time and Theodosius for the IIId, Augusti, xvii. Calends of July, a synod was held at Carthage in the basilica of the second region. In this council it seemed good that no one bishop should claim the right to take cognizance of a cause. The acts of this council I have not here written down, because it was only provincial and not general.
(Greek cxi.)
Synod against the Donatists
After the consulate of the most illustrious Emperors Honorius for the VIII th time and Theodosius for the IV th time, Augusti, xviii. Calends of July, at Carthage in the basilica of the second region. In this council the bishops, Florentius, Possidius, Præsidius and Benenatus received legation against the Donatists, at that time at which a law was given that anyone might practice the Christian worship at his own will.
Canon 108. (Greek cxii.)
Synod against the heresy of Pelagius and Celestius
In the consulate of the most glorious Emperors, Honorius for the XII th time and Theodosius for the VIII th, Augusti most exalted, on the Calends of May, at Carthage in the secretarium of the Basilica of Faustus. When Aurelius the bishop presided over the whole council, the deacons standing by, it pleased all the bishops, whose names and subscriptions are indicated, met together in the holy synod of the Church of Carthage to define—
Canon 109. (Greek cxij. continued.)
That Adam was not created by God subject to death
That whosoever says that Adam, the first man, was created mortal, so that whether he had sinned or not, he would have died in body— that is, he would have gone forth of the body, not because his sin merited this, but by natural necessity, let him be anathema.
Canon 110. (Greek cxii. bis)
That infants are baptized for the remission of sins
Likewise it seemed good that whosoever denies that infants newly from their mother's wombs should be baptized, or says that baptism is for remission of sins, but that they derive from Adam no original sin, which needs to be removed by the laver of regeneration, from whence the conclusion follows, that in them the form of baptism for the remission of sins, is to be understood as false and not true, let him be anathema.
For no otherwise can be understood what the Apostle says, By one man sin has come into the world, and death through sin, and so death passed upon all men in that all have sinned, than the Catholic Church everywhere diffused has always understood it. For on account of this rule of faith (regulam fidei) even infants, who could have committed as yet no sin themselves, therefore are truly baptized for the remission of sins, in order that what in them is the result of generation may be cleansed by regeneration.
The following, says Surius, is found in this place in a very ancient codex. It does not occur in the Greek, nor in Dionysius. Bruns relegates it to a foot-note.
[Also it seemed good, that if anyone should say that the saying of the Lord, In my Father's house are many mansions is to be understood as meaning that in the kingdom of heaven there will be a certain middle place, or some place somewhere, in which infants live in happiness who have gone forth from this life without baptism, without which they cannot enter the kingdom of heaven, which is eternal life, let him be anathema. For after our Lord has said: Unless a man be born again of water and of the Holy Spirit he shall not enter the kingdom of heaven, what Catholic can doubt that he who has not merited to be coheir with Christ shall become a sharer with the devil: for he who fails of the right hand without doubt shall receive the left hand portion.]
Canon 111. (Greek cxiij.)
That the grace of God not only gives remission of sins, but also affords aid that we sin no more
Likewise it seemed good, that whoever should say that the grace of God, by which a man is justified through Jesus Christ our Lord, avails only for the remission of past sins, and not for assistance against committing sins in the future, let him be anathema.
Canon 112. (Greek cxiij. continued.)
That the grace of Christ gives not only the knowledge of our duty, but also inspires us with a desire that we may be able to accomplish what we know
Also, whoever shall say that the same grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord helps us only in not sinning by revealing to us and opening to our understanding the commandments, so that we may know what to seek, what we ought to avoid, and also that we should love to do so, but that through it we are not helped so that we are able to do what we know we should do, let him be anathema. For when the Apostle says: Wisdom puffs up, but charity edifies it were truly infamous were we to believe that we have the grace of Christ for that which puffs us up, but have it not for that which edifies, since in each case it is the gift of God, both to know what we ought to do, and to love to do it; so that wisdom cannot puff us up while charity is edifying us. For as of God it is written, Who teaches man knowledge, so also it is written, Love is of God.
Canon 113. (Greek cxiiii.)
That without the grace of God we can do no good thing
It seemed good that whosoever should say that the grace of justification was given to us only that we might be able more readily by grace to perform what we were ordered to do through our free will; as if though grace was not given, although not easily, yet nevertheless we could even without grace fulfil the divine commandments, let him be anathema. For the Lord spoke concerning the fruits of the commandments, when he said: Without me you can do nothing, and not Without me you could do it but with difficulty.
Canon 114. (Greek cxv.)
That not only humble but also true is that voice of the Saints: If we say that we have no sin we deceive ourselves.
It also seemed good that as St. John the Apostle says, If we shall say that we have no sin we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us, whosoever thinks that this should be so understood as to mean that out of humility, we ought to say that we have sin, and not because it is really so, let him be anathema. For the Apostle goes on to add, But if we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all iniquity, where it is sufficiently clear that this is said not only of humility but also truly. For the Apostle might have said, If we shall say we have no sins we shall extoll ourselves, and humility shall have no place in us; but when he says, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us he sufficiently intimates that he who affirmed that he had no sin would speak not that which is true but that which is false.
Canon 115. (Greek cxvi.)
That in the Lord's Prayer the Saints say for themselves: Forgive us our trespasses
It has seemed good that whoever should say that when in the Lord's prayer, the saints say, forgive us our trespasses, they say this not for themselves, because they have no need of this petition, but for the rest who are sinners of the people; and that therefore no one of the saints can say, Forgive me my trespasses, but Forgive us our trespasses; so that the just is understood to seek this for others rather than for himself; let him be anathema. For holy and just was the Apostle James, when he said, For in many things we offend all. For why was it added all, unless that this sentence might agree also with the psalm, where we read, Enter not into judgment with your servant, O Lord, for in your sight shall no man living be justified; and in the prayer of the most wise Solomon: There is no man that sins not; and in the book of the holy Job: He seals in the hand of every man, that every man may know his own infirmity; wherefore even the holy and just Daniel when in prayer said several times: We have sinned, we have done iniquity, and other things which there truly and humbly he confessed; nor let it be thought (as some have thought) that this was said not of his own but rather of the people's sins, for he said further on: When I shall pray and confess my sins and the sins of my people to the Lord my God; he did not wish to say our sins, but he said the sins of his people and his own sins, since he as a prophet foresaw that those who were to come would thus misunderstand his words.
Canon 116. (Greek cxvii.)
That the Saints say with accuracy, Forgive us our trespasses
Likewise also it seemed good, that whoever wished that these words of the Lord's prayer, when we say, Forgive us our trespasses are said by the saints out of humility and not in truth let them be anathema. For who would make a lying prayer, not to men but to God? Who would say with his lips that he wished his sins forgiven him, but in his heart that he had no sins to be forgiven.
Canon 117. (Greek cxviii.)
Of peoples converted from the Donatists
Item, it seemed good, since it was so decreed some years ago by a plenary council, that whatever churches were erected in a diocese before the laws were made concerning Donatists when they became Catholic, should pertain to the sees of those bishops through whom their return to Catholic unity was brought about; but after the laws whatever churches communicated were to belong there where they belonged when they were Donatists. But because many controversies afterward arose and are still springing up between bishops concerning dioceses, which were not then at all in prospect, now it has seemed good to this council, that wherever there was a Catholic and a Donatist party, pertaining to different sees, at whatever time unity has been or shall be made, whether before or after the laws, the churches shall belong to that see to which the Catholic church which was already there belonged.
Canon 118. (Greek cxix.)
How bishops as well Catholic as those who have been converted from the Donatists are to divide between themselves the dioceses
So, too, it has seemed good that if a bishop has been converted from the Donatists to Catholic unity, that equally there should be divided what shall have been so found where there were two parties; that is, that some places should pertain to one and some to the other; and let the division be made by him who has been the longest time in the episcopate, and let the younger choose. But should there be only one place let it belong to him who is found to be the nearer. But should the distance be equal to each of the two cathedrals let it belong to the one the people may choose. But should the old Catholics wish their own bishop, and if the same be the case with the converted Donatists, let the will of the greater number prevail, but should the parties be equal, let it belong to him who has been longest bishop. But if so many places be found in which there were both parties, that an equal division is impossible, as for example, if they are unequal in number, after those places have been distributed which have an equal number, the place that remains over shall be disposed of as is provided above in the case where there is but one place to be treated.
Canon 119. (Greek cxx.)
That if a bishop shall possess a diocese which he has snatched from heresy for three years, no one may take it from him
Item, it seemed good that if anyone after the laws should convert any place to Catholic unity and retain it for three years without opposition, it should not be taken away from him afterwards. If however there was during those three years a bishop who could claim it and was silent, he shall lose the opportunity. But if there was no bishop, no prejudice shall happen to the see, but it shall be lawful when the place that had none shall receive a bishop, to make the claim within three years of that day. Item, if a Donatist bishop shall be converted to the Catholic party, the time that has elapsed shall not count against him, but from the day of his conversion for three years he shall have the right of making a claim on the places which belonged to his See.
Canon 120. (Greek cxxi.)
Of those who intrude upon peoples which they think belong to them, without the consent of those by whom they are held
Item, it seemed good that whatever bishops seek the peoples whom they consider to pertain to their see, not by bringing their causes before the episcopal judges, but rush in while another is holding the place, all such, (whether said people are willing to receive them or no) shall lose their case. And whoever have done this, if the contention between the two bishops is not yet finished but still going on, let him depart who intruded without the decree of the ecclesiastical judges; nor let anyone flatter himself that he will retain [what he has seized] if he shall obtain letters from the primate, but whether he has such letters or has them not, it is suitable that he who holds and receives his letters should make it appear then that he has held the church pertaining to him peaceably. But if he has referred any question, let the cause be decided by the episcopal judges, whether those whom the primates have appointed for them, or the neighbouring bishops whom they have chosen by common consent.
Canon 121. (Greek cxxii.)
Of those who neglect the peoples belonging to them
Item, it seemed good that whoever neglect to bring the places belonging to their see into Catholic unity should be admonished by the neighbouring diligent bishops, that they delay no longer to do this; but if within six months from the day of the convention they do nothing, let them pertain to him who can win them: but with this proviso however, that if he to whom it seemed they naturally belonged can prove that this neglect was intentional and more efficacious in winning them than the greater apparent diligence of others; when the episcopal judges shall be convinced that this is the case, they shall restore the places to his see. If the bishops between whom the cause lies are of different provinces, let the Primate in whose province the place is situated about which there is the dispute, appoint judges; but if by mutual consent they have chosen as judges the neighbouring bishops, let one or three be chosen: so that if they choose three they may follow the sentence of all or of two.
Canon 122. (Greek cxxiii.)
The sentence of the elected judges ought not to be spurned
From the judges chosen by common consent of the parties, no appeal can be taken; and whoever shall be found to have carried such an appeal and contumaciously to be unwilling to submit to the judges, when this has been proved to the primate, let him give letters, that no one of the bishops should communicate with him until he yield.
Canon 123. (Greek cxxiv.)
That if a bishop neglects his diocese he is to be deprived of communion
If in the mother cathedrals a bishop should have been negligent against the heretics, let a meeting be held of the neighbouring diligent bishops, and let his negligence be pointed out to him, so that he can have no excuse. But if within six months after this meeting, if an execution was in his own province, and he had taken no care to convert them to Catholic unity, no one shall communicate with him till he does his duty. But if no executor shall have come to the places, then the fault shall not be laid to the bishop.
Canon 124. (Greek cxxv.)
Of bishops who shall lie with regard to Donatists' communions
If it shall be proven that any bishop has lied concerning the communion of those [who had been Donatists], and had said that they had communicated when he knew it was an established fact that they had not done so, let him lose his bishoprick.
Canon 125. (Greek cxxvi.)
That presbyters and clerics are not to appeal except to African Synods
Item, it seemed good that presbyters, deacons, or other of the lower clergy who are to be tried, if they question the decision of their bishops, the neighbouring bishops having been invited by them with the consent of their bishops, shall hear them and determine whatever separates them. But should they think an appeal should be carried from them, let them not carry the appeal except to African councils or to the primates of their provinces. But whoso shall think of carrying an appeal across seas he shall be admitted to communion by no one in Africa.
Canon 126. (Greek cxxvii.)
That Virgins, even when minors, should be given the veil
Item, it seemed good that whatever bishop, by the necessity of the dangers of virginal purity, when either a powerful suitor or some ravisher is feared, or if she shall be pricked with some scruple of death that she might die unveiled, at the demand either of her parents or of those to whose care she has been entrusted, shall give the veil to a virgin, or shall have given it while she was under twenty-five years of age, the council which has appointed that number of years shall not oppose him.
Canon 127. (Greek cxxviii.)
That bishops be not detained too long in council, let them choose three judges from themselves of the singular provinces
Item, it seemed good, lest all the bishops who are assembled at a council be kept too long, that the whole synod should choose three judges of the several provinces; and they elected for the province of Carthage Vincent, Fortunatian, and Clarus; for the province of Numidia Alypius, Augustine, and Restitutus; for the province of Byzacena, with the holy Senex Donatian the Primate, Cresconius, Jocundus, and Æmilian; for Mauritania Sitephensis Severian, Asiaticus, and Donatus; for the Tripolitan province Plautius, who alone was sent as legate according to custom; all these were to take cognizance of all things with the holy senex Aurelius, from whom the whole council sought that he should subscribe all things done by the council whether acts or letters. And they subscribed: I, Aurelius, bishop of the church of Carthage consent to this decree and having read it sign my name. Likewise also signed they all.
Two Sancti Senes mentioned, who we are sure were both primates. See can. 100 (104).
Item, at this council there was present a legation from the Roman Church
After the consulate of the most glorious emperors Honorius for the XII th. time and Theodosius for the VIII th., Augusti, on the III. Calends of June, at Carthage, in the Secretarium of the restored basilica, when Aurelius the bishop together with Faustinus of the church of Potentia in the Italian province of Picenum, a legate of the Roman Church, Vincent of Calvita (Culositanus), Fortunatian of Naples, Marianus Uzipparensis, Adeodatus of Simidica, Pentadius of Carpi, Rufinian of Muzuba, Prætextatus of Sicily, Quodvultdeus of Veri (Verensis), Candidus of Abbirita, Gallonian of Utica, legates of the proconsular province; Alypius of Tagaste, Augustine of Hippo Regia and Posidonius of Calama, legates of the province of Numidia; Maximian of Aquæ;, Jocundus of Sufetula, and Hilary of Horrea-Cascilia, legates of the province of Byzacena; Novatus of Sitifi and Leo of Mocta, legates of the province of Mauritania Sitiphensis; Ninellus of Rusucarrum, Laurence of Icosium and Numerian of Rusgunium, legates of the Province of Mauritania Cæsariensis, the judges chosen by the plenary council, had taken their seats, the deacons standing by, and when, after certain things had been accomplished, many bishops complained that it was not possible for them to wait for the completion of the rest of the business to be treated of, and that they must hasten to their own churches; it seemed good to the whole council, that by all some should be chosen from each province who should remain to finish up what was left to be done. And it came about that those were present whose subscriptions testify that they were present.
Canon 128. (Greek cxxix.)
That those out of communion should not be allowed to bring accusation
It seemed good to all, as it had been decreed by the former councils, concerning what persons were to be admitted to bring accusations against clerics; and since it had not been expressed what persons should not be admitted, therefore we define, that he cannot properly be admitted to bring an accusation, who had been already excommunicated, and was still lying under that censure, whether he that wished to be the accuser were cleric or layman.
The Council of Carthage of 419 had at its first session on May 25th done thus much. But when it met again on the 30th of the same month, it continued the code. The introduction in regard to this new session is this introduction. The Canons then enacted were original, viz. numbers 128, 129, 130, 131, 132 and 133.
Canon 129. (Greek cxxx.)
That slaves and freedmen and all infamous persons ought not to bring accusation
To all it seemed good that no slaves or freedmen, properly so called, be admitted to accusation nor any of those who by the public laws are debarred from bringing accusation in criminal proceedings. This also is the case with all those who have the stain of infamy, that is actors, and persons subject to turpitudes, also heretics, or heathen, or Jews; but even all those to whom the right of bringing accusation is denied, are not forbidden to bring accusation in their own suits.
Canon 130. (Greek cxxxi.)
That he who has failed to prove one charge shall not be allowed to give evidence to another
So, too, it seemed good that as often as many crimes were laid to clerics by their accusers, and one of the first examined could not be proved, they should not be allowed to go on giving evidence on the other counts.
Canon 131. (Greek CXXXII.)
Who should be allowed to give evidence
They who are forbidden to be admitted as accusers are not to be allowed to appear as witnesses, nor any that the accuser may bring from his own household. And none shall be admitted to give witness under fourteen years of age.
Canon 132. (Greek cxxxiii.)
Concerning a bishop who removes a man from communion who says he has confessed to the bishop alone his crime
It also seemed good that if on any occasion a bishop said that someone had confessed to him alone a personal crime, and that the man now denies it; let not the bishop think that any slight is laid upon him if he is not believed on his own word alone, although he says he is not willing to communicate with the man so denying through a scruple of his own conscience.
Canon 133. (Greek cxxxiv.)
That a bishop should not rashly deprive anyone of communion
As long as his own bishop will not communicate with one excommunicated, the other bishops should have no communion with that bishop, that the bishop may be more careful not to charge anyone with what he cannot prove by documentary evidence to others.
(Greek cxxxv.)
Bishop Aurelius said: According to the statutes of this whole assembled council, and the opinion of my littleness, it seems good to make an end of all the matters of the whole of the before-manifested title, and let the ecclesiastical acts receive the discussion of the present day's constitution.
And what things have not yet been expressed (treated of in the Greek) we shall write on the next day through our brethren, Bishop Faustinus and the Presbyters Philip and Asellus to our venerable brother and fellow bishop Boniface; and they gave their assent in writing.
Canon 134. (Continuation of cxxxv. in the Greek.)
Here begins the letter directed from the whole African Council to Boniface, bishop of the City of Rome, by Faustinus the bishop, and Philip and Asellus the presbyters, legates of the Roman Church
To the most blessed lord, and our honourable brother Boniface, Aurelius, Valentine of the primatial See of Numidia, and others present with us to the number of 217 from the whole council in Africa.
Since it has pleased the Lord that our humility should write concerning those things which with us our holy brethren, Faustinus a fellow bishop and Philip and Asellus, fellow presbyters, have done, not to the bishop Zosimus of blessed memory, from whom they brought commands and letters to us, but to your holiness, who is constituted in his room by divine authority, we ought briefly to set forth what has been determined upon by mutual consent; not indeed those things which are contained in the prolix volumes of the acts, in which, while charity was preserved, yet we loitered not without some little labour of altercation, deliberating those things in the acts which now pertain to the cause. However the more gratefully would he have received this news as he would have seen a more peaceful ending of the matter, my lord and brother, had he been still in the body! Apiarius the presbyter, concerning whose ordination, excommunication, and appeal no small scandal arose not only at Sicca but also in the whole African Church, has been restored to communion upon his seeking pardon for all his sins. First our fellow bishop Urban of Sicca doubtless corrected whatever in him seemed to need correction. For there should have been kept in mind the peace and quiet of the Church not only in the present but also in the future, since so many evils of such a kind had gone before, that it was incumbent to take care that like or even graver evils should be prevented thereafter. It seemed good to us that the presbyter Apiarius should be removed from the church of Sicca, retaining only the honour of his grade, and that he should exercise the office of the presbyterate wherever else he wished and could, having received a letter to this effect. This we granted without difficulty at his own petition made in a letter. But truly before this case should be thus closed, among other things which we were treating of in daily discussions, the nature of the case demanded that we should ask our brothers, Faustinus our fellow bishop, and Philip and Asellus our fellow presbyters, to set forth what they had been enjoined to treat of with us that they might be inserted in the ecclesiastical acts. And they proceeded to make a verbal statement, but when we earnestly asked that they would present it rather in writing, then they produced the Commonitory. This was read to us and also set down in the acts, which they are bringing with them to you. In this they were bidden to treat of four things with us, first concerning the appeal of bishops to the Pontiff of the Roman Church, second that bishops should not unbecomingly be sailing to court, thirdly concerning the treating the causes of presbyters and deacons by contiguous bishops, if they had been wrongly excommunicated by their own, and fourthly concerning the bishop Urban who should be excommunicated or even sent to Rome, unless he should have corrected what seemed to need correction. Of all which things concerning the first and third, that is that it is allowed to bishops to appeal to Rome and that the causes of clerics should be settled by the bishops of their own provinces, already last year we have taken pains to insinuate, in our letter to the same bishop Zosimus of venerable memory, that we were willing to observe these provisions for a little while without any injury to him, until the search for the statutes of the Council of Nicaea had been finished. And now we ask of your holiness that you would cause to be observed by us the acts and constitutions of our fathers at the Council of Nicaea, and that you cause to be exercised by you there, those things which they brought in the commonitory: that is to say, If a bishop shall have been accused, etc. [Here follows Canon vii. of Sardica.]
Item concerning presbyters and deacons. If any bishop has been quickly angered, etc. [Here follows Canon xvii. of Sardica.]
These are the things which have been inserted in the acts until the arrival of the most accurate copies of the Nicene Council, which things, if they are contained there (as in the Commonitory, which our brethren directed to us from the Apostolic See alleged) and be even kept according to that order by you in Italy, in no way could we be compelled either to endure such treatment as we are unwilling to mention or could suffer what is unbearable: but we believe, through the mercy of our Lord God, while your holiness presides over the Roman Church, we shall not have to suffer that pride (istum typhum passuri). And there will be kept toward us, what should be kept with brotherly love to us who are making no dispute. You will also perceive according to the wisdom and the justice which the most Highest has given you, what should be observed, if perchance the canons of the Council of Nicaea are other [than you suppose]. For although we have read very many copies, yet never have we read in the Latin copies that there were any such decrees as are contained in the commonitory before mentioned. So too, because we can find them in no Greek text here, we have desired that there should be brought to us from the Eastern Churches copies of the decrees, for it is said that there correct copies of the decrees are to be found. For which end we beg your reverence, that you would deign yourself also to write to the pontiffs of these parts, that is of the churches of Antioch, Alexandria, and Constantinople, and to any others also if it shall please your holiness, that thence there may come to us the same canons decreed by the Fathers in the city of Nice, and thus you would confer by the help of the Lord this most great benefit upon all the churches of the West. For who can doubt that the copies of the Nicene Council gathered in the Greek empire are most accurate, which although brought together from so diverse and from such noble Greek churches are found to agree when compared together? And until this be done, the provisions laid down to us in the Commonitory aforesaid, concerning the appeals of bishops to the pontiff of the Roman Church and concerning the causes of clerics which should be terminated by the bishops of their own provinces, we are willing to allow to be observed until the proof arrives and we trust your blessedness will help us in this according to the will of God. The rest of the matters treated and defined in our synod, since the aforesaid brethren, our fellow bishop Faustinus, and the presbyters Philip and Asellus are carrying the acts with them, if you deign to receive them, will make known to your holiness. And they signed. Our Lord keep you to us for many years, most blessed brother. Alypius, Augustine, Possidius, Marinus and the rest of the bishops (217) also signed.
Canon 135. (Not numbered in the Greek.)
Here begin the rescripts to the African Council from Cyril bishop of Alexandria in which he sends the authentic proceedings of the Nicene Council, translated from the Greek by Innocent the presbyter: these letters with the same Nicene council were also sent through the aforementioned presbyter Innocent and by Marcellus a subdeacon of the Church of Carthage, to the holy Boniface, bishop of the Roman Church, on the sixth day before the calends of December in the year 419.
To the most honourable lords, our holy brethren and fellow bishops, Aurelius, Valentinus, as well as to the whole holy synod met in Carthage, Cyril salutes your holiness in God.
I have received with all joy at the hands of our son, the presbyter Innocent, the letters of your reverence so full of piety, in which you express the hope that we will send you most accurate copies of the decrees of the holy Fathers at the Synod held at Nice the metropolis of Bithynia from the archives of our church; with our own certificate of accuracy attached thereto. In answer to which request, most honourable lords and brethren, I have thought it necessary to send to you, with our compliments, by our son, Innocent the presbyter, the bearer of these, most faithful copies of the decisions of the synod held at Nice in Bithynia. And when you have sought in the history of the church, you will find them there also. Concerning Easter, as you have written, we announce to you that we shall celebrate it on the xviii before the calends of May of the next indiction. The subscription. May God and our Lord preserve your holy synod as we desire, dear brethren.
Canon 136. (Not numbered in the Greek but with a new heading.)
Here begins the letter of Atticus, bishop of Constantinople to the same
To our holy lords, and rightly most blessed brethren and fellow bishops, Aurelius, Valentine, and to the other beloved ones met together in the Synod held at Carthage, Atticus the bishop.
By our son Marcellus the subdeacon, I have received with all thanksgiving the writings of your holiness, praising the Lord that I enjoyed the blessing of so many of my brethren. O my lords and most blessed brethren, you have written asking me to send you most accurate copies of the canons enacted at the city of Nice, the metropolis of Bithynia, by the Fathers for the exposition of the faith. And who is there that would deny to his brethren the common faith, or the statutes decreed by the Fathers. Wherefore by the same son of mine, Marcellus, your subdeacon, who was in great haste, I have sent to you the canons in full as they were adopted by the Fathers in the city of Nice; and I ask of you that your holy synod would have me much in your prayers. The subscription. May our God keep your sanctity, as we desire, most holy brethren.
Canon 137. (Continuation of the last in the Greek.)
Here begin the examples of the Nicene Council, sent on the sixth day before the calends of December in the year 419, after the consulate of the most glorious emperor Honorius for the XII th time, and Theodosius for the IX th time, Augustuses, to Boniface the bishop of the City of Rome.
We believe in one God etc....the Catholic and Apostolic Church anathematizes them.
To this symbol of the faith there were also annexed copies of the statutes of the same Nicene Councils from the aforenamed pontiffs, in all respects as are contained above; which we do not think it necessary to write out here again.
Canon 138. (Not numbered in the Greek.)
Here begins the epistle of the African synod to Pope Celestine, bishop of the City of Rome
To the lord and most beloved and our honourable brother Celestine, Aurelius, Palatinus, Antony, Totus, Servusdei, Terentius, Fortunatus, Martin, Januarius, Optatus, Ceticius, Donatus, Theasius, Vincent, Fortunatian, and the rest of us, assembled at Carthage in the General Council of Africa.
We could wish that, like as your Holiness intimated to us, in your letter sent by our fellow presbyter Leo, your pleasure at the arrival of Apiarius, so we also could send to you these writings with pleasure respecting his clearing. Then in truth both our own satisfaction, and yours of late would be more reasonable; nor would that lately expressed by you concerning the hearing of him then to come, as well as that already past, seem hasty and inconsiderate. Upon the arrival, then, of our holy Brother and fellow bishop Faustinus, we assembled a council, and believed that he was sent with that man, in order that, as he [Apiarius] had before been restored to the presbyterate by his assistance, so now he might with his exertions be cleared of the very great crimes charged against him by the inhabitants of Tabraca. But the due course of examination in our council discovered in him such great and monstrous crimes as to overbear even Faustinus, who acted rather as an advocate of the aforementioned person than as a judge, and to prevail against what was more the zeal of a defender, than the justice of an inquirer. For first he vehemently opposed the whole assembly, inflicting on us many injuries, under pretence of asserting the privileges of the Roman Church, and wishing that he should be received into communion by us, on the ground that your Holiness, believing him to have appealed, though unable to prove it, had restored him to communion. But this we by no means allowed, as you will also better see by reading the acts. After however, a most laborious inquiry carried on for three days, during which in the greatest affliction we took cognizance of various charges against him, God the just Judge, strong and long suffering, cut short by a sudden stroke both the delays of our fellow bishop Faustinus and the evasions of Apiarius himself, by which he was endeavouring to veil his foul enormities. For his strong and shameless obstinacy was overcome, by which he endeavoured to cover, through an impudent denial, the mire of his lusts, and God so wrought upon his conscience and published, even to the eyes of men, the secret crimes which he was already condemning in that man's heart, a very sty of wickedness, that, after his false denial he suddenly burst forth into a confession of all the crimes he was charged with, and at length convicted himself of his own accord of all infamies beyond belief, and changed to groans even the hope we had entertained, believing and desiring that he might be cleared from such shameful blots, except indeed that it was so far a relief to our sorrow, that he had delivered us from the labour of a longer inquiry, and by confession had applied some sort of remedy to his own wounds, though, lord and brother, it was unwilling, and done with a struggling conscience. Premising, therefore, our due regards to you, we earnestly conjure you, that for the future you do not readily admit to a hearing persons coming hence, nor choose to receive to your communion those who have been excommunicated by us, because you, venerable Sir, will readily perceive that this has been prescribed even by the Nicene council. For though this seems to be there forbidden in respect of the inferior clergy, or the laity, how much more did it will this to be observed in the case of bishops, lest those who had been suspended from communion in their own Province might seem to be restored to communion hastily or unfitly by your Holiness. Let your Holiness reject, as is worthy of you, that unprincipled taking shelter with you of presbyters likewise, and the inferior clergy, both because by no ordinance of the Fathers has the Church of Africa been deprived of this authority, and the Nicene decrees have most plainly committed not only the clergy of inferior rank, but the bishops themselves to their own Metropolitans. For they have ordained with great wisdom and justice, that all matters should be terminated in the places where they arise; and did not think that the grace of the Holy Spirit would be wanting to any Province, for the bishops of Christ (Sacerdotibus) wisely to discern, and firmly to maintain the right: especially since whosoever thinks himself wronged by any judgment may appeal to the council of his Province, or even to a General Council [i.e. of Africa] unless it be imagined that God can inspire a single individual with justice, and refuse it to an innumerable multitude of bishops (sacerdotum) assembled in council. And how shall we be able to rely on a sentence passed beyond the sea, since it will not be possible to send there the necessary witnesses, whether from the weakness of sex, or advanced age, or any other impediment? For that your Holiness should send any on your part we can find ordained by no council of Fathers. Because with regard to what you have sent us by the same our brother bishop Faustinus, as being contained in the Nicene Council, we can find nothing of the kind in the more authentic copies of that council, which we have received from the holy Cyril our brother, Bishop of the Alexandrine Church, and from the venerable Atticus the Prelate of Constantinople, and which we formerly sent by Innocent the presbyter, and Marcellus the subdeacon through whom we received them, to Boniface the Bishop, your predecessor of venerable memory. Moreover whoever desires you to delegate any of your clergy to execute your orders, do not comply, lest it seem that we are introducing the pride of secular dominion into the Church of Christ which exhibits to all that desire to see God the light of simplicity and the day of humility. For now that the miserable Apiarius has been removed out of the Church of Christ for his horrible crimes, we feel confident respecting our brother Faustinus, that through the uprightness and moderation of your Holiness, Africa, without violating brotherly charity, will by no means have to endure him any longer. Lord and brother, may our Lord long preserve your Holiness to pray for us.
http://www.newadvent.org/fathers/3816.htm
http://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf214.xv.iv.iv.i.html
|
Κανὼν ΚΕ´
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Προστίθημι, ἀδελφοὶ τιμιώτατοι, πρὸς τούτοις, ἐν τῷ
ἀναφέρεσθαι ἕνεκεν ἐγκράτειας τῆς περὶ τὰς ἰδίας γυναῖκάς τινων τῶν κληρικῶν, ἐξαιρέτως
ἀναγνωστῶν, τὸ ἐν διαφόροις συνόδοις βεβαιωθέν, ὥστε τοὺς ὑποδιακόνους τούς τὰ ἱερὰ
μυστήρια ψηλαφῶντας καὶ τοὺς διακόνους, καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπισκόπους, κατὰ
τοὺς ἰδίους ὅρους καὶ ἐκ τῶν συμβίων ἐγκρατεύεσθαι, ἵνα ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν· ὅπερ
εἰ μὴ ποιήσωσι, τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ ἀποκινηθῶσι καθήκοντος· τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς κληρικοὺς
πρὸς τοῦτο μὴ ἀναγκάζεσθαι, εἰμὴ ἐν προβεβηκυίᾳ κείρᾳ. Ἀπὸ πάσης ἐλέχθη τῆς συνόδου·
Ἅπερ ἡ ὑμετέρα ἁγιωσύνη δικαίως ἐῤῥύθμισεν, ἱεροπρεπῆ ὄντα καὶ θεάρεστα, βεβαιοῦμεν.
Κανὼν ΚΣΤ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα πρᾶγμα ἐκκλησιαστικὸν μηδεὶς πιπράσκῃ. Ὅπερ πρᾶγμα, ἐὰν προσόδους
μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ πολλή τις ἐπείγῃ ἀνάγκη, τοῦτο ἐμφανίζεσθαι τῷ πρωτεύοντι τῆς αὐτῆς
ἐπαρχίας, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ ὡρισμένου ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ἐπισκόπων βουλεύεσθαι, τὶ δεῖ πράξαι.
Εἰ δὲ τοσαύτη ἐπεῖγοι ἀνάγκη τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι πρὸ τοῦ πωλεῖν βουλεύεσθαι,
κἃν τοὺς γειτνιῶντας πρὸς μαρτυρίαν καλέσῃ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, φροντίδα ποιούμενος τοῦ
ἁποδεῖξαι τῇ συνόδῳ πάσας τὰς συμβάσας τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ αὐτοῦ περιστάσεις· ὅπερ εἰ μὴ
ποιήσει, ὑπεύθυνος τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῇ συνόδῳ φανῇ ὁ πιπράσκων, καὶ ἀλλότριος τῆς οἰκείας
τιμῆς.
Κανὼν ΚΖ´
Ὁμοίως ἐβεβαιώθη, ὡς, ἐάν ποτε πρεσβύτεροι, ἢ διάκονοι, ἐπί τινι βαρυτέρᾳ ἁμαρτίᾳ
ἐλεγχθῶσι, τῇ ἀναγκαίως αὐτοὺς τῆς λειτουργίας ἀποκινούσῃ, μὴ ἐπιτίθεσθαι αὐτοῖς
χεῖρας ὡς μετανοοῦσιν, ἢ ὡς πιστοῖς λαϊκοῖς· μηδὲ ἐπιτρέπεσθαι αὐτοῖς, ὥστε ἀναβαπτιζομένους
πρὸς τὸν τοῦ κλήρου βαθμὸν προκόπτειν.
Κανὼν ΚΗ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ διάκονοι, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ κατώτεροι κληρικοί,
ἐν αἷς ἔχουσιν αἰτίαις, ἐὰν τὰ δικαστήρια μέμφωνται τῶν ἰδίων ἐπισκόπων, οἱ γείτονες
ἐπίσκοποι ἀκροάσωνται αὐτῶν, καὶ μετὰ συναινέσεως τοῦ ἰδίου ἐπισκόπου, τὰ μεταξὺ
αὐτῶν διαθῶσιν οἱ προσκαλούμενοι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπίσκοποι. Διό, εἰ καὶ περὶ αὐτῶν ἔκκλητον
παρέχειν νομίσωσι, μὴ ἐκκαλέσωνται εἰς τὰ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης δικαστήρια, ἀλλὰ πρὸς
τοὺς πρωτεύοντας τῶν ἰδίων ἐπαρχιῶν, ὡς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπισκόπων πολλάκις ὥρισται.
Οἱ δὲ πρὸς περαματικὰ δικαστήρια διεκκαλούμενοι, παρ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ δεχθῶσιν
κοινωνίαν.
Κανὼν ΚΘ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσε συμπάσῃ τῇ συνόδῳ, ἵνα, ὁ διὰ ῥαθυμίαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κοινωνίας γενόμενος,
εἴτε ἐπίσκοπος, εἴτε οἱοσδήποτε κληρικός, ἐὰν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἀκοινωνησίας αὐτοῦ,
πρὸ τοῦ ἀκουσθῆναι, εἰς κοινωνίαν τολμήσῃ, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τῆς καταδίκης τὴν ψῆφον
ἐξενηνοχέναι κριθῇ.
Κανὼν Λ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὁ κατηγορούμενος ἢ ὁ κατηγορῶν, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, ὅθεν ἐστὶν ὁ κατηγορούμενος,
ἐὰν φοβῆταί τινα βίαν προπετοῦς πολυπληθείας, τόπον ἐαυτῷ ἐπιλέξηται ἔγγιστα, ἐν
ᾧ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ δυσχέρεια μάρτυρας προκομίσαι, ἔνθα τὸ πρᾶγμα περατοῦται.
Κανὼν ΛΑ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα οἱοιδήποτε κληρικοὶ καὶ διάκονοι, ἐὰν μὴ πειθαρχῶσι τοῖς ἐπισκόποις
αὐτῶν, βουλομένοις διά τινας ἀναγκαστικὰς αἰτίας τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν αὐτῶν τούτους πρὸς
μείζονας ἀναβιβάζειν τιμὰς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ αὐτῶν, μηδὲ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ βαθμῷ διακονήσωσιν,
ἐξ οὗ ἀναχωρῆσαι οὐκ ἠθέλησαν.
Κανὼν ΛΒ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ἐπίσκοποι, πρεσβύτεροι, διάκονοι ἢ καὶ οἱοιδήποτε κληρικοί,
οἱ μηδὲν ἔχοντες, ἐὰν προκόψαντες τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς, ἢ τῆς κληρώσεως αὐτῶν,
ἀγροὺς ἢ οἱαδήποτε χωρία ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι αὐτῶν ἀγοράσωσιν, ἵνα ὡς κατὰ δεσποτικῶν πραγμάτων
ἔφοδον πεποιηκότες ἐνέχωνται, εἰ μὴ ἄρα λοιπὸν ὑπομνησθέντες τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ταῦτα εἰσκομίσουσιν.
Ἐὰν δὲ εἰς αὐτοὺς κυρίως φιλοτιμίᾳ τινός, ἢ διαδοχῇ συγγενείας περιέλθῃ, ἐξ αὐτοῦ
ποιήσωσιν ὃ ἔχει ἡ πρόθεσις αὐτῶν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὸ προθέσθαι εἰς τοὐπίσω μετατραπῶσι,
τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς τιμῆς ἀνάξιοι, ὡς ἀδόκιμοι, κριθῶσιν.
Κανὼν ΛΓ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν,ὥστε τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους παρὰ γνώμην τῶν ἰδίων αὐτῶν ἐπισκόπων πρᾶγμα
μὴ πιπράσκειν τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἐν ᾗ καθιέρωνται, ὃν τρόπον καὶ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις οὐκ
ἔξεστι πιπράσκειν χωρία τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἀγνοούσης τῆς συνόδου, ἢ τῶν ἰδίων πρεσβυτέρων.
Μὴ οὔσης τοίνυν ἀνάγκης, μηδὲ ἐπισκόπῳ ἐξεῖναι καταχρήσασθαι πράγματι ἐκ τοῦ τίτλου
τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς μάτρικος.
Κανὼν ΛΔ´
Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐν τούτῳ τῷ βρεβίῳ, τῷ ἀποδρεφθέντι ἐκ τῆς ἐν Ἱππῶνι
συνόδου, οὐδὲν νομίζομεν εἶναι διορθωτέον, ἢ προσθετέον· εἰ μή, ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ
ἁγίου Πάσχα ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς συνόδου γνωρισθείη.
Κανὼν ΛΕ´
Ὥστε τοὺς ἐπισκόπους καὶ τοὺς κληρικούς, τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν μὴ ἐᾷν αὐτεξουσίως ἀπιέναι
διὰ ἐμαγκιπατίωνος, εἰ μὴ δ᾽ ἂν εἰς τοὺς τρόπους καὶ εἰς τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτῶν πληροφορηθῶσιν·
ὡς λοιπὸν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν εἰς αὐτοὺς συντείνειν.
Κανὼν ΛΣΤ´
Ὥστε ἐπίσκοπους, καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ διακόνους μὴ χειροτονεῖσθαι, πρὶν ἢ πάντας
τοὺς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῶν Χριστιανοὺς ὀρθοδόξους ποιήσωσιν.
Κανὼν ΛΖ´
Ἵνα ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις μηδὲν πλέον τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Κυρίου προσενεχθείη,
ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος παρέδωκε, τουτέστιν, ἄρτου καὶ οἴνου ὕδατι μεμιγμένου. Ἀπαρχὴ
δέ, εἴτε μέλι, εἴτε γάλα, ὡς εἴωθε, προσφερέσθω ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἐθίμῳ εἰς τὸ τῶν νηπίων
μυστήριον· εἰ καὶ τὰ τὰ μάλιστα γὰρ ἐν θυσιαστηρίῳ προσφέρεται, ὅμως ἰδίαν ἐχέτω
κυρίως εὐλογίαν, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ ἁγιάσματος τοῦ Κυριακοῦ σώματος καὶ αἵματος διΐστασθαι.
Μηδὲν δὲ πλέον ἐν ταῖς ἀπαρχαῖς προσφερέσθω, ἢ ἀπὸ σταφυλῶν καὶ σίτου.
Κανὼν ΛΗ´
Κληρικοί, ἢ ἐγκρατευόμενοι, πρὸς χήρας, ἢ παρθένους, εἰ μὴ κατ᾽ ἐπιτροπὴν καὶ
συναίνεσιν τοῦ ἰδίου ἐπισκόπου, ἢ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, μὴ εἰσίτωσαν· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ μὴ
μόνοι ποιείτωσαν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ συγκληρικῶν, ἢ μετὰ τούτων, μεθ᾽ ὧν ὁ ἐπίσκοπος ἢ οἱ
πρεσβύτεροι μόνοι ἔχουσι τὴν εἴσοδον πρὸς τὰς τοιουτοτρόπους γυναῖκας, ἢ ὅπου πάρεισι
κληρικοί, ἢ ἔντιμοί τινες Χριστιανοί.
Κανὼν ΛΘ´
Ὥστε τὸν τῆς πρώτης καθέδρας ἐπίσκοπον μὴ λέγεσθαι ἔξαρχον τῶν ἱερέων, ἢ ἄκρον
ἱερέα, ἢ τοιουτότροπον τίποτε, ἀλλὰ μόνον ἐπίσκοπόν της πρώτης καθέδρας.
Κανὼν Μ´
Ὥστε τοὺς κληρικοὺς χάριν τοῦ τρώγειν ἢ πίνειν μὴ εἰσιέναι εἰς καπηλεῖα, εἰ μηδ᾽
ἂν ξενίας ἀνάγκῃ συνωθουμένους.
Κανὼν ΜΑ´
Ὥστε ἅγια θυσιαστηρίου, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ νηστικῶν ἀνθρώπων, μὴ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, ἐξῃρημένης
μιᾶς ἐτησίας ἡμέρας, ἐν ᾗ τὸ Κυριακὸν δεῖπνον ἐπιτελεῖται. Ἐὰν δέ τινων κατὰ τὸν
δειλινὸν καιρὸν τελευτησάντων εἴτε ἐπισκόπων, εἴτε τῶν λοιπῶν, παράθεσις γένηται,
μόναις εὐχαῖς ἐκτελεσθῇ, ἐὰν οἱ ταύτην ποιοῦντες ἀριστήσαντες εὑρεθῶσι.
Κανὼν ΜΒ´
Ὥστε ἐπισκόπους, ἢ κληρικοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ μὴ συμποσιάζεσθαι εἰ μὴ δ᾽ ἂν τυχὸν
ἀνάγκῃ ξενίας διαβάντες ἐκεῖ καταλύσωσι. Καὶ οἱ λαοὶ δὲ ἀπὸ τοιουτοτρόπων συμποσίων
ὅσον δυνατόν ἐστι κωλυθῶσι.
Κανὼν ΜΓ´
Ὥστε τοῖς μετανοοῦσι, κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων διαφοράν, τῇ τῶν ἐπισκόπων κρίσει
τὰς μετανοίας ἐν καιρῷ ψηφίζεσθαι· πρεσβύτερος δὲ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην τοῦ ἐπισκόπου,
μὴ καταλλάσσῃ μετανοοῦντα, εἰ μὴ δ᾽ ἂν ἀνάγκης συνωθούσης ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου·
οὗ τινος δήποτε δὲ μετανοοῦντος, εἰ πούβλικον καὶ τεθρυλλημένον ἐστὶ τὸ ἔγκλημα,
τὸ σύμπασαν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κινοῦν, πρὸ τῆς ἁψῖδος τούτῳ ἡ χείρ ἐπιτεθῇ.
Κανὼν ΜΔ´
Ὥστε τὰς ἱερὰς παρθένους, ὅτε τῶν πατέρων χωρίζονται, ἐξ ὧν ἐφυλάττοντο, τῇ τοῦ
ἐπισκόπου, ἢ αὐτοῦ ἀπόντος, τῇ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου προνοίᾳ ταῖς τιμιωτέραις γυναιξὶ
παρατίθεσθαι, ἢ ἅμα κατοικούσας ἀλλήλας φυλάττειν, ἵνα μὴ πανταχοῦ πλαζόμεναι, τὴν
ὑπόληψιν βλάψωσι τῆς ἐκκλησίας.
Κανὼν ΜΕ´
Ὥστε τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας, οἵτινες ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν ἀποκρίνεσθαι οὐ δύνανται, τότε βαπτίζεσθαι,
ὅτε τῇ αὐτῶν προαιρέσει τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν μαρτυρίαν καὶ κινδύνῳ ἰδίῳ εἴπωσι.
Ὥστε τοῖς σκηνικοῖς, καὶ μίμοις, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοιουτοτρόποις προσώποις, ἢ
ἀποστάταις, μετανοοῦσι καὶ ἐπιστρέφουσι πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, χάριν ἢ καταλλαγὴν μὴ ἀρνεῖσθαι.
Κανὼν ΜΣΤ´
Ἐξέστω ἔτι μὴν ἀναγινώσκεσθαι τὰ πάθη τῶν μαρτύρων, ἡνίκα αἱ ἐτήσιαι αὐτῶν ἡμέραι
ἐπιτελοῦνται.
Κανὼν ΜΖ´
Ἥρεσεν, ἵνα ἐρωτήσωμεν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ συνιερεῖς ἡμῶν Σιρίκιον καὶ Σιμπλικιανόν,
περὶ μόνων τῶν νηπίων τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Δονατισταῖς βαπτιζομένων, μήπως τοῦτο, ὅπερ
οἰκείᾳ προθέσει οὐκ ἐποίησαν, τῇ τῶν γονέων πλάνῃ ἐμποδίσῃ αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ μὴ προκόπτειν
εἰς ὑπουργίαν τοῦ ἁγίου θυσιαστηρίου, ὅταν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκλησίαν σωτηριώδει
προθέσει ἐπιστρέψωσι. Τούτων δὲ ἐναρχθέντων, Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανός, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι
τῆς Μαυριτανίας Σιτιφένσης χώρας, εἶπον· Ἐκ πολλοῦ, ὅτε πρὸς τὴν ὑμετέραν ἁγιωσύνην
ἀπεστελλόμεθα, τὰ γραφέντα ὑπερεθέμεθα ταύτῃ τῇ κατανοήσει, ὅτι προσεδοκῶμεν ἀδελφοὺς
ἡμῶν παραγενέσθαι τοποτηρητὰς Νουμιδίας· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ὀλίγαι ἡμέραι εἰσίν, ἀφοῦ
οἱ προσδοκώμενοι οὐδαμῶς κατέλαβον, περαιτέρω παριδεῖν τὰ ἐνταλέντα ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν
συνεπισκόπων οὐ δεῖ· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἀδελφοί, τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἡμῶν προθύμως εἰσδέξασθε·
περὶ τῆς πίστεως γὰρ τοῦ ἐν Νίκαιᾳ τρακτάτου ἠκούσαμεν· ἀληθές ἐστι περὶ τῶν γινομένων
μετὰ τὸ ἄριστον ἁγίων, ἵνα ἀπὸ νηστικῶν, ὡς ἐστὶν ἄξιον, προσφέρωνται, καὶ τότε
ἐβεβαιώθη.
Κανὼν ΜΗ´
Ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἀναφέρομεν ἐνταλὲν ἡμῖν, τὸ καὶ ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τῇ ἐν Καπούῃ ὁρισθέν,
ὥστε μὴ ἐξεῖναι γίνεσθαι ἀναβαπτίσεις, ἢ ἀναχειροτονήσεις, ἢ μετακινήσεις ἐπισκόπων.
Κρεσκώνιος, οὖν τοῦ Ῥεκένσης ἀγροῦ ἐπίσκοπος, καταφρονήσας τοῦ ἰδίου λαοῦ, τῇ Τουβηνέκῃ
ἐπέβη ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ ἕως τῆς σήμερον πολλάκις ὑπομνησθεὶς κατὰ τὸ ὁρισθὲν καταλιπεῖν
τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ᾗ τινι ἐπῆλθεν, οὐχ᾽ εἵλετο. Περὶ τούτου δὲ τὰ προαγγελθέντα,
βέβαια ἠκούσαμεν· καὶ αἰτοῦμεν κατὰ τὸ ἐνταλὲν ἡμῖν, ἵνα καταξιώσητε δοῦναι παῤῥησίαν
ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας ἡμῖν γενέσθαι, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη παρασκευάζει, τῷ ἄρχοντι τῆς χώρας κατ᾽
ἐκείνου προσελθεῖν, κατὰ τὰς διατάξεις τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων, ἵνα ὁ τῇ πράῳ ὑπομνήσει
τῆς ὑμετέρας ἁγιωσύνης πειθαρχῆσαι μὴ θελήσας, καὶ διορθώσασθαι τὸ ἀσυγχώρητον,
αὐθεντίᾳ ἀρχοντικῇ παραχρῆμα κωλυθῇ. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Φυλαχθέντος τοῦ τύπου
τῆς καταστάσεως, μὴ κριθῇ τῆς συνόδου ὑπάρχων, ἐὰν ἐπιεικῶς αἰτηθεὶς παρὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας
ἀγάπης ἀποστῆναι παρῃτήσατο, ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας καταφρονήσεως καὶ μονοτονίας
περιῆλθεν εἰς ἀρχοντικὴν ἐξουσίαν. Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανός, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Τοῦτο
οὖν πᾶσιν ἀρέσκει; Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλέχθη· Δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ἀρέσκει.
Κανὼν ΜΘ´
Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Κἀκεῖνο ἡμῖν ἐνετάλη, ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τοῦ πλησίον
ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν δύο ἐπίσκοποι τῆς Νουμιδίας χειροτονῆσαι ἐτόλμησαν ἱερέα, κρίνατε μὴ
γενέσθαι χειροτονίας ἐπισκόπων, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ δώδεκα. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ὁ ἀρχαῖος
τύπος φυλαχθήσεται, ἵνα μὴ ἥττονες τριῶν τῶν ὁρισθέντων εἰς χειροτονίαν ἐπισκόπων
ἀρκέσωσι· διότι ἐν Τριπόλει τυχὸν καὶ ἐν Ἀρζουΐῃ δῆλον ὡς παρέγκεινται βάρβαρα ἔθνη·
ἐν Τριπόλει δὲ πέντε καὶ μόνοι εἰσίν, ὡς γινώσκετε, ἐπίσκοποι· καὶ δυνατὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ
πολλάκις τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοὺς δύο ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ κατέχεσθαι. Δυσχερὲς γὰρ ἐστιν ἐξ οἱουδήποτε
ἀριθμοῦ πάντας δύνασθαι ἀπαντῆσαι· μὴ ὀφείλει τοῦτο αὐτὸ παρεμποδῶν εἶναι τῷ χρησίμῳ
τῆς ἐκκλησίας· καὶ γὰρ εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, εἰς ἣν κατηξίωσεν ἡ ὑμετέρα συνελθεῖν
ἁγιωσύνη, συχνῶς καὶ σχεδὸν κατὰ Κυριακὴν χειροτονουμένους ἔχομεν. Μὴ ἄρα δύναμαι
συνεχῶς δώδεκα ἢ δέκα, ἢ οὐχὶ πολὺ ἐλάττους συγκαλεῖν ἐπισκόπους; δύο δὲ γείτονας
προσζεῦξαι εὐχερὲς ἐστι τῇ ἐμῇ βραχύτητι. Διὸ ὁρᾷ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἡ ὑμετέρα ἀγάπη, τοῦτο
αὐτὸ μὴ δύνασθαι παραφυλαχθῆναι.
Κανὼν Ν´
Ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὁρίσαι δεῖ, ὥστε, ἐάν ποτε πρὸς ἐπιλογὴν ἐπισκόπου προέλθωμεν, καὶ
ἀναφυῇ τις ἀντιλογία, ἐπειδὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐτρακταΐσθησαν, τολμηρὸν εἶναι
λοιπόν, τρεῖς μόνους πρὸς τὸ καθᾶραι τὸν χειροτονηθησόμενον εὑρεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ τῷ προλεχθέντι
ἀριθμῷ προστεθῇ εἷς καὶ δύο, καὶ ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ, οὗ μέλλει χειροτονεῖσθαι, ἐξετασθῶσι
πρῶτον τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν ἀντιλεγόντων· εἰς ὕστερον γὰρ καὶ τὰ προτεθειμένα συζευχθῶσι·
καὶ ὅτε καθαρὸς φανείη ἐπὶ δημοσίας προσόψεως, εἶθ᾽ οὕτω χειροτονηθείη. Ἐὰν τοῦτο
καταδέχηται ἡ ὑμετέρα ἁγιωσύνη, τῇ ὁμονοητικῇ ἀποκρίσει τοῦ ὑμετέρου ἀξιώματος βεβαιωθείη.
Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλέχθη· Πάνυ ἀρέσκει.
Κανὼν ΝΑ´
Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἐν τῷ κομμονιτωρίῳ ἡμῶν πάντα
δεῖ συζεῦξαι, προστίθεμεν ἔτι μὴν ἐνταλὲν ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦ Πάσχα, ἵνα κατὰ
τὸ εἰωθὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας Καρχηδόνος ἀεὶ παρασκευαζώμεθα καὶ μὴ ἐν στενῷ τοῦ χρόνου
διαστήματι. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐὰν δοκῇ τῇ ἁγιωσύνῃ ὑμῶν, ἐπειδὴ μεμνήμεθα
ἤδη ἐκ πολλοῦ ὑμᾶς ἐπαγγειλαμένους, ὥστε ἐν ἐκάστοις ἐνιαυτοῖς συνέρχεσθαι πρὸς
τὸ συζητεῖν, ὅταν εἰς ἓν συνέλθωμεν, τότε διαδοθήσεται τοῦ ἁγίου Πάσχα ἡ ἡμέρα διὰ
τῶν εὑρεθησομένων ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τοποτηρητῶν. Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον·
Νῦν διὰ τῆς παρούσης συνελεύσεως αἰτοῦμεν, ἵνα γράμμασι τυπῶσαι τὰς ἡμετέρας ἐπαρχίας
καταξιώσητε. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι οὕτω γενέσθαι.
Κανὼν ΝΒ´
Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Κἀκεῖνο ἡμῖν διὰ λόγου ἐντέταλται, ὥστε
καὶ ἡμᾶς καταξιῶσαι τὸ ὁρισθὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Ἱππῶνι συνόδου ὀφείλειν ἑκάστην ἐπαρχίαν
ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς συνόδου ἐπισκέπτεσθαι, καὶ ὅτι ἐν τούτῳ καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ ἐνιαυτῷ ὑπερέθεσθε
κατὰ τάξιν ἐπισκέψασθαι τὴν Μαυριτανίαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Τότε περὶ τῆς
τῶν Μαυριτανῶν χώρας οὐδὲν ὡρίσαμεν, διὰ τὸ εἰς τὰ τέλη τῆς Ἀφρικῆς κεῖσθαι αὐτήν,
καὶ ὅτι τῷ βαρβαρικῷ παράκειται· ὁ δὲ Θεὸς παράσχοι ἐκ περιουσίας δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς
καὶ μὴ ἐπαγγειλαμένους τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ παραγίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν χώραν ὑμῶν. Ὀφείλετε
γὰρ ἐννοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐὰν λογισμὸς ἀπαιτῇ τοῦτο, περὶ ἑαυτῶν διεξελθεῖν ἠδύναντο
καὶ οἱ Τριπολιτανοὶ καὶ οἱ Ἀρζουϊτανοὶ ἀδελφοί.
Κανὼν ΝΓ´
Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐν πολλαῖς συνόδοις ὥρισται συνεδρίῳ ἱερατικῷ, ἵνα
τὰ πλήθη τὰ ἐν ταῖς παροικίαις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπισκόπων κατεχόμενα, τὰ ἴδιον ἐπίσκοπον
μηδέποτε ἐσχηκότα, εἰ μὴ κατὰ συναίνεσιν τοῦ ἐπισκόπου, παρ᾽ οὗ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατέχονται,
μὴ λαμβάνοιεν ἰθυντὰς ἰδίους, τουτέστιν ἐπισκόπους· ἐπειδή τινες δηλαδὴ τυραννίδος
τινὸς ἐπιτετυχηκότες, τὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν κοινωνίαν ἀποστρέφονται· καὶ ὅταν δὲ ἀποφαυλισθῶσιν,
ὡσανεί τινι παλαιᾷ τυραννίδι δεσποτείας ἑαυτοῖς ἐκδικοῦσι· πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν
πρεσβυτέρων φυσιούμενοι καὶ μωροί, τοὺς αὐχένας ἐπανιστῶσι κατὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐπισκόπων,
τὸ πλῆθος συμποσίοις καὶ κακοθελέσι συμβουλίοις διαγείροντες, ὡς ἀτάκτῳ εὔνοίᾳ τούτους
ἑαυτοῖς ἰθυντὰς καθιστάνειν· τοῦτο δὲ ἐπισήμως εὐκταῖον παρὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας κατέχομεν
διανοίας, πιστότατε ἀδελφὲ Αὐρήλιε, ὅτι πολλάκις τὰς τοιαύτας ὁρμὰς μὴ προσδεχόμενος
ἐκώλυσας. Διὰ δὲ τὰς τῶν τοιούτων κακοθελεῖς ἐννοίας, καὶ τὰ φαύλως συμφρονούμενα
βουλεύματα τοῦτο λέγω, μὴ ὀφείλειν ἴδιον καθηγητὴν δέξασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τὸ ἐν τῇ λεγομένῃ
παροικίᾳ ὑποκείμενον ἀρχαίῳ ἐπισκόπῳ, καὶ μηδέποτε ἴδιον ἐπίσκοπον ἐσχηκώς. Διό,
ἐὰν συμπάσῃ τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ συνόδῳ ἀρέσκῃ τὸ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ, βεβαιωθῇ. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος
εἶπε· Τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ συνεπισκόπου ἡμῶν τῇ ἐξακολουθήσει οὐκ ἀνθίσταμαι, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο
ἐμὲ καὶ πεποιηκότα καὶ ποιήσοντα ὁμολογῶ, δηλαδὴ περὶ τοὺς ὁμονοοῦντας, οὐ μόνον
τῇ ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἱερατικῇ συγκληρώσει. Εἰσὶ γὰρ πλεῖστοι
συμπνέοντες τοῖς οἰκείοις πλήθεσιν, ἅτινα, ὡς λέλεκται, ἀπατῶσι κνήθοντες τὰς ἀκοὰς
αὐτῶν, καὶ κολακεύοντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἀνθρώπους κατεγνωσμένου βίου· μᾶλλον δὲ φυσιούμενοι,
καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγκληρώσεως ταύτης ἑαυτοὺς χωρίζοντες, οἵτινες τῷ ἰδῖῳ πλήθει ἐπερειδόμενοι,
πολλάκις συγκληθέντες ἐλθεῖν εἰς σύνδον παραιτοῦνται, ὡς φοβούμενοι μήπως τὰ τούτων
ἀτοπήματα φανερωθῶσι. Λέγω οὖν, ἐὰν δοκῇ, ὀφείλομεν παντὶ τρόπῳ ἀγωνίσασθαι, τούτοις
μὴ μόνον τὰς τοιαύτας διοικήσεις μὴ φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὰς οἰκείας ἐκκλησίας
τὰς κακῶς εἰς αὐτοὺς περιελθούσας, καὶ ἵνα αὐθεντικῶς δημοσίᾳ ἐκβάλλωνται, καὶ αὐτῇ
τῇ τῶν πρωτευόντων καθέδρᾳ ἀποκινῶνται. Χρὴ γὰρ τοὺς σύμπασι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ ὅλῃ
τῇ συνόδῳ προσκολλωμένους, μὴ μόνον τὴν οἰκείαν κατέχειν δικαίως καθέδραν, ἀλλ᾽
ἔτι μὴν τὰς τοιαύτας διοικήσεις κεκτῆσθαι, τοὺς δὲ δοκοῦντας τοῖς ἰδίοις ὄχλοις
ἀρκεῖσθαι, καὶ τῆς ἀδελφικῆς ἀγάπης καταφρονοῦντας, μὴ μόνον τὰς διοικήσεις ἀπολλύειν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι μὴν, ὡς εἶπον, καὶ τῶν οἰκείων τόπων ἀρχοντικῇ στερεῖσθαι ὡς ἀντάρτας δυναστείᾳ.
Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Ἡ μεγίστη πρόνοια τῆς ὑμετέρας ἁγιωσύνης
ταῖς πάντων διανοίαις ἐνεκαθέσθη, καὶ λογιζόμεθα ὀφείλειν τῇ πάντων ἀποκρίσει βεβαιωθῆναι
τὴν ὑμετέραν ἐξακολούθησιν. Σύμπαντες οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Ἀρέσκει, ἀρέσκει.
Κανὼν ΝΔ´
Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐν πολλαῖς συνόδοις τοῦτο ὁρισθέν, καὶ νῦν ἔτι μὴν
ἐκ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐβεβαιώθη συνέσεως, μακαριώτατοι ἀδελφοί, ὥστε μηδένα ἐπίσκοπον
ἰδιοποιεῖσθαι ἀλλότριον κληρικόν, παρὰ τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ προτέρου αὐτοῦ ἐπισκόπου.
Ἀναφέρω δὲ Ἰουλιανὸν ἀχαρίστως ἐνεχθέντα περὶ τὰς διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς βραχύτητος εἰς αὐτὸν
σωρευθείσας τοσαῦτας τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐεργεσίας, καὶ οὕτω προπετῶς καὶ τολμηρῶς διαγενόμενον,
ὥστε τὸν ἀπὸ νηπίας ἡλικίας ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ βαπτισθέντα, τὸν καὶ διὰ πολλὴν ἔνδειαν ἐξ
αὐτοῦ παρατεθέντα μοί, καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰ ἔτη ἐξ ἐμοῦ τραφέντα καὶ αὐξηθέντα, τόν, ὡς
εἶπον, ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τῇ χειρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μετριότητος βαπτισθέντα, καὶ δεικνύμενον
ἐν τῇ τῶν Μαπαλιτῶν παροικίᾳ ἀναγνώστην γενόμενον, καὶ ἐπὶ δύο ἔτη ἐκεῖσε ἀναγινώσκοντα,
τοῦτον, οὐκ οἶδα ποίᾳ καταφρονήσει τῆς ἐμῆς μετριότητος, ἀφαρπάσαι τὸν αὐτὸν Ἰουλιανόν,
καὶ λέγειν πολίτην τοῦ διαφέροντος αὐτῷ Βαζαριτανοῦ τόπου, καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην
τοῦτῳ κατακεχρῆσθαι· καὶ γὰρ καὶ διάκονον τοῦτον ἐχειροτόνησε. Τοῦτο εἰ ἔξεστι,
γνωσθῇ ἡμῖν ἡ τοιαύτη ἄδεια, μακαριώτατοι ἀδελφοί· εἰ δὲ μή γε, τὸ οὕτως ἀναιδὲς
κωλυθῇ, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λεχθεῖς Ἰουλιανὸς ἐπικοινωνῇ ἀλλοτρίοις. Νουμίδιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν·
Ἐὰν μὴ ἐρωτηθείσης, μηδὲ αἰτηθείσης τῆς σῆς ἀξίας, φανείη τοῦτο πράξας Ἰουλιανός,
κρίνομεν πάντες ἀδίκως γινόμενον καὶ μὴ ἀξίως. Διὸ εἰ μὴ ὁ αὐτὸς Ἰουλιανὸς διορθώσηται
τὴν οἰκείαν πλάνην, καὶ μετ᾽ ἀποθεραπεύσεως τῷ ὑμετέρῳ λαῷ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀποκαταστήσῃ
κληρικόν, ὃν ἐτόλμησε χειροτονῆσαι κατὰ τῶν ὁρισθέντων τῇ συνόδῳ πράττων, καὶ χωρισθεὶς
ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, τῆς οἰκείας μονοτονίας ἀπενέγκοι τὴν κρίσιν. Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν·
Ὁ κατὰ τὴν κεῖραν πατήρ, καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ προκοπῇ ἀρχαιότατος καὶ ἐπαινετὸς ἀνήρ, ὁ ἀδελφὸς
καὶ συλλειτουργὸς ἡμῶν Βίκτωρ, τὴν αἴτησιν ταύτην γενικὴν βούλεται ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐκτελεσθῆναι.
Κανὼν ΝΕ´
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Τὸν λόγον μου προσδέξασθε, ἀδελφοί. Συνέβη πολλάκις
αἰτηθῆναί με ἀπὸ ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἐνδεομένων διακόνων, ἢ πρεσβυτέρων, ἢ ἐπισκόπων·
καὶ ὅμως μεμνημένος τῶν ὁρισθέντων, τούτοις ἕπομαι, ὥστε συνελθεῖν με τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ
αὐτοῦ τοῦ ζητουμένου κληρικοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα αὐτῷ ἐμφανίσαι, ὅτι κληρικὸν αὐτοῦ αἰτοῦνται
οἱ τῆς οἱασδήποτε ἐκκλησίας. Ἰδοὺ οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οὐκ ἀντιλέγουσι· διὰ δὲ τὸ
μήτε μετὰ ταῦτα συμβῆναι, τουτέστιν, ἐναντιωθῆναί μοι τοὺς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πράγματι
παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ αἰτουμένους, ἐπειδὴ οἴδατε πολλῶν ἐκκλησιῶν καὶ χειροτονιῶν φροντίδα με
βαστάζειν, ᾡτινιδήποτε τῶν συνιερέων συνέλθω μετὰ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων τῆς ὑμετέρας
συγκληρώσεως, ἐὰν ἀκαθοσίωτος εὑρεθείη, δίκαιόν ἐστι κρῖναι τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀγάπην,
τί δεῖ ποιῆσαι· ἐγὼ γάρ, ὡς ἴστε ἀδελφοί, κατὰ συγχώρησιν Θεοῦ, πολλῶν ἐκκλησιῶν
φροντίδος ἀντέχομαι. Νουμίδιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἀεὶ ὑπῆρξεν ἡ αὐθεντία αὕτη τῷ θρόνῳ
τούτῳ, ἵνα, ὅθεν θέλει καὶ περὶ οἱουδήποτε προετράπη ὀνόματος, κατὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν
ἑκάστης ἐκκλησίας ἐχειροτόνει ἐπίσκοπον. Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἡ ἀγαθοθέλεια
μεσάζει τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἦττον γὰρ τολμᾷς, ἤπερ δύνῃ, ἀδελφέ, ἐν τῷ πᾶσιν ἑαυτὸν ἀποδεικνύειν
ἀγαθὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον· ἔχεις γὰρ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ κρίσει σου, τὸ ἀποθεραπεῦσαι ἑνὸς
ἑκάστου ἐπισκόπου τὸ πρόσωπον· ἐν πρώτῃ δὲ καὶ μόνῃ συνελεύσει, εἰ συνίδῃς, τὸ ἐπ᾽
ἐξουσίας ταύτῃ τῇ καθέδρᾳ εἶναι ἐκδικητέον· ἐπειδὴ ἀνάγκην ἔχεις αὐτὸς πάσας τὰς
ἐκκλησίας ὑποστηρίζειν. Ὅθεν ἐξουσίαν σοι ἡμεῖς οὐ δίδομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπισφραγίζομεν
ταύτην τῇ σῇ προαιρέσει, ὥστε ἐξεῖναι ἀεὶ κρατεῖν ὃν ἂν θέλῃς, καὶ προχειρίζεσθαι
προεστῶτας ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς τοὺς ζητούμενους, καὶ ὅθεν συνίδοις.
Ποστουμετιανὸς ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Εἶτα, ἐάν τις ἕνα καὶ μόνον ἔχῃ πρεσβύτερον, μὴ
ὀφείλει καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ εἷς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀφαιρεθῆναι; Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Κατὰ συγχώρησιν
Θεοῦ δύναται ὁ εἷς ἐπίσκοπος πολλοὺς χειροτονεῖν πρεσβύτερους· πρεσβύτερος δὲ πρὸς
ἐπισκοπὴν ἐπιτήδειος δυσχερῶς εὑρίσκεται· διὸ ἐάν τις εὑρεθῇ ἔχων ἕνα μόνον πρεσβύτερον,
καὶ αὐτὸν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ ἐπιτήδειον, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν ἕνα ὀφείλει δοῦναι πρὸς χειροτονίαν.
Ποστουμετιανὸς ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Οὐκοῦν ἐὰν ἄλλος ἐπίσκοπος ἔχῃ πλῆθος κληρικῶν,
ὀφείλει μοι τὸ ἕτερον πλῆθος συνελθεῖν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Δηλαδὴ ὃν τρόπον
σὺ τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ συνῆλθες, συνωθηθήσεται καὶ ὁ τοὺς πλείονας ἔχων κληρικούς,
ἕνα ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰς χειροτονίαν σοι δαψιλεύσασθαι.
Κανὼν ΝΣΤ´
Ὁνωράτος καὶ Οὐρβανὸς οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Ἠκούσαμεν ὁρισθέν, ἵνα αἱ παροικίαι
μὴ ἀξιῶνται λαμβάνειν ἐπισκόπους, εἰ μὴ κατὰ συναίνεσιν τούτου, ὑφ᾽ ὃν καθίσταντο·
ἐν δὲ τῇ χώρᾳ ἡμῶν, κατὰ συγχώρησιν τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατέχοντος τὰς διοικήσεις ἐπισκόπου,
τινὲς εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς παροικίας χειροτονηθέντες ἐπίσκοποι, ἐαυτοῖς ἔτι μὴν ἑτέρας
διεκδικοῦσι. Τοῦτο καὶ κωλυθῆναι τῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης κρίσει, καὶ ἀναρτηθῆναι
τοῦ λοιποῦ ὀφείλει. Ἐπιγόνιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἑκάστῳ ἐπισκόπῳ τὸ πρέπον ἐφυλάχθη,
ἵνα ἐκ τῆς συγκτησίας τῶν παροικιῶν μηδὲν ἀποδρεφθείη πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον κτήσασθαι ἐπίσκοπον,
εἰ μὴ κατὰ συναίνεσιν τοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντος· ἐὰν δὲ αὐτὸς παραχωρήσῃ, ὥστε τὴν
αὐτὴν διοίκησιν ἐπιτραπεῖσαν ἴδιον κτήσασθαι ἐπίσκοπον, εἰς τὰς λοιπὰς τὸν προχειρισθέντα
μὴ ἐπιβαλέσθαι διοικήσεις, διότι μία ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τῶν πολλῶν ἀφαιρεθεῖσα, αὐτὴ
καὶ μόνη ἠξιώθη τιμὴν ἰδίας ἐπισκοπῆς ἀναδέξασθαι. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Οὐκ
ἀμφιβάλλω τῇ πάντων ὑμῶν ἀγάπῃ ἀρέσκειν, ὥστε τὸν κατὰ τὴν συγχώρησιν τοῦ προτέρου
ἐπισκόπου ἐν τῃ διοικήσει προχειρισθέντα ἐπίσκοπον, μόνον αὐτὸν κατέχειν τὸν λαὸν
εἰς ὃν ἐχειροτονήθη. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν πάντα νομίζω εἶναι τετρακταϊσμένα, ἐὰν πάντα στοιχῇ
τῷ λογισμῷ ὑμῶν, πάντα βεβαιώσατε τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἐκφωνήσει. Πάντες οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον·
Πᾶσιν ἡμῖν ταῦτα ἤρεσε, καὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ὑπογραφῇ ταῦτα βεβαιοῦμεν· καὶ ὑπέγραψαν.
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐκκλησίας Καρχηδόνος τῷ παρόντι δεκρέτῳ συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι
ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ΝΖ´
Διὸ ἐπειδὴ ἐν τῇ ἀνωτέρω συνόδῳ ὁρισθὲν μέμνηται ἅμα ἐμοὶ ἡ ὑμετέρα ὁμοψυχία,
ὥστε τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς Δονατισταῖς μικροὺς βαπτιζομένους, καὶ μηδέπω δυναμένους γινώσκειν
τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν τὸν ὄλεθρον, μετὰ τὸ εἰς κεῖραν λογισμοῦ δεκτικὴν παραγενέσθαι,
ἐπιγνωσθείσης τῆς ἀληθείας, τὴν φαυλότητα ἐκείνων βδελυττομένους*, πρὸς τὴν καθολικήν
τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἀνὰ πάντα τὸν κόσμον διακεχυμένην, τάξει ἀρχαίᾳ διὰ τῆς
ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν ἀναδεχθῆναι τοὺς τοιούτους ἐκ τοῦ τῆς πλάνης ὀνόματος μὴ ὀφείλειν
ἐμποδίζεσθαι εἰς τάξιν κληρώσεως, ὁπόταν τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἰδίαν ἑαυτῶν ἐλογίσαντο
τῇ πίστει προσερχόμενοι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῷ Χριστῷ πιστεύσαντες, τῆς Τριάδος τὰ ἁγιάσματα
ὑπεδέξαντο· ἅτινα πάντα ἀληθῆ καὶ ἅγια καὶ θεῖα εἶναι δῆλόν ἐστι, καὶ ἐν τούτοις
πᾶσαν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐλπίδα ὑπάρχειν. Κἂν εἰ τὰ μάλιστα οὖν καὶ ἡ τῶν αἱρετικῶν προληφθεῖσα
τόλμα, τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐναντιούμενά τινα παραδιδόναι προπετεύεται, ταῦτα
ἐπειδὴ ἁπλᾶ εἰσιν, ὡς διδάσκει ὁ ἅγιος Ἀπόστολος λέγων, Εἷς Θεός, μία πίστις, ἓν
βάπτισμα· καὶ τὸ ὀφεῖλον προσάπαξ δίδοσθαι, ἐπαναληφθῆναι οὐκ ἔξεστιν, ἀναθεματιζομένου
τοῦ τῆς πλάνης ὀνόματος, διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῆς χειρὸς ἀναδεχθῶσιν εἰς τὴν μίαν ἐκκλησίαν,
τήν, ὡς εἴρηται, περιστεράν, καὶ μόνην μητέρα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἐν ᾗ πάντα τὰ ἁγιάσματα
σωτηριωδῶς αἰώνια καὶ ζωτικὰ παριλαμβάνονται· ἅτινα τοῖς ἐπιμένουσιν ἐν τῇ αἱρέσει,
μεγάλην τῇς καταδίκης τὴν τιμωρίαν πορίζουσιν, ἵνα, ὅπερ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ
πρὸς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν ἀκολουθητέον φωτεινότερον, τοῦτο γένηται αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ πλάνῃ
σκοτεινότερον καὶ πλέον καταδεδικασμένον· ὅπερ τινὲς ἔφυγον, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς
καθολικῆς μητρὸς τὰ εὐθύτατα ἐπιγνόντες, πάντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἅγια μυστήρια φίλτρῳ τῆς
ἀληθείας ἐπίστευσαν καὶ ὑπεδέξαντο. Τοῖς οὖν τοιούτοις, ὅταν δοκιμὴ χρηστοῦ βίου
προσέλθῃ, ἀναμφιβόλως καὶ κλῆρος πρὸς ὑπουργίαν τῶν ἁγίων προσκυρωθήσεται· καὶ μάλιστα
ἐν τῇ τοσαύτῃ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνάγκῃ, οὐδείς ἐστιν ὁ μὴ τοῦτο παραχωρῶν. Εἰ δέ τινες
τοῦ αὐτοῦ δόγματος κληρικοί, μετὰ τοῦ πλήθους καὶ τῶν τιμῶν αὐτῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν
ποθήσουσιν, οἵτινες τῷ ἔρωτι τῆς τιμῆς συμβουλεύουσι πρὸς ζωήν, καὶ κατέχουσι πρὸς
σωτηρίαν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο καταλειπτέον κρίνω τῇ μείζονι κατανοήσει, ψηφισομένων τῶν προλεχθέντων
ἀδελφῶν, ἵνα τῇ συνετωτέρᾳ αὐτῶν βουλῇ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀναφορᾶς τὸν λόγον διαγνῶσι,
καὶ ἡμᾶς βεβαιῶσαι καταξιώσωσιν εἰς τὸ ὀφεῖλον περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος παρ᾽ ἡμῶν
τυπωθῆναι. Μόνον δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐν νηπιότητι βαπτισθέντων ἀρκούμεθα, ἵνα, εἰ ἀρέσκει
αὐτοῖς, τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ συναινέσωσι προαιρέσει περὶ τοῦ χειροτονεῖσθαι τούτους. Πάντα
τοίνυν ἃ ἀνωτέρω συνηγάγομεν παρὰ τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις ἐπισκόποις, πρακτέα εἶναι δικαιοῖ
ἅμα ἐμοὶ ἡ ἔντιμος ὑμῶν ἀδελφότης.
Κανὼν ΝΗ´
Ὧν χάριν αἰτῆσαι δεῖ τοὺς θρησκευτικωτάτους βασιλεῖς, ὥστε τὰ ἐγκαταλείμματα
τῶν εἰδώλων τὰ κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἀφρικὴν κελεῦσαι παντελῶς ἀνακοπῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἐν πολλοῖς
τόποις παραθαλασσίοις καὶ διαφόροις κτήσεσιν ἀκμάζει ἔτι τῆς πλάνης ταύτης ἡ ἀδικία·
ἵνα παραγγελθῶσι καὶ αὐτὰ ἁπαλειφθῆναι, καὶ οἱ ναοὶ αὐτῶν οἱ ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς καὶ
ἀποκεκρυμμένοις τόποις χωρίς τινος εὐκοσμίας καθεστῶτες παντὶ τρόπῳ κελευσθῶσι καταστραφῆναι.
Κανὼν ΝΘ´
Δεῖ αἰτῆσαι ἔτι μήν, ἵνα ὁρίσαι καταξιώσωσιν, ὥστε, ἐάν τινες ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ οἱανδήποτε
αἰτίαν ἀποστολικῷ δικαίῳ τῷ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐπικειμένῳ, γυμνᾶσαι θελήσωσι, καὶ ἴσως
ἡ τομὴ τῶν κληρικῶν τῷ ἐνὶ μέρει ἀπαρέσοι, μὴ ἐξεῖναι πρὸς δικαστήριον εἰς μαρτυρίαν
προκαλεῖσθαι τὸν κληρικὸν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν πρότερον τὸ αὐτὸ πρᾶγμα σκοπήσαντα, ἢ καὶ
σκοπουμένῳ παρατυχόντα· καὶ ἵνα μηδὲ προσώπῳ τις προσήκων ἐκκλησιαστικῷ ἐναχθῇ περὶ
τοῦ ὀφείλειν μαρτυρεῖν.
Κανὼν Ξ´
Κακεῖνο ἔτι μὴν δεῖ αἰτῆσαι παρὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν βασιλέων, ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τὰ θεῖα
παραγγέλματα ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις συμπόσια οὕτως ἐπιτελοῦνται, ἐκ τῆς ἐθνικῆς πλάνης
προενεχθέντα, ὡς καὶ Χριστιανοὺς τοῖς Ἕλλησι λάθρα προσσυνάγεσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ τούτων
τελετῇ, ἵνα κελεύσωσι τὰ τοιαῦτα κωλυθῆναι καὶ ἐκ τῶν πόλεων καὶ ἐκ τῶν κτήσεων·
μάλιστα, ὅτι καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς γενεσίοις τῶν μακαρίων μαρτύρων ἀνά τινας πόλεις
καὶ εἰς αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἱεροὺς τόπους τὰ τοιαῦτα πλημμελεῖν οὐχ ὑφορῶνται· ἐν αἷς ἡμέραις,
ὅπερ καὶ λέγειν αἰσχύνη ἐστίν, ὀρχήσεις μυσαρὰς εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς καὶ εἰς τὰς πλατείας
ἐκτελοῦσιν, ὥστε τῇ τῶν οἰκοδεσποινῶν τιμῇ, καὶ ἄλλων ἀναριθμήτων γυναικῶν τῇ αἰδοῖ,
τῶν εὐλαβῶς εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν ἡμέραν παραγενομένων, λάγναις ὕβρεσιν ἐφορμᾷν, ὡς καὶ
αὐτῆς τῆς ἁγίας πίστεως σχεδὸν φεύγεσθαι τὴν προσέλευσιν.
Κανὼν ΞΑ´
Κἀκεῖνο ἔτι μὴν δεῖ αἰτῆσαι, ἵνα τὰ θεώρια τῶν θεατρικῶν παιγνίων, ἐν τῇ Κυριακῇ,
καὶ ἐν ταῖς λοιπαῖς φαιδραῖς τῆς τῶν Χριστιανῶν πίστεως ἡμέραις κωλύωνται· μάλιστα,
ὅτι ἐν τῇ ὀγδοάδι τοῦ ἁγίου Πάσχα, οἱ ὄχλοι μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ ἱπποδρόμιον, ἥπερ εἰς
τὴν ἐκκλησίαν συνέρχονται, ὀφείλειν μετενεχθῆναι τὰς ὠρισμένας αὐτῶν ἡμέρας, ὅτε
ἀπαντήσει, καὶ μὴ ὀφείλειν τινὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν πρὸς τὰ θεώρια ταῦτα ἀναγκάζεσθαι.
Κανὼν ΞΒ´
Κἁκεῖνο δεῖ αἰτῆσαι, ἵνα ὁρίσαι καταξιώσωσιν, ὥστε κληρικὸν οἱασδήποτε τιμῆς
τυγχάνοντα, ἐφ᾽ οἱῳδήποτε ἐγκλήματι τῇ τῶν ἐπισκόπων κρίσει καταδικασθέντα, μὴ ἐξεῖναι
τὸν αὐτόν, εἴτε παρὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἧς ὑπῆρχεν, εἴτε παρ᾽ οἱουδήποτε ἀνθρώπου διεκδικεῖσθαι,
ποινῆς ἐπὶ τούτῳ παρεντεθείσης ζημίας χρημάτων τε καὶ τιμῆς, ὅπως μηδὲ κεῖραν μηδὲ
φύσιν ἀπολογητέαν εἶναι κελεύσωσι.
Κανὼν ΞΓ´
Περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἔτι μὴν αἰτῆσαι δεῖ, ἵνα, ἐάν τις ἐξ οἱουδήποτε παιγνιώδους
ἐπιτηδεύματος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ χάριν ἐλθεῖν θελήσοι, καὶ ἐλεύθερος ἀπ᾽
ἐκείνων τῶν σπιλάδων διαμεῖναι, μὴ ἐξὸν εἴη τινί, τὸν τοιοῦτον πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ γυμνάσματα
πάλιν προτρέπεσθαι, ἢ καταναγκάζειν.
Κανὼν ΞΔ´
Περὶ ἐλευθεριῶν δηλαδὴ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ κηρυκτέων, ἐὰν τοῦτο οἱ ἡμέτεροι συνιερεῖς
φαίνωνται ποιοῦντες ἀνὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα δῆλον πεποίθησις τῇ τούτων τάξει
ἕπηται, δοθείσης φανερῶς ἀδείας πεμπομένου τοποτηρητοῦ, ἵνα οἱαδήποτε ἄξια πίστεως
ὑπέρ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρίας ἐκτελέσαι δυνηθείη,
καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπαινετῶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου ὑποδεξώμεθα. Ταῦτα πάντα, ἐὰν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ
ἁγιωσύνῃ ἀρέσκῃ, ἐξείπατε, ἵνα καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ἀναφορὰν βεβαίαν οὗσαν ὑμῖν ἐπιδείξω,
καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῆς πάντων ἡμῶν συναινέσεως ἡ αὐτῶν εἰλικρινότης ἡδέως προσδέξηται.
Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλέχθη· Πᾶσιν ἀρέσκει· τὰ προτεθέντα, καὶ συνετῶς ἀπὸ τῆς
σῆς ἁγιωσύνης ἐξηγηθέντα ὀφείλει ἐκτελεσθῆναι.
Κανὼν ΞΕ´
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Τοῦ Αἰκυτίου ἔτι μήν, τοῦ ἔκπαλαι κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀξίαν
τῇ τῶν ἐπισκόπων γνώμῃ καταδικασθέντος, τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐκ οἷμαι παρεατέον τῇ πρεσβείᾳ,
ἵνα, ἐὰν τυχὸν τοῦτον εὕρῃ ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς μέρεσιν, ἔστω πρὸς φροντίδος τῷ αὐτῷ
ἡμῶν ἀδελφῷ, ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς καταστάσεως, ὡς χρή, καὶ ὅπου ἐξὸν εἴη, κατ᾽
ἐκείνου διαπράξασθαι. Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλέχθη· Πολὺ ἀρέσκει καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἐξακολούθησις·
μάλιστα, ὅτι ἔκπαλαι καταδεδίκασται ὁ αὐτὸς Αἰκύτιος, καὶ ἡ τούτου ἀναίσχυντος ἀνησυχία,
ὑπὲρ τῆς καταστάσεως καὶ σωτηρίας τῆς ἐκκλησίας μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον πανταχοῦ καταμαχητέα
ἐστί· καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπός τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι
συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ΞΣΤ´
Μετὰ ταῦτα ψηλαφηθέντων καὶ κατανοηθέντων πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ χρησιμότητι
συντρέχειν δοκούντων, ἐπινεύσαντος καὶ ἐνηχήσαντος τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐπελεξάμεθα
ἠπίως καὶ εἰρηνικῶς διαπράξασθαι μετὰ τῶν μνημονευθέντων ἀνθρώπων, κἂν εἰ τὰ μάλιστα
ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Κυριακοῦ σώματος ἑνώσεως ἀνησυχάστῳ διχονοίᾳ ἀποσχίζωσιν, ἵνα, ὅσον τὸ
ἐν ἡμῖν, πᾶσι καθόλου γνωσθῇ τῆς τῇ ἐκείνων κοινωνίᾳ καὶ ἑταιρίᾳ σαγηνευθεῖσιν,
ἀνὰ πάσας τὰς τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἐπαρχίας, πῶς ἐλεεινῇ πλάνῃ κατεδέθησαν· ἴσως, καθὼς λέγει
ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ἡμῶν ἐν ἡμερότητι συναγόντων τοὺς τὰ διάφορα φρονοῦντας, δώσει αὐτοῖς
ὁ Θεὸς μετάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἵνα ἀνασφήλωσιν οἱ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ
διαβόλου βρόχων αἰχμαλωτισθέντες αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ αὐτοῦ θέλημα.
Κανὼν ΞΖ´
Ἤρεσε τοίνυν, ἵνα ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας συνόδου γράμματα πρὸς τοὺς τῆς Ἀφρικῆς, ἄρχοντας
δοθῶσιν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν αἰτῆσαι ἁρμόδιον ἔδοξε, περὶ τοῦ βοηθῆσαι τῇ κοινῇ μητρὶ τῇ καθολικῇ
ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐν οἷς ἡ τῶν ἐπισκόπων αὐθεντία ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καταφρονεῖται· τουτέστιν,
ἵνα ἀρχοντικῇ δυναστείᾳ καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ, καὶ Χριστιανικῇ πίστει ἀναζητήσωσι τὰ γενόμενα
ἐν ὅλοις τοῖς τόποις, ἐν οἷς οἱ Μαξιμιανισταὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατέσχον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ
τοὺς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀποσχίσαντας, καὶ δημοσίοις πεπραγμένοις τὴν περὶ τούτων γνῶσιν βεβαίαν
πᾶσιν ἀναγκαίως ποιήσωσιν ἐντεθῆναι.
Κανὼν ΞΗ´
Ἐς ὕστερον ἤρεσεν, ἵνα γράμματα πεμφθῶσι πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ συνεπισκόπους
ἡμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν ἀποστολικὴν καθέδραν, ἐν ᾗ προκάθηται ὁ μνημονευθεὶς
προσκυνητὸς ἀδελφὸς καὶ συλλειτουργὸς ἡμῶν Ἀναστάσιος· ἐπειδὴ γινώσκει τὴν Ἀφρικὴν
μεγάλην ἔχειν ἀνάγκην, ὥστε, διὰ τὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰρήνην καὶ χρησιμότητα, καὶ
αὐτῶν τῶν Δονατιστῶν οἵτινεσδήποτε κληρικοί, διορθουμένης τῆς βουλῆς πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν
ἑνότητα μετελθεῖν θελήσαιεν, κατὰ τὴν ἑνὸς ἑκάστου καθολικοῦ ἐπισκόπου προαίρεσιν,
καὶ βουλὴν τοῦ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ κυβερνῶντος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐὰν τοῦτο συμβάλλεσθαι
τῇ τῶν Χριστιανῶν εἰρήνῃ φανείη, ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις τιμαῖς αὐτοὺς ἀναδεχθῆναι· καθὼς
καὶ ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσι χρόνοις περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς διαστάσεως γενέσθαι φανερόν ἐστιν·
ὅπερ πολλῶν καὶ σχεδὸν πασῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ἐκκλησιῶν, ἐν αἷς ἡ τοιαύτη πλάνη
ἀνεφύη, τὰ παραδείγματα μαρτύρονται· οὐχ ἵνα ἡ σύνοδος ἡ ἐν τοῖς περαματικοῖς μέρεσι
περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος γενομένη διαλυθῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἐκεῖνο μείνῃ περὶ τοὺς οὕτω
μετελθεῖν πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν βουλομένους, ὥστε μηδεμίαν ἐπὶ τούτου τῆς
ἑνότητος συντομίαν περιεργάζεσθαι. Δι᾽ ὧν δὲ παντὶ τρόπῳ ἐκτελεσθῆναι καὶ προσβοηθηθῆναι
ἡ καθολικὴ ἑνότης φανερῷ κέρδει τῶν ἀδελφικῶν ψυχῶν φανείη ἐν τοῖς τόποις, οἷς διάγουσι,
μὴ ἐμπόδισῃ τούτοις τὸ ὁρισθὲν κατὰ τῶν τιμῶν αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ περαματικῇ συνόδῳ, ὁπόταν
τὸ σωθῆναι οὐδενὶ προσώπῳ ἀποκέκλεισται· τουτέστιν, ἵνα οἱ χειροτονηθέντες ἐν τῷ
τῶν Δονατιστῶν μέρει, ἐὰν πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν πίστιν διορθωθέντες μετελθεῖν θελήσοιεν,
μὴ κατὰ τὴν περαματικὴν σύνοδον μὴ δεχθῶσιν ἐν ταῖς οἰκείαις τιμαῖς, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
οὗτοι προσδεχθῶσι, δι᾽ ὧν τῇ καθολικῇ ἑνότητι γίνεται πρόνοια.
Κανὼν ΞΘ´
Ἤρεσεν ἔπειτα, ὥστε τούτων πραχθέντων, τοποτηρητὰς περὶ τοῦ κηρύξαι εἰρήνην καὶ
ἑνότητα, ἧς τινος χωρὶς ἡ τῶν Χριστιανῶν σωτηρία καθίστασθαι οὐ δύναται, πεμφθῆναι
ἐκ τοῦ ἡμετέρου ἀριθμοῦ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν αὐτῶν Δονατιστῶν, εἴτε τινὰς ἔχουσιν ἐπισκόπους,
εἴτε λαϊκούς· δι᾽ ὧν τοποτηρητῶν πᾶσιν ἐν γνώσει γενηται, πῶς οὐδὲν ἔχουσιν εὔλογον
κατὰ τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας· μάλιστα, ἵνα φανερὸν πᾶσι γένηται διὰ τῶν πολιχνιωτικῶν
πεπραγμένων, πρὸς πίστωσιν τῆς ἀποδείξεως, ἅπερ αὐτοὶ περὶ τῶν Μαξιμιανιστῶν τῶν
ἰδίων σχισματικῶν ἔπραξαν· ἔνθα αὐτοῖς θεόθεν ἀποδείκνυται, ἐὰν ἐπισκῆψαι θελήσοιεν,
οὕτως ἀδίκως τότε αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἑνώσεως ἀποσχίσαντας, ὥσπερ κράζουσιν
ἀδίκως ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τοὺς Μαξιμιανιστὰς νῦν ἀποσχίσαι· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τούτων, οὕστινας
φανερᾷ τῆς οἰκείας βουλῆς αὐθεντίᾳ κατεδίκασαν, μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις τιμαῖς
ἀνεδέξαντο, καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς καταδεδικασμένοι καὶ ἐκβεβλημένοι
δεδώκασι, προσεδέξαντο, πρὸς τὸ δειχθῆναι, πῶς μωρᾷ καρδίᾳ ἀντιτάσσονται τῇ εἰρήνῃ
τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ διακεχυμένης, ταῦτα ποιοῦντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέρους
τοῦ Δονάτου, καὶ μὴ λέγοντες ἑαυτοὺς μολύνεσθαι τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς οὕτω
διὰ τὸ ἀκούσιον τῆς εἰρήνης ἀναδεχθέντων, ἡμῖν δὲ φιλονεικοῦντες, τουτέστι τῇ καθολικῇ
ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἔτι μὴν καὶ τῇ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις μέρεσι τῆς γῆς καθεστώσῃ, διὰ τῆς μεμιασμένης
τούτων κοινωνίας, ὧν τινων πρώην κατῃτιῶντο πάντες, ἐλέγξαι αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν.
Κανὼν Ο´
Πρὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐγκράτειας τῆς περὶ τὰς οἰκείας γαμετάς τινων μνημονεύεσαι
κληρικῶν ἤρεσεν, ὥστε τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ διακόνους, κατὰ τοὺς
ἰδίους ὅρους, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἔτι μὴν ἀπέχεσθαι γαμετῶν· ὅπερ εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιεν,
ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἀποκινηθῶσι τάξεως· τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς κληρικοὺς πρὸς τοῦτο
μὴ ἀναγκάζεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὀφείλειν κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστης ἐκκλησίας συνήθειαν παραφυλάττεσθαι.
Κανὼν ΟΑ´
Πάλιν ἤρεσεν, ὥστε μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐπισκόπῳ, καταλειφθείσης τῆς αὐθεντικῆς αὐτοῦ
καθέδρας, πρός τινα ἐκκλησίαν ἐν διοικήσει καθεστῶσαν ἑαυτὸν ἀποφέρειν, ἢ ἐν οἰκείῳ
πράγματι, ὑπὲρ ὃ χρὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀπασχολουμένῳ, ἀμελεῖν τῆς φροντίδος καὶ τῆς συνεχείας
τοῦ ἰδίου θρόνου.
Κανὼν ΟΒ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσε περὶ τῶν νηπίων, ὁσάκις μὴ εὑρίσκονται βέβαιοι μάρτυρες, οἱ ταῦτα
ἀναμφιβόλως βαπτισθέντα εἶναι λέγοντες, καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὰ διὰ τὴν κεῖραν περὶ τῆς παραδοθείσης
αὐτοῖς μυσταγωγίας ἀποκρίνεσθαι ἐπιτηδείως ἔχουσι, χωρίς τινος προσκόμματος ὀφείλειν
ταῦτα βαπτίζεσθαι, μή ποτε ὁ τοιοῦτος δισταγμὸς ἀποστέρησῃ αὐτὰ τῆς τοιαύτης τοῦ
ἁγιασμοῦ καθάρσεως· ἐκ τούτου γὰρ οἱ τοποτηρηταὶ τῶν Μαύρων ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν τοῦτο ἐβουλεύσαντο,
ὅτι πολλοὺς τοιούτους ἀπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐξαγοράζονται.
Κανὼν ΟΓ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ὥστε τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ προσκυνητοῦ Πάσχα διὰ τῆς τῶν τετυπωμένων
ὑπογραφῆς πᾶσιν ἐμφανίζεσθαι. Ἡ δὲ τῆς συνόδου ἡμέρα ἡ αὐτὴ φυλαχθῇ, ἥτις ὡρίσθη
ἐν τῇ ἐν Ἱππῶνι συνόδῳ, τουτέστιν, ἡ πρὸ δέκα καλανδῶν Σεπτεμβρίων· ὀφείλει γὰρ
καὶ γραφῆναι πρὸς τοὺς πρωτεύοντας πασῶν τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν, ἵνα, ὅτε παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς σύνοδον
προσκαλοῦνται, ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν φυλάττωσι.
Κανὼν ΟΔ´
Ὁμοίως ὡρίσθη, ὥστε μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι μεσίτῃ τὴν καθέδραν κατέχειν, ᾗ τινι μεσίτης
δέδοται, διὰ οἱασδήποτε τῶν λαῶν σπουδὰς ἢ διχοστασίας, ἀλλὰ σπουδάζειν ἐντὸς ἐνιαυτοῦ
τοῖς αὐτοῖς προνοεῖσθαι ἐπίσκοπον· εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦτο ἀμελήσοι, μετὰ τὴν περαίωσιν
τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἕτερος ψηφισθῇ μεσίτης.
Κανὼν ΟΕ´
Σύμπασιν ἔδοξεν αἰτῆσαι ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλέων διὰ τὴν τῶν πενήτων κάκωσιν, ὧν ταῖς
ἐπαχθείαις ἀπαύστως ἡ ἐκκλησία παρενοχλεῖται, ὥστε ἐκδίκους τούτοις μετὰ τῆς τῶν
ἐπισκόπων προνοίας ἐπιλεγῆναι κατὰ τῆς τῶν πλουσίων τυραννίδος.
Κανὼν ΟΣΤ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁσάκις δήποτε σύνοδον δεῖ συναχθῆναι, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, οἵτινες
οὔτε κείρᾳ, οὔτε ἀσθενείᾳ, οὔτε τινὶ βαρυτέρᾳ ἀνάγκῃ ἐμποδίζονται, ἁρμοδίως ἀπαντῶσι·
καὶ τοῖς πρωτεύουσιν ἑκάστης ἰδίας αὐτῶν ἐπαρχίας ἐμφανισθείη περὶ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων,
εἴτε δύο, εἴτε τρεῖς συναθροίσεις γένωνται· καὶ ἀπὸ ἑκάστου δὲ ἀθροισμοῦ εἰς ἀμοιβὴν
ὁσοιδήποτε ἐπιλεγῶσι πρὸς τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς συνόδου ἐνστατικῶς ἀπαντήσωσιν· ἐὰν δὲ
μὴ δυνηθῶσιν ἀπαντῆσαι, ἀθρόον τινῶν ἀναγκῶν ὡς εἰκὸς ἀναφυομένων, εἰ μὴ τὸν λόγον
τοῦ οἰκείου ἐμποδισμοῦ παρὰ τῷ οἰκείῳ πρωτεύοντι ἀποδώσωσιν, ὀφείλειν τοὺς τοιούτους
τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἰδίας αὐτῶν ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐκκλησίας.
Κανὼν ΟΖ´
Περὶ Κρεσκωνίου τοῦ Βιλλαρεκεντισίου τοῦτο πᾶσιν ἔδοξεν, ἵνα ἐντεῦθεν ὁμοίως
ἐμφανισθείη τῷ πρωτεύοντι τῆς Νουμιδίας, πρὸς τὸ εἰδέναι αὐτὸν ὀφείλειν γράμμασιν
οἰκείοις πρὸς συνέλευσιν προτρέψασθαι τὸν μνημονευθέντα Κρεσκώνιον, ὥστε μὴ ὑπερθέασθαι
τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ τῇ πλησιαζούσῃ συμπάςῃ Ἀφρικανῇ συνόδῳ παρασχεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ τοῦ
ἐλθεῖν καταφρονήσῃ, ἔσται εἰδὼς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ψῆφον νομοθετηθησομένην.
Κανὼν ΟΗ´
Πάλιν ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῶν ἐν Ἱππώνι φροντιστῶν ἡ ἐγκατάλειψις
οὐκ ὀφείλει ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀμεληθῆναι, καὶ ἐπειδὴ αἱ ἐκεῖ ἐκκλησίαι κατέχονται παρὰ τῶν
τὴν ἄτυπον τοῦ Αἰκυτίου κοινωνίαν παραιτησαμένων, πεμφθέντων ἐκ τῆς παρούσης συνόδου
ἐπισκόπων Ῥηγίνου, Ἀλυπίου, Αὐγουστίνου, Ματέρνου, θεασίου, Εὐοδίου, Πλακιανοῦ,
Οὐρβανοῦ, Βαλερίου, Ἀμβιβίου, Φουρτουνάτου, Κουοδβουλτδέου, Ὁνωράτου, Ἰαννουαρίου,
Ἄπτου, Ὁνωράτου, Ἀμπελίου, Βικτοριανοῦ, Εὐαγγέλου καὶ Ῥογατιανοῦ, καὶ συναχθέντων,
καὶ διορθωθέντων τῶν ἐπιψόγῳ μονοτονίᾳ τὴν φυγὴν τοῦ αὐτοῦ Αἰκυτίου προσδοκητέαν
λογισαμένων, μετὰ τῆς πάντων εὐχῆς, ἐπίσκοπος τούτοις χειροτονηθῇ. Ἐὰν δὲ μὴ θελήσωσιν
ἐκεῖνοι τὴν εἰρήνην κατανοῆσαι, μὴ ἐμποδίσωσι τῇ ἐπιλογῇ τοῦ προέδρου πρὸς τὸ χεροτονηθῆναι
εἰς χρησιμότητα τῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἐγκαταλειφθείσης ἐκκλησίας.
Κανὼν ΟΘ´
Πάλιν ὡρίσθη, ἵνα, ὁσάκις κληρικῶν ἐλεγχθέντων, καὶ καταθεμένων τινὰ ἐγκλήματα,
εἴτε διὰ τὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὄνειδος, εἴτε διὰ τὴν αἰδεσιμότητα, ὧν χάριν τούτοις φειδὼ
γίνεται, εἴτε διὰ τὴν ἀλαζόνα τῶν αἱρετικῶν καὶ ἐθνικῶν ἐπιγαυρίασιν, ἐὰν ὡς εἰκὸς
ἐπαγωνίσασθαι τῷ ἰδίῳ πράγματι, καὶ τῆς ἰδίας ἀβλαβείας φροντίσαι θελήσωσιν, ἐντὸς
ἀκοινωνησίας ἐνιαυτοῦ τοῦτο ποιήσωσιν· ἐὰν δὲ ἐντὸς ἐνιαυτοῦ τὸ πρᾶγμα αὐτῶν καθᾶραι
καταφρονήσωσι, μηδεμία τούτων τοῦ λοιποῦ φωνὴ παντελῶς προσδεχθείη.
Κανὼν Π´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ἐάν τις ἀπὸ ἀλλότριου μοναστηρίου ὑποδέξηταί τινα, καὶ πρὸς
κλήρωσιν προαγαγεῖν ἐθελήσοι, ἢ τοῦ ἰδίου μοναστηρίου ἡγούμενον καταστήσοι, ὁ τοῦτο
ποιῶν ἐπίσκοπος ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν κοινωνίας χωριζόμενος, τῇ τοῦ ἰδίου λαοῦ κοινωνίᾳ
ἀρκεσθῇ μόνῃ· ἐκεῖνος δέ, μηδὲ κληρικός, μηδὲ ἡγούμενος ἐπιμείνῃ.
Κανὼν ΠΑ´
Ὁμοίως ὠρίσθη, ἵνα, ἐάν τις ἐπίσκοπος κληρονόμους συγγενεῖς, ἢ ἐκτὸς τῆς ἰδίας
συγγενείας αἱρετικούς, ἢ ἕλληνας, προτίμησῃ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ μετὰ θάνατον ἀνάθεμα
τῷ τοιούτῳ λεχθείῃ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μηδαμῶς παρὰ τοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἱερεῦσιν ἀνενεχθῇ,
μηδὲ δυνηθῇ ἀπολογηθῆναι, ἐὰν ἀδιάθετο ἀπογένηται, ἐπειδὴ γενόμενος ἐπίσκοπος, εἰκότως
ὀφείλει τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτοῦ τὴν διατύπωσιν ἁρμοδίαν τῷ ἑαυτῷ ἐπαγγέλματι ποιήσασθαι.
Κανὼν ΠΒ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ γινομένων ἐλευθεριῶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως
αἴτησις γίνηται.
Κανὼν ΠΓ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἴνα τὰ πανταχοῦ ἀνὰ τοὺς ἀγροὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀμπελῶνας θυσιαστήρια,
ὡσανεὶ εἰς μνήμην μαρτύρων καθιστάμενα, ἐν οἷς οὐδὲ ἓν σῶμα, ἢ λείψανον μαρτύρων,
ἀποκείμενα δείκνυνται, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντοπίων ἐπισκόπων, εἰ ἔστι δυνατόν, καταστρέφωνται·
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο θορύβοις δημοτικοῖς οὐ συγχωρεῖται, ὅμως τὰ πλήθη νουθετηθῶσι μὴ ὀχλαγωγεῖν
τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους. Καὶ ἵνα οἱ τὰ ὀρθὰ φρονοῦντες μηδεμιᾷ δεισιδαιμονίᾳ τῶν τοιούτων
τόπων καταδεσμῶνται· καὶ παντελῶς μηδὲ μνήμη μαρτύρων ἐπιτελεσθῇ, εἰ μήπου ἢ σῶμα,
ἤ τινα λείψανα ὧσιν, ἢ ἀρχαιογονία τινὸς οἰκήσεως, ἢ κτήσεως, ἢ πάθους πιστῇ ἀρχαιότητι
παραδιδῶνται· ὅσα γὰρ δι᾽ ἐνυπνίων, καὶ ματαίων ἀποκαλύψεων ἀνθρώπων τινῶν ὁπουδήποτε
καθίστανται θυσιαστήρια, παντὶ τρόπῳ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀποδοκιμασθῶσι.
Κανὼν ΠΔ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν αἰτηθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων, ἵνα τὰ λείψανα τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας,
μὴ μόνον τὰ ἐν ξοάνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν οἱοισδήποτε τόποις, ἢ ἄλσεσιν, ἢ δένδροις, παντὶ
τρόπῳ ἐξαλειφθῶσι.
Κανὼν ΠΕ´
Ἀπὸ συμπάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλέχθη, ἵνα, ἐὰν ἤρεσέ τινα γράμματα ὀφείλειν ὑπαγορευθῆναι
ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ, ὁ προσκυνητὸς ἐπίσκοπος ὁ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τούτῳ προκαθήμενος καταξιοῖ
ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι πάντων ὑπαγορεύειν καὶ ὑπογράφειν. Ἐν οἷς ἤρεσεν ἔτι μὴν τοῖς τοποτηρηταῖς
ἐπισκόποις, τοῖς ὀφείλουσιν ἀποσταλῆναι εἰς τὰς τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἐπαρχίας, ἕνεκεν τῶν
Δονατιστῶν, γράμματα δοθῆναι, δύναμιν ἐντολικοῦ περιέχοντα, ἣν δύναμιν μὴ παρεξέλθωσι.
Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Καρχηδονίων ἐκκλησίας, τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι
συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ΠΣΤ´
Βαλεντῖνος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀνεξικακίας ἐὰν ἐπιτρέπῃ, ἀκολούθως
ἐξηγήσομαι τὰ ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι χρόνῳ εἰς τὴν Καρχηδονίων ἐκκλησίαν πραχθέντα, καὶ
ταῖς τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑπογραφαῖς φανερῶς κυρωθέντα, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἔτι μὴν φυλάξοντας ὁμολογήσω.
Ἐκεῖνο τοίνυν ἐπιστάμεθα ἀμίαντον ἀεὶ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν φυλάττεσθαι κατάστασιν,
οὕτως ὡς μηδένα τῶν ἀδελφῶν τολμᾷν ἑαυτὸν προτιμᾷν προπετῶς τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ
ταῖς τῆς ἀγάπης τάξεσιν ἀεὶ παρεσχέθη τοῖς προτέροις, ὅπερ οἱ ἐπακολουθοῦντες χαριέντως
κατεδέξαντο. Ταύτην οὖν τὴν τάξιν κελεύσει ἡ ὑμετέρα ἁγιωσύνη κρειττόνως ταῖς ὑμετέραις
διαλαλιαῖς βεβαιῶσαι. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Οὐκ ἐχρῆν μὲν ταῦτα ἡμᾶς ἐπαναλαμβάνειν,
εἰ μὴ ἐὰν τυχὸν ἀκατανόητοι διάνοιαί τινων ἀνεφύησαν, αἱ πρὸς τοὺς ὅρους τούτους
τὰς ἡμετέρας αἰσθήσεις ὀξύνουσαι· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ αὕτη κοινὴ ἐστιν αἰτία, ἣν νῦν ἐνεφάνισεν
ὁ ἀδελφὸς καὶ συλλειτουργὸς ἡμῶν, ὥστε ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἐπιγινώσκειν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ
ψηφισθεῖσαν αὐτῷ τάξιν, καὶ ἵνα οἱ μεταγενέστεροι τοῖς προτέροις ἀναφέρωσι, καὶ
μὴ τολμήσωσι παρὰ γνώμην τούτων τίποτε πράττειν, διὰ τοῦτο λέγω, καθὼς τὸν ἐμὸν
ὑποτρέχει λογισμόν, τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας τῶν πρὸ αὐτῶν, καί τινα ἀποτολμῶντας, κωλυτέους
ἁρμοδίως εἶναι ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς συνόδου. Σάγκτιππος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς πρώτης καθέδρας τῆς
Νουμιδίας εἶπεν· Ἤκουσεν ἡ πάντων τῶν ἀδελφῶν παρουσία τὴν ἐξακολούθησιν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ
καὶ συνιερέως ἡμῶν Αὐρηλίου, τὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀποκρίνεται; Διατίμιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε·
Τὰ παρὰ τῆς ψήφου τῶν ἀρχαίων ὁρισθέντα, τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ συναινέσει ἐκδοθήσονται, ἵνα
τὰ περιεχόμενα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις τῶν προτέρων συνόδων ἐν τῇ ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίᾳ
κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν συναίνεσιν πεπληρωμένως βέβαια παρὰ πᾶσι φυλαχθῶσι. Σύμπαντες
οἱ ἐπίσκοποι εἶπον· Ἡ τάξις αὕτη καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Πατέρων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων ἐφυλάχθη,
καὶ ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν κατὰ συγχώρησιν Θεοῦ φυλαχθήσεται, σῳζομένου ἔτι μὴν τοῦ δικαίου τῶν
πρωτευόντων τῆς Νουμιδίας καὶ Μαυριτανίας.
Ἔπειτα ἤρεσε πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπισκόποις τοῖς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ συνόδῳ ὑπογράψασιν, ἵνα τὸ
ματρίκιον καὶ ἀρχαιότυπον τῆς Νουμιδίας καὶ εἰς τὴν πρώτην καθέδραν ᾖ, καὶ εἰς τὴν
Μητρόπολιν Κωνσταντίναν.
Κανὼν ΠΖ´
Περὶ Κουοδβουλτδέου ἔτι μὴν τοῦ Κεντυριάτου, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ἐναντίου αὐτοῦ αἰτήσαντος
παρὰ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ εἰσενεχθῆναι συνόδῳ, ἐρωτηθείς, εἰ ἄρα βούλεται μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ παρὰ
τοῖς ἐπισκόποις ἀποπειραθῆναι, πρῶτον μὲν ὑπέσχετο, τῇ δὲ ἄλλῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο μὴ ἀρέσκειν
αὐτῷ ἀπεκρίνατο, καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν, ἤρεσε πάσι τοῖς ἐπισκόποις, ἵνα μηδεὶς τῷ αὐτῷ
Κουοδβουλτδέῳ κοινωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν πρᾶγμα περατωθῇ. Τὴν γὰρ ἐπισκοπὴν
ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀφαιρεθῆναι, πρὸ τῆς ἐκβάσεως τοῦ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν πράγματος, οὐδενὶ Χριστιανῷ
δύναται δοκεῖν.
Κανὼν ΠΗ´
Περὶ Μαξιμιανοῦ δὲ τοῦ Βαγενσίου, ἤρεσεν ἐκ τῆς συνόδου γράμματα δοθῆναι καὶ
πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἵνα κἀκεῖνος ἐκ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἀναχώρησῃ, κἀκεῖνοι
ἑαυτοῖς ἄλλον ἀναζητήσωσι.
Κανὼν ΠΘ´
Ἔπειτα ἤρεσεν, ἵνα οἱτινεσδηποτε μετὰ ταῦτα χειροτονῶνται ἀνὰ τὰς τῆς Ἀφρικῆς
ἐπαρχίας, γράμματα λάβωσι παρὰ τῶν χειροτονούντων αὐτούς, τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῶν ὑπογεγραμμένα,
περιέχοντα τὸν ὕπατον καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν, ὥστε μηδεμίαν ἀμφισβήτησιν περὶ ὑστέρων ἢ
προτέρων ἀναφυῆναι.
Κανὼν Ϟ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὁστισδήποτε ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ κἄν ἅπαξ ἀναγνῷ, ἀπ᾽ ἄλλης ἐκκλησίας
πρὸς κλήρωσιν μὴ καταδέχηται. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι
ἐκκλησίας τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ
λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ϞΑ´
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Τὸ εἰς ψηλάφησιν ἐλθὸν τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης, λογίζομαι
ὀφείλειν τοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς πεπραγμένοις βεβαιωθῆναι· ἡ γὰρ ὑπόσχεσις πάντων ἡμῶν
τοῦτο προεβάλετο, ὀφείλειν ἕνα ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πόλει καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν συνελθεῖν
τοῖς ἀρχηγοῖς τῶν Δονατιστῶν, ἢ προσζεῦξαι ἑαυτῷ γείτονα ἕτερον, ἵνα ὁμοίως τοῖς
τοιούτοις ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει καὶ τόπῳ διὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἢ τῶν πρῶτα φερόντων ἐν τοῖς
αὐτοῖς τόποις συνέλθωσι· τοῦτο ἐὰν ἀρέσκῃ πᾶσι, παραγγελθείη. Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων
ἐλέχθη· Πᾶσιν ἀρέσκει, καὶ πάντες τοῦτο τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ὑπογραφῇ ἐκυρώσαμεν. Αἰτοῦμεν
ἔτι μήν, ἵνα ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς ταῖς ὀφειλούσαις ἐκ τῆς συνόδου πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας
ἀποπεμφθῆναι, ὑπὲρ πάντων ἡ σὴ ὑπογράψῃ ἁγιωσύνη. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐὰν
δοκῇ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἀγάπῃ, ὁ τύπος τῆς πρὸς ἐκείνους συνελεύσεως ἀναγνωσθείη, ὅπως τοῦτον
τὸν τόνον τῆς ἐπακολουθήσεως πάντες, ἐὰν ἀρέσκῃ, κρατήσωμεν. Ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων
ἐλέχθη. Ἀναγνωσθείη. Λαϊτὸς νοτάριος ἀνέγνῳ.
Κανὼν ϞΒ´
Ἐπίσκοπος τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας εἶπε· Τὸ παρὰ τῆς αὐθεντίας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγίστης
καθέδρας ἡμῖν ἐπιτραπὲν αἰτοῦμεν τὴν ὑμετέραν τιμιότητα ἀναγνωσθῆναι, καὶ εἰς πέρας
ἀχθῆναι κελεῦσαι. Ἀναγνωσθείσης δὲ τῆς κελεύσεως καὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐντιθεμένης,
ἐπίσκοπος τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας εἶπε· Τὸ διὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας τιμιότητος πρὸς τοὺς
Δονατιστὰς ὀφεῖλον ἀπενεχθῆναι ἐντολικὸν ἀκούσαι, καὶ πεπραγμένοις ἐμβαλεῖν, καὶ
πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποκομίσαι καταξιώσατε, καὶ τὴν τούτων ἀπόκρισιν πάλιν διὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων
πεπραγμένων ἡμῖν ἐμφανίσαι. Συνερχόμεθα ὑμῖν, αὐθεντικῶς ἀποσταλέντες ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας
καθολικῆς συνόδου, ἐπιθυμοῦντες χαρῆναι περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας διορθώσεως· ἐπιστάμεθα
γὰρ τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ
κληθήσονται· ὑπέμνησε δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦ Προφήτου, ὥστε ἔτι μὴν καὶ τοῖς μὴ βουλομένοις
λέγεσθαι ἀδελφοῖς ἡμῶν, λέγειν ἡμᾶς, Ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν ἐστέ. Ταύτην τοίνυν τὴν ἐξ ἀγάπης
εἰρηνικῆς ἐρχομένην ἡμετέραν ἀνάμνησιν ἐξουθενῆσαι οὐκ ὀφείλετε, ἵνα ἐὰν τί ποτε
ἀληθείας ἔχειν ἡμᾶς οἴεσθε, ἀντιλαβέσθαι τούτου μὴ ἀμφιβάλητε· τουτέστιν, ἵνα συναχθείσης
συνόδου ὑμῶν ἐπιλέξησθε ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφείλοντας τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐμπιστευθῆναι τῆς
τοιαύτης ὑμῶν δικαιολογίας, ὅπως καὶ ἡμεῖς δυνηθῶμεν τὸ αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι· τουτέστιν,
ἵνα ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας συνόδου ἐπιλεγῶσιν οἱ ὀφείλοντες μετὰ τῶν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐπιλεγέντων
ἐν ὡρισμένῳ τόπῳ καὶ καιρῷ πᾶν τὸ τῆς ζητήσεως ἐχόμενον, τὸ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν
κοινωνίαν χωρίζον, εἰρηνικῶς ἐξετάσαι, καὶ κἂν ὀψέποτε τῇ βοηθείᾳ Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ
ἡμῶν τέλος ἡ παλαιὰ δέξηται πλάνη, μή ποτε διὰ πεῖσμα ἀνθρώπων ἀσθενεῖς ψυχαὶ καὶ
ἄπειροι λαοὶ ἱεροσύλῳ τινὶ χωρισμῷ ἀπόλωνται. Ἐὰν γὰρ τοῦτο ἀδελφικὸς καταδέξησθε,
εὐχερῶς ἡ ἀλήθεια διαφανήσεται· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι μὴ θελήσετε, ἡ ἀπιστία ὑμῶν
εὐθέως γνωρισθήσεται. Καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντος τοῦ τοιούτου τύπου, ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων
ἐλέχθη· Πάνυ ἀρέσκει· τοῦτο γενήσεται. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Καρχηδονίων
ἐκκλησίας τῷ παρόντι φηφίσματι συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ
λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ϞΓ´
Κομμονιτόριον τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς Θεασίῳ καὶ Εὐοδίῳ, τοῖς πεμφθεῖσι πρεσβευταῖς ἐκ
τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι συνόδου, πρὸς τοὺς ἐνδοξοτάτους καὶ θρησκευτικωτάτους αὐτοκράτορας.
Ἡνίκα τῇ τοῦ Κυρίου βοηθείᾳ τοῖς εὐσεβεστάτοις προσέλθωσι βασιλεῦσι, τούτοις ἐμφανίσουσι,
ποίῳ τρόπῳ τελείᾳ τῇ παῤῥησίᾳ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνωτέρου ἐνιαυτοῦ σύνοδον οἱ πρωτεύοντες
τῶν Δονατιστῶν τοῖς πολιχνιωτικοῖς πεπραγμένοις συνελθεῖν προετράπησαν· ἵνα, εἰ
ἐθάῤῥουν τοῦ οἰκείου δόγματος ἀντιλαβέσθαι, ἐπιλεγέντων τινῶν ἱκανῶν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ
ἀριθμοῦ, μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν εἰρηνικῶς ἀμφέβαλλον, καὶ ἡμερότητι Χριστιανικῇ ἀναμφιβόλως εἶχον
ἐπιδεῖξαι, εἰ τίποτ᾽ ἀληθείας μετεῖχον, ὅπως ἐκ τούτου ἡ καθολικὴ εἰλικρινότης,
ἡ ἔκπαλαι τοῖς ἀνωτέρω διαλάμψασα χρόνοις, καὶ νῦν ὁμοίως διὰ τῆς ἀπειρίας καὶ μονοτονίας
τῶν ἀντιλεγόντων ἐγνωρίζετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὴ θαῤῥεῖν συνείχοντο, σχεδὸν οὐδὲν
ἐτόλμησαν ἀποκρίνασθαι. Διό, ἐπειδὴ ἐπισκοπικὴ καὶ εἰρηνικὴ τάξις περὶ τοὺς τοιούτους
πεπλήρωται, κἀκεῖνοι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ δυνηθέντες ἀποκριθῆναι, εἰς ἀτόπους βίας μετεστράφησαν,
ὡς πολλοὺς ἐπισκόπους, καὶ πολλοὺς κληρικούς, ἵνα τὸ περὶ τῶν λαϊκῶν σιωπήσωμεν,
ἐπιβουλαῖς συσχεῖν, καί τισι δὲ ἔτι μὴν ἐκκλησίαις ἐπέβησαν, καὶ ἄλλαις ἐπελθεῖν
ὁμοίως ἐπειράθησαν, τῆς αὐτῶν φιλανθρωπίας λοιπόν ἐστι προνοήσασθαι, ἵνα ἡ καθολικὴ
ἐκκλησία ἡ αὐτοὺς θρησκευτικῇ γεννήσασα γαστρί, καὶ τῇ βεβαιώσει τῆς πίστεως ἐκθρέψασα,
τῇ αὐτῶν ἔτι μὴν προνοίᾳ ὀχυρωθῇ· μή ποτε προπετεῖς ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ τῶν εὐσεβῶν αὐτῶν
χρόνων φόβῳ τινὶ τῶν ἀσθενῶν λαῶν καταδυναστεύσωσιν, ἐπειδὴ ὑποπείθοντες τούτους
ἀποφαυλίσαι οὐ δύνανται. Ἔγνωσται γάρ, καὶ πολλάκις τοῖς νόμοις ἐκβοᾶται, τῶν παρασυναγόντων
ἡ βδελυκτὴ πληθὺς ποῖα διαπράττεται, ἅτινα καὶ πολλάκις τοῖς θεσπίσμασιν αὐτῶν τῶν
προλεχθέντων εὐσεβεστάτων αὐτοκρατόρων κατεδικάσθησαν· κατὰ οὖν τῆς ἐκείνων μανίας
δυνάμεθα συμμαχίας θείας τυχεῖν, οὐκ ἀήθους δέ, οὐδὲ ἀλλοτρίας, ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων Γραφῶν,
ὁπόταν Παῦλος ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ὡς ταῖς ἀληθιναῖς Πράξεσι τῶν Ἀποστόλων δεδήλωται, τὴν
σύμπνοιαν τῶν ἀτάκτων στρατιωτικῇ ἀπεκίνησε βοηθείᾳ. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν τοῦτο αἰτοῦμεν,
ἵνα ταῖς καθολικαῖς τάξεσι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, ἀνὰ ἑκάστην πόλιν καὶ ἀνὰ διαφόρους τόπους
τῶν γειτονευουσῶν ἑκάστων κτήσεων, ἀνυπερθέτως παραφυλακὴ παρασχεθῇ. Ἅμα δὲ καὶ
τοῦτο δεῖ αἰτῆσαι, ὥστε τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐκτεθέντα παρὰ τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς μνήμης πατέρος
αὐτῶν Θεοδοσίου, τὸν περὶ τῶν δέκα τοῦ χρυσίου λιτρῶν, τὸν κατὰ τῶν χειροτονούντων
καὶ χειροτονουμένων αἱρετικῶν, φυλάξωσιν ἔτι μὴν καὶ κατὰ τῶν κτητόρων τῶν παρ᾽
οἷς ἡ ἐκείνων εὑρεθῇ συναγωγή· εἶθ᾽ οὕτως βεβαιωθῆναι τὸν τοιοῦτον νόμον κελεύσωσιν,
ὡς ἰσχύειν κατὰ τούτων, ὧν διὰ τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς οἱ τῆς καθολικῆς προτραπέντες διαμαρτυρίαν
ἀπέθεντο, ἵνα κἂν τούτῳ τῷ φόβῳ ἐκ τοῦ ποιεῖν σχίσματα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν αἱρετικῶν
φαυλότητος παύσωνται, οἱ τῇ κατανοήσει τῆς αἰωνίας κολάσεως καθαρθῆναι καὶ διορθωθῆναι
ὑπερτιθέμενοι. Κἀκεῖνο ἔτι μὴν αἰτῆσαι δεῖ, ἵνα τῇ αὐτῶν εὐσεβείᾳ ὁ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος
νόμος ἐπαναληφθείη, ὁ τὴν εὐχέρειαν τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἀφαιρούμενος τοῦ εἴτε ἀπὸ κληρονομιῶν,
εἴτε ἀπὸ διαθηκῶν τούτους δύνασθαι λαμβάνειν τί ποτε, ἢ καταλιμπάνειν, καὶ ἁπλῶς
εἰπεῖν, τοῦ εἴτε τι καταλιμπάνειν, εἴτε λαμβάνειν τὰ δίκαια, καὶ ἀφέληται τῶν τῇ
μανίᾳ τοῦ ἰδίου πείσματος τυφλωθέντων καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν Δονατιστῶν πλάνῃ ἐπιμένειν βουλομένων.
Τοῖς δὲ τῇ κατανοήσει τῆς ἑνότητος καὶ εἰρήνης ἑαυτοὺς διορθώσασθαι βουλομένοις,
ὑπερκειμένου τοῦ τοιούτου νόμου, ἀνοιχθείη ἡ ἀκρόασις τοῦ λαμβάνειν κληρονομίαν,
εἰ καὶ ἔτι τούτοις αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ τῶν αἱρετικῶν πλάνῃ καθεστῶσι, προσαρμόζει τίποτε
ἀπὸ δωρεᾶς ἢ κληρονομίας, ἐξῃρημένων ἐκείνων δηλαδή, οἵτινες, μετὰ τὸ εἰς δίκην
ἀναχθῆναι, ἐλογίσαντο ὀφείλειν πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν μετελθεῖν· περὶ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων
πιστευτέον ἐστί, μὴ τῷ φόβῳ τῆς οὐρανίου κρίσεως, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπληστίᾳ τῆς γηΐνης λυσιτελείας,
τὴν καθολικὴν ἑνότητα ἐπιποθῆσαι. Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ πᾶσι, τῆς βοηθείας χρεία ἐστὶ
τῶν δυναστειῶν ἑκάστης ἐπαρχίας ἰδίας· καὶ ἄλλο δὲ εἰτιδήποτε κατανοήσουσι τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ
χρησιμότητι λυσιτελοῦν, τοῦτο διαπράττεσθαι καὶ ἐξανύειν αὐτεξούσιον ψηφιζόμεθα
τοποτηρησίαν. Κἀκεῖνο δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ἤρεσεν, ἵνα γράμματα ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας συνελεύσεως
πρὸς τοὺς ἐνδοξοτάτους βασιλεῖς καὶ τὰς ὑπερεχούσας ἐξουσίας ἀποσταλῶσι, δι᾽ ὧν
πληροφοροῦνται, ὡς τῇ συναινέσει πάντων ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐτυχέστατον κομιτάτον τοὺς
τοποτηρητὰς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν εἶναι ἀποσταλέντας· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς γράμμασι πάντας
ἡμᾶς ὑπογράψαι βραδύτατόν ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ ταῖς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπογραφαῖς τὰ αὐτὰ γράμματα
φορτωθῶσιν, αἰτοῦμεν, ἀδελφὲ Αὐρήλιε, ἵνα ἐν τούτοις ἡ σὴ ἀγάπη ὑπογράψαι ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι
πάντων ἡμῶν καταξιῶσῃ. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας,
τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι συνῄνεσα, καὶ παραναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ
ὑπέγραψαν. Γράμματα ἔτι μὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας πέμψαι δεῖ, ἵνα ἕως οὗ ὁ Κύριος τοὺς
τοποτηρητὰς ὑποστρέψαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς καταξιῶσῃ, παραφυλακὴν ἀνὰ τὰς τῶν πόλεων τάξεις,
καὶ κτήτορας τῶν χωρίων τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιμερίσωσιν. Ἔτι μὴν δεῖ προσζεῦξαι
καὶ περὶ τοῦ Αἰκυτίου, ἵνα ἡ ἀναίδεια αὐτοῦ ἐξωθηθῇ ἀπὸ τῶν διοικήσεων, ἃς ἐκ τῶν
φροντιστῶν τῆς ἐν Ἱππῶνι ἐκκλησίας ἱερατικῶν δικαίων πρὸς ἑαυτὸν διεκδικεῖ. Καὶ
γράμματα δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἐπίσκοπον τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας περὶ τοῦ παραθέσθαι τοὺς τοποτηρητὰς
πεμφθῆναι ὀφείλουσι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους δέ, ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεύς. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν.
Ὁμοίως Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας, τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι συνῄνεσα,
καὶ παραναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ϞΔ´
Ἵνα ἐλευθέρα τοποτηρησία ἐκ πασῶν τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν εἰς τὴν σύνοδον ἀποσταλῇ. Πρὸς
Μιζόνιον τοποτηρηταὶ καὶ γράμματα ἀποσταλῆναι παρηγγέλθησαν, διὰ τὸ ὀφείλειν ἐλευθέραν
ἐκπέμψαι τοποτηρησίαν. ἵνα, ἐπειδὴ ἐν Καρχηδόνι μόνον ἕνωσις ἐγένετο, πεμφθῶσι γράμματα
πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ὅπως καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπαρχίαις καὶ πόλεσιν οἱ αὐτοὶ ἄρχοντες
σπουδὴν ἐπιχορηγηθῆναι κελεύσωσι τῇ ἑνότητι· ἵνα ἐν Καρχηδόνι εὐχαριστίαι ἀπὸ τῆς
ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ πάσης τῆς Ἀφρικῆς περὶ τοῦ ἀπελαθῆναι τοὺς Δονατιστὰς μετὰ γραμμάτων
τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐπὶ τὸ κομιτάτον πεμφθῶσι. Γράμματα ἀνεγνώσθησαν Ἰννοκεντίου τοῦ πάπα,
ἵνα οἱ ἐπίσκοποι ὡς ἔτυχε πρὸς τὰ περαματικὰ ἀπιέναι μὴ δύνανται· ὅπερ τοῦτο αὐτὸ
ταῖς γνώμαις τῶν ἐπισκόπων βεβαιοῦται· ἵνα διὰ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν τὴν περὶ τοῦ διωχθῆναι
τοὺς Δονατιστᾶς δύο κληρικοὶ τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας ἐπὶ τὸ κομιτάτον πεμφθῶσιν.
Κανὼν ϞΕ´
Ἠρεσεν, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι περαιτέρω ἐνιαυσίαν ἀνάγκην τοῦ συντρίβεσθαι τοὺς ἀδελφούς,
ἀλλ᾽ ὁσάκις ἂν κοινὴ χρεία καλέσοι, τουτέστι πάσης τῆς Ἀφρικῆς, γραμμάτων διδομένων
ὁθενδήποτε πρὸς ταύτην τὴν καθέδραν, σύνοδον ὀφείλειν συνάγεσθαι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἐπαρχίᾳ
ἔνθα ἡ χρεία καὶ ἐπιτηδειότης συνωθήσει· αἱ δὲ αἰτίαι αἱ μὴ οὖσαι κοιναί, ἐν ταῖς
ἰδίαις ἐπαρχίαις κριθῶσι.
Κανὼν ϞΣΤ´
Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἔκκλητος, καὶ ἐπιλέξηται ὁ ἐκκαλεσάμενος δικαστὰς, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ
κἀκεῖνος καθ᾽ οὖ ἐξεκαλέσατο, τοῦ λοιποῦ ἀπὸ τούτων μηδενὶ ἐξέστω ἐκκαλεῖσθαι.
Ὑφ᾽ ἓν τοποτηρησίαι διαφόρων ἐπαρχιῶν ἐμφανισθεῖσαι, χαριέντως προσεδέχθησαν·
τουτέστι, τῶν Νουμιδίων, τῶν Βυζακηνῶν, τῶν Μαύρων Σιτιφενσιῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Καισαρειανῶν,
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Τριπόλεως.
Ἤρεσε πρὸς τούτοις, ὥστε ἐκβιβαστὰς ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας χρειώδεσι πέντε
ἐπιλεγῆναι αἰτηθῆναι, οἵτινες ἐν ταῖς διαφόροις ἐπιμερισθήσονται ἐπαρχίαις.
Κανὼν ϞΖ´
Ἤρεσεν ἔτι μήν, ἵνα ἐξ ὀνόματος πασῶν τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν οἱ πορευθησόμενοι πρεσβευταὶ
Βικέντιος καὶ Φορτουνατιανός, αἰτήσωσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων ὥστε δοθῆναι
ἄδειαν τοῦ καταστῆσαι ἐκδίκους σχολαστικούς, οἵτινες αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ λειτούργημα,
τοῦ ἐκδικεῖν τὰ πράγματα, ἐπιτήδευμα ἔχουσι· καὶ ἵνα ὡς ἱερεῖς τοῖς τῆς ἐπαρχίας
οἱ αὐτοί, οἱ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἀναδεξάμενοι, εὐχερῶς δυνηθῶσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν
τῆς ἐκκλησίας πραγμάτων, ὁσάκις ἀνάγκη ἀπαιτήσει, πρὸς τὸ ἀντιστῆναι τοῖς ἀνακύπτουσι,
καὶ ἀναφέρειν τὰ ἀναγκαῖα, καὶ εἰς τὰ σήκρητα τῶν δικαστηρίων εἰσιέναι.
Ἤρεσεν, ὥστε αὐτεξούσιον τὴν τοποτηρησίαν ἔχειν τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ κομιτάτον πεμφθέντας
ἐπίλεκτους τοποτηρητάς.
Προσεπιτούτοις δῆλόν ἐστι, προμαρτυρουμένους εἶναι γράμμασιν ἰδίοις τοὺς Μαυριτανοὺς
Καισαρειανούς, Πρίμοσον διὰ τῶν ἐξεχόντων τῆς Θιγαβενσίας πόλεως περὶ τοῦ συνελθεῖν,
ἵνα κατὰ τὰς βασιλικὰς διατυπώσεις ἐντελῶς παράσχῃ τὴν ἐαυτοῦ παρουσίαν· καὶ ὡς
ἐχρῆν, ἀναζητηθεὶς ὁ αὐτὸς Πρίμοσος οὐχ εὑρέθη, ὡς οἱ διάκονοι ἀνήγγειλαν· ἀλλ᾽
ἐπειδὴ ᾔτησαν οἱ αὐτοὶ Μαῦροι ἐκ πάσης τῆς συνόδου ὀφείλειν γράμματα ἀποσταλῆναι
τῷ προσκυνητῷ ἀδελφῷ γέροντι Ἰννοκεντίῳ, ἤρεσε πεμφθῆναι, ἵνα γνῷ ζητηθέντα τὸν
Πρίμοσον ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ, καὶ μηδαμῶς εὑρεθέντα.
Κανὼν ϞΗ´
Ἤρεσε κἀκεῖνο, ἵνα οἱ ὄχλοι, οἱ μηδέποτε ἰδίους ἐσχηκότες ἐπισκόπους, εἰ μὴ ἐκ
πάσης τῆς συνόδου ἑκάστης ἐπαρχίας καὶ τοῦ πρωτεύοντος ψήφισμα γένηται, καὶ κατὰ
συναίνεσιν ἐκείνου, οὗτινος ὑπὸ τὴν διοίκησιν καθίστατο ἡ αὐτὴ ἐκκλησία, μηδαμῶς
δέξωνται.
Κανὼν ϞΘ´
Ἵνα κἀκεῖνοι δηλαδὴ οἱ λαοί, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν Δονατιστῶν ἐπιστρέφοντες, καὶ ἐπισκόπους
ἐσχηκότες παρὰ γνώμην τῆς συνόδου, τούτους ἀναμφιβόλως ἔχειν ἀξιωθῶσιν· οἵτινες
δὲ λαοὶ ἐσχήκασιν ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ τούτου τελευτήσαντος οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἴδιον ἐπίσκοπον
ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἄλλου τινὸς ἐπισκόπου διοίκησιν ἀναδραμεῖν ἀνήκειν, τοῦτο μὴ ὀφείλειν
τούτοις ἀρνηθῆναι. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο ἀνηνέχθη, ὅτι οἱ ἐπίσκοποι οἱ πρὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ
νόμου, τοῦ περὶ ἑνότητος προκομιζομένου, οἵτινες δήποτε πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν ἐπιστρέψουσι
τοὺς λαούς, οὓς εἶχον αὐτοί, τούτους κατέχειν ὀφείλουσι· μετὰ δὲ τὸν νόμον τῆς ἑνότητος
καὶ ἐπέκεινα, χρὴ πάσας τὰς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τὰς διοικήσεις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐάν τινα τυχὸν
ὦσι δικαιώματα τοῖς δικαίοις ἀνήκοντα τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, διεκδικεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν
καθολικῶν ἐπισκόπων, τῶν ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις ἐν οἷς κατείχοντο παρὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν,
εἴτε ἐπιστρεφόντων λοιπὸν πρὸς τὴν καθολικήν, εἴτε μὴ ἐπιστρεφόντων· καὶ ἐὰν τινές
τισιν ἐκ τούτου κατεχρήσαντο μετὰ τὸν βασιλικὸν νόμον, ὀφείλει ταῦτα ἀποκαθίστασθαι.
Κανὼν Ρ´
Κατὰ τὴν ἀναφορὰν καὶ αἴτησιν τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Μαυρεντίου, ἀναγνωσθέντος τοῦ σχεδαρίου,
ὅπερ προσήνεγκε Πλακέντιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, ὁ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ τοποτηρητοῦ τῶν Νουμιδιῶν
ἀναπληρῶν, ὅπερ κατὰ τὴν γνώμην τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πλακεντίου ἀνεγνώσθη ἐνώπιον τῶν ἐπισκόπων,
καὶ ζητηθέντων πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν τῶν λεγομένων παρεστάναι διακόνων, τουτέστι τῶν γερόντων
τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς νέας Γερμανοῦ, καὶ μηδαμῶς εὑρεθέντων, καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ζητηθέντων,
ἔκρινε διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ἁγία σύνοδος, ὥστε γράμματα πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν γέροντα Σάγκτιππον
ἐκπεμφθῆναι διὰ τὸ γνῶναι, ὅτι οὐ προαιρέσει τοῦ μνημονευθέντος λαοῦ ὕβρει ὑποπέπτωκεν
ὁ ἐπίσκοπος. Μαυρέντιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπεν· Ἐπειδὴ περ ἐζητήθησαν οἱ γέροντες οἱ ἀπὸ
νέας Γερμανοῦ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθησαν, οἷς ἦν παραγγελθὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ
πρωτεύοντος πρὸς τὴν νῦν ἐν ταῖς εἰδοῖς γινομένην προσκυνητὴν σύνοδον ἀπαντῆσαι,
τῆς νηστείας ἑαυτῶν ἅπαντες ἐφρόντισαν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κρίνῃ ἡ ὑμετέρα ἁγιωσύνη περὶ
τούτου τοῦ πράγματος, ἀναιτίως μὴ συντριβῆναί με τῇ ἐπιμονῇ τῆς ἐκείνων συκοφαντίας.
Ἡ ἁγία σύνοδος ὥρισεν ὀφείλειν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἱερατικὴν κρίσιν ἐκ τῆς συνόδου ταύτης
κατὰ τῶν μονοτονούντων ψῆφον ἐκφέρεσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἡμερότητα ἐκκλησιαστικὴν δεῖ
φυλάττειν ἐν ὅλοις τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἐπεσχέθησαν γράμματα πρὸς τὸν γέροντα Σάγκτιππον,
ὅπως γνῷ κριτὰς ἐπιλεγέντας ἀπὸ τῆς συνόδου, τοὺς ὀφείλοντας ἀνυπερθέτως σκοπῆσαι
ἐν Θουβουρσικένσῃ τῇ πόλει, πρὸς τὸ ἁρμοδίαν τῷ πράγματι παρασχεθῆναι διάγνωσιν.
Μαυρέντιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Κριτὰς αἰτῶ τὸν ἁγιώτατον γέροντα Σάγκτιππον, Αὐγουστῖνον
τὸν ἁγιώτατον, Φλωρεντῖνον, Θεάσιον, Σαμψύχιον, Σεκοῦνδον, καὶ Ποσείδιον· τοῦτο
ψηφισθῆναί μοι κελεύσατε. Ἡ ἁγία σύνοδος ἐπένευσε τοὺς ἀπηθέντας κριτὰς· τοὺς λοιποὺς
δὲ ἀναγκαίους δικαστὰς πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς νέας Γερμανοῦ
γέρουσιν ἐπιλέξασθαι ψηφίσεται ὁ γέρων Σάγκτιππος.
Κανὼν ΡΑ´
Ἤρεσεν ἔτι μήν, ὥστε περὶ τῆς διχονοίας τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς καὶ Ἀλεξανδρινῆς ἐκκλησίας
πρὸς τὸν ἁγιώτατον πάπαν Ἰννοκέντιον γραφῆναι, ὅπως ἑκατέρα ἐκκλησία πρὸς ἀλλήλας
εἰρήνην φυλάξωσιν, ἣν ὁ Κύριος παραγγέλει.
Κανὼν ΡΒ´
Ἤρεσεν, ὥστε κατὰ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν καὶ ἀποστολικὴν ἐπιστήμην, μήτε ὁ ἀπὸ γυναικὸς
ἐαθείς, μήτε ἡ ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς καταληφθεῖσα, ἑτέρῳ συζευχθῇ· ἀλλ᾽ ἢ οὕτω μείνωσιν, ἢ
ἑαυτοῖς καταλλαγῶσιν· οὗπερ ἐὰν καταφρονήσωσι, πρὸς μετάνοιαν καταναγκασθῶσιν· ἐν
ὧ πράγματι νόμον βασιλικὸν ἐκτεθῆναι χρεὼν αἰτῆσαι.
Κανὼν ΡΓ´
Ἤρεσε καὶ τοῦτο, ὥστε τὰς κεκυρωμένας ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ ἱκεσίας, εἴτε προοίμια, εἴτε
παραθέσεις, εἴτε τὰ τῆς χειρὸς ἐπιθέσεις, ἀπὸ πάντων ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, καὶ παντελῶς
ἄλλας κατὰ τῆς πίστεως μηδέποτε προενεχθῆναι, ἀλλ᾽ αἵτινεσδήποτε ἀπὸ τῶν συνετωτέρων
συνήχθησαν, λεχθήσονται.
Κανὼν ΡΔ´
Ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὁστισδήποτε ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως διάγνωσιν δημοσίων δικαστηρίων αἰτήσοι,
τῆς ἰδίας τιμῆς στερηθείη· ἐὰν δὲ κρίσιν ἐπισκοπικὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως αἰτήσοι, μηδὲν
αὐτῷ ἐμποδίσοι.
Κανὼν ΡΕ´
Ὁστισδήποτε μὴ κοινωνῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ, εἰς τὰ περαματικὰ πρὸς τὸ κοινωνεῖν ὑφερπύσει,
τὴν ζημίαν τῆς κληρώσεως ἀναδέξεται.
Κανὼν ΡΣΤ´
Ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁστισδήποτε πρὸς τὸ κομιτάτον πορευθῆναι θελήσοι, ἐν τῇ ἀπολυτικῇ
τῇ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Ῥώμης πεμπομένη κατάδηλος γένηται, καὶ ἵνα ἐκεῖθεν ἔτι μὴν
ἀπολυτικὴν λαβῃ ἐπὶ τὸ κομιτάτον. Διό, ἐὰν ὁ λαβὼν ἀπολυτικὴν πρὸς τὴν Ῥώμην μόνον,
σιωπήσας τὴν ἀνάγκην, δι᾽ ἣν εἰς τὸ κομιτάτον αὐτὸν χρὴ πορευθῆναι, θελήσῃ εὐθέως
εἰς τὸ κομιτάτον βαδίσαι, ἀποκινηθῇ τῆς κοινωνίας. Ἐὰν δὲ ἐκεῖσε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ αἰφνηδία
ἀνάγκη ἀναφυῇ τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ κομιτάτον, ἐμφανίσῃ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀνάγκην τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ
Ῥώμης, καὶ παρακομίσῃ ἀντίγραφον τοῦ αὐτοῦ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπισκόπου. Αἱ ἀπολυτικαὶ δὲ
αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν πρωτευόντων, ἢ τῶν οἱωνδήποτε ἐπισκόπων, τοῖς ἰδίοις κληρικοῖς διδόμεναι,
σχῶσι τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ Πάσχα· ἐὰν δὲ ἀκμὴν ἡμέρα τοῦ Πάσχα τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ κατάδηλος
οὐκ ἔστιν, ἡ τοῦ προηγησαμένου προσζευχθείη, ὃν τρόπον εἴωθε μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν γράφεσθαι
ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις πεπραγμένοις. Ἤρεσε δὲ κἀκεῖνο, ὥστε κατὰ τῶν Δονατιστῶν, καὶ
τῶν ἑλλήνων, καὶ τῶν θρησκειῶν αὐτῶν, τοὺς πεμφθέντας τοποτηρητὰς ἐκ τῆς τίμιας
ταύτης συνόδου πανοτιοῦν χρήσιμον συνίδωσιν, ἐκ τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων αἰτήσασθαι βασιλέων.
Ἤρεσεν ἔτι μὴν τῇ αἰτήσει πάντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἵνα πάσαις ταῖς ὀφειλούσαις δοθῆναι
ἐκ τῆς συνόδου ἐπιστολαῖς, ἡ σὴ ἁγιωσύνη μόνη ὑπογράψῃ. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος
ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι συνῄνεσα, καὶ παραναγνωσθέντι
ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ΡΖ´
Ἐπὶ τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων Ὁνωρίου τὸ ἕβδομον, καὶ Θεοδοσίου τὸ τρίτον, τῶν
αὐγούστων ὑπάτων, τῇ πρὸ ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ καλανδῶν Ἰουλίων, εἰς Καρχηδόνα, ἐν τῇ Σεκούνδου
ἐκκλησίᾳ. Εἰς ταύτην τὴν σύνοδον ἤρεσεν, ὥστε ἕνα ἐπίσκοπον μὴ ἐκδικεῖν ἑαυτοῦ διάγνωσιν.
Κανὼν ΡΗ´
Μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων Ὁνωρίου τὸ ὄγδοον, καὶ Θεοδοσίου τὸ
τέταρτον, τῶν αὐγούστων, πρὸ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ καλανδῶν Ἰουλίων, ἐν Καρχηδόνι εἰς τὴν
ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ κλίματος Σεκούνδης. Ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ συνόδῳ τοποτηρησίαν ἐδέξαντο κατὰ
τῶν Δονατιστῶν, Φλωρέντιος, Ποσείδιος, Πραισίδιος καὶ Βενάντιος, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι. Ἐν
τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ νόμος ἐδόθη, ἵνα ἐλευθέρᾳ προαιρέσει ἕκαστος τῆς Χριστιανότητος τὴν
ἄσκησιν ἀναδέξηται.
Κανὼν ΡΘ´
Ἐπὶ τῶν ἐνδοξότατων βασιλέων Ὁνωρίου τὸ δωδέκατον, καὶ Θεοδοσίου τὸ ὄγδοον, τῶν
ὑπάτων, καλάνδαις Μαΐαις, εἰς Καρχηδόνα ἐν τῷ σηκρήτῳ τῆς Φαύστου ἐκκλησίας, Αὐρηλίου
τοῦ ἐπισκόπου συμπάσῃ τῇ συνόδῳ προκαθίσαντος, παρεστώτων τῶν διακόνων, ἤρεσε πᾶσι
τοῖς ἐπισκόποις τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας, ἁγίᾳ συνόδῳ καθεστώσιν, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα
καὶ αἱ ὑπόγραφαὶ ἐνετέθησαν.
Ἵνα ὅστις λέγῃ τὸν Ἀδάμ, τὸν πρωτόπλαστσν ἄνθρωπον, θνητὸν γενόμενον οὕτως, ὡς
εἴτε ἁμαρτήσοι, εἴτε μὴ ἁμαρτῆσοι, τεθνηξόμενον ἐν τῷ σώματι, τουτέστιν, ἐξελθεῖν
ἐκ τοῦ σώματος μὴ τῇ ἀξίᾳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ τῆς φύσεως, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω.
Κανὼν ΡΙ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁστισδήποτε τὰ μικρὰ καὶ νεογέννητα ἐκ τῶν γαστέρων τῶν μητέρων
βαπτιζόμενα, ἀρνεῖται, ἢ λέγει, εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτὰ βαπτίζεσθαι, μηδὲν δὲ ἐκ
τῆς τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἕλκειν προγονικῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸ ὀφεῖλον καθαρθῆναι τῷ λουτρῷ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας,
(ὅθεν γίνεται ἀκόλουθον, ὅτι ἐν τούτοις ὁ τύπος τοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν βαπτίσματος
οὐκ ἀληθής, ἀλλὰ πλαστὸς νοεῖται), ἀνάθεμα εἴη· ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἄλλως δεῖ νοῆσαι τὸ εἰρημένον
τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ, Δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας
ὁ θάνατος· καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους διῆλθεν, ἐν ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον, εἰ μὴ ὃν
τρόπον ἡ καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία, ἡ πανταχοῦ διακεχυμένη καὶ ἡπλωμένη, ἀεὶ ἐνόησε. Διὰ
γὰρ τὸν κανόνα τοῦτον τῆς πίστεως, καὶ οἱ μικροὶ ἔτι μήν, οἱ μηδὲν ἁμαρτημάτων εἰς
ἑαυτοὺς ἔτι μὴν πλημμελεῖν δυνάμενοι, εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἀληθινῶς βαπτίζονται,
ἵνα καθαρθῇ ἐν αὐτοῖς διὰ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας, ὅπερ εἵλκυσαν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχαιογονίας.
Κανὼν ΡΙΑ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁστισδήποτε εἴποι τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ᾗ τινι δικαιοῦται διὰ
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, πρὸς μόνην ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἰσχύειν τῶν ἤδη πεπλημμελημένων,
καὶ μὴ παρέχει ἔτι μὴν βοήθειαν πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἕτερα πλημμελεῖσθαι, ἀνάθεμα εἴη.
Κανὼν ΡΙΒ´
Ὁμοίως ὁστισδήποτε εἴποι τὴν αὐτὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου
ἡμῶν εἰς τοῦτο μόνον ἡμῖν βοηθεῖν, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι δι᾽ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ἀποκαλύπτεται
καὶ φανεροῦται ἡ γνῶσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὥστε γινώσκειν ἃ δεῖ ἐπιζητεῖν, καὶ ἃ δεῖ
ἐκκλίνειν, οὐ μὴν δι᾽ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν παρέχεται, ἵνα, ὅπερ γνῶμεν ποιητέον, καὶ ποιῆσαι
ἔτι μὴν ἀγαπήσωμεν καὶ ἰσχύσωμεν, ἀνάθεμα εἴη· τοῦ γὰρ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος, ὅτι ἡ
γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ, ἀσεβὲς πάνυ ἐστὶ πιστεύειν, πρὸς μὲν τὸ φυσιοῦν
ἡμᾶς ἔχειν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ οἰκοδομεῖν μὴ ἔχειν· ὁπόταν ἑκάτερον
δῶρόν ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ εἰδέναι τὶ ποιεῖν δεῖ, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν ὃ δεῖ ποιεῖν· ἵνα
τῆς ἀγάπης οἰκοδομούσης, ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῦν μὴ δυνηθῇ· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκ Θεοῦ γέγραττται,
Ὁ διδάσκων ἄνθρωπον γνῶσιν, οὕτως ἔτι μὴν γέγραπται, Ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστίν.
Κανὼν ΡΙΓ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁστισδήποτε εἴποι, διὰ τοῦτο τὴν χάριν ἡμῖν τῆς δικαιοσύνης
δεδόσθαι, ἵνα, ὅπερ ποιεῖν διὰ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου δυνάμεθα, εὐχερεστέρως πληρῶμεν διὰ
τῆς χάριτος, ὡς ἂν εἰ καὶ ἡ χάρις μὴ ἐδίδοτο, οὐκ εὐχερῶς μέν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐδυνάμεθα
καὶ δίχα ἐκείνης ἔτι μὴν πληρῶσαι τὰς θείας ἐντολάς, ἀνάθεμα εἴη. Περὶ γὰρ τῶν καρπῶν
τῶν ἐντολῶν ὁ Κύριος ἐλάλει, ὅπου οὐκ εἶπε, Χωρὶς ἐμοῦ δυσχερῶς δύνασθε ποιεῖν·
ἀλλ᾽ εἶπε, Χωρὶς ἐμοῦ, οὐδὲν δύνασθε ποιεῖν.
Κανὼν ΡΙΔ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὅπερ εἶπεν ὁ Ἅγιος Ἰωάννης ὁ Ἀπόστολος· Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν
οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς ἀπατῶμεν, καὶ ἀλήθεια ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁστισδήποτε οὕτω παραληπτέον
νομίσῃ, ὡς εἰπεῖν διὰ ταπεινοφροσύνην μὴ ὀφείλειν λέγεσθαι ἡμᾶς μὴ ἔχειν ἁμαρτίαν,
οὐχ ὅτι ἀληθῶς οὕτως ἐστίν, ἀνάθεμα εἴη· Ἐὰν δὲ ὁμολογήσωμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν,
πιστός ἐστι καὶ δίκαιος, ὅστις ἀφήσει ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ
πάσης ἀδικίας· ἔνθα πάνυ δεδήλωται τοῦτο μὴ μόνον ταπεινοφρόνως, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι μὴν ἀληθῶς
λέγεσθαι. Ἠδύνατο γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόστολος εἰπεῖν, ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, οὐκ ἔχομεν ἁμαρτίαν, ἑαυτοὺς
ἐξυψοῦμεν, καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνη ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν· ἀλλ᾽ εἰπών, ὅτι ἑαυτοὺς ἀπατῶμεν,
καὶ ἀλήθεια ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστι, πάνυ ἀπέδειξε τὸν λέγοντα ἑαυτὸν μὴ ἔχειν ἁμαρτίαν,
μὴ ἀληθεύειν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδεσθαι.
Κανὼν ΡΙΕ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὁστισδήποτε εἴποι, ἐν τῇ δεσποτικῇ εὐχῇ διὰ τοῦτο λέγειν τοὺς
ἁγίους, ἅφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, οὐχ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν λέγουσιν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτοῖς
λοιπὸν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀναγκαία αὕτη ἡ αἴτησις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλων τῶν ὄντων ἐν τῷ λαῷ
αὐτῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ μὴ λέγειν ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἁγίων, ἄφες μοι τὰ ὀφειλήματά μου,
ἀλλ᾽ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἄλλων τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἢ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν
δίκαιον αἰτοῦντα νοεῖσθαι, ἀνάθεμα εἴη· ἅγιος γὰρ καὶ δίκαιος ἦν Ἰάκωβος ὁ Ἀπόστολος,
ὅτε ἔλεγεν· Ἐν πολλοῖς γὰρ ἁμαρτάνομεν πάντες. Ἐπεὶ διὰ τί προστέθειται τό, πάντες,
εἰ μὴ ἵνα ἡ ἔννοια αὕτη ἁρμοσθῇ καὶ τῷ ψαλμῷ, ὅπου ἀναγινώσκεται· Μὴ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς
κρίσιν μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου, ὅτι οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ἐνώπιόν σου πᾶς ζῶν· καὶ ἐν τῇ
εὐχῇ τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶντος· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐχ ἥμαρτε· καὶ ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ
τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰώβ, τό, ἐν χειρὶ παντὸς ἀνθρώπου σημαίνει, ὥστε εἰδέναι πάντα ἄνθρωπον
τὴν ἀσθένειαν αὐτοῦ. Ὅθεν ἔτι μὴν ὁ ἅγιος καὶ δίκαιος Δανιὴλ ὁ Προφήτης, πληθυντικῶς
λέγων, το, ἡμάρτομεν, ἠνομήσαμεν, καὶ τὰ λοιπά, ἃ ἐκεῖ ταπεινοφρόνως καὶ ἀληθινῶς
ὁμολογεῖ, ἵνα μὴ νομισθείη, ὥς τινες νοοῦσι τοῦτο, μὴ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων, ἀλλὰ περὶ
τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον λέγειν ἁμαρτιῶν, μετὰ ταῦτα εἶπεν, ὅτι ηὐχόμην καὶ ἐξωμολογούμην
τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ μου Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ μου· οὐκ ἠθέλησεν εἰπεῖν
τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ εἶπε, καὶ ἑαυτοῦ· ἐπειδὴ μέλλοντας τούτους
οὕτω κακῶς νοεῖν ὡσανεὶ προεῖδεν ὁ Προφήτης.
Κανὼν ΡΙΣΤ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα οἵτινεσδήποτε αὐτὰ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς δεσποτικῆς εὐχῆς, ὅπου λέγομεν,
Ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, οὕτω βούλονται ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων λέγεσθαι, ὡς ταπεινοφρόνως
καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῶς ταῦτα λεχθῆναι, ἀνάθεμα εἴη. Τὶς γὰρ ὑπενέγκοι τὸν εὐχόμενον, μὴ
ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ψευδόμενον, τὸν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ λέγοντα θέλειν
ἀφεθῆναι, τῇ δὲ καρδίᾳ λέγοντα, τὰς ὀφειλούσας ἀφεθῆναι ἁμαρτίας αὐτῷ μὴ ἔχειν;
Κανὼν ΡΙΖ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἐπειδὴ πρό τινων ἐνιαυτῶν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πεπληρωμένῃ τῇ
συνόδῳ ὡρίσθη, ἵνα οἱαιδήποτε ἐκκλησίαι, ἐν διοικήσει καθεστῶσαι, πρὸ τῶν νόμων
τῶν περὶ τῶν Δονατιστῶν ἐκτεθέντων καθολικαὶ γένωνται, ἐκείνοις τοῖς θρόνοις ἀνήκωσιν,
ὧν τινων διὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων προτραπεῖσαι τῇ καθολικῃ ἑνότητι ἐκοινώνησαν, μετὰ δὲ
τοὺς νόμους οἱαιδήποτε ἐκοινώνησαν, ἐκείνοις ἀνήκωσιν, οἷς καὶ ὅτε ἦσαν εἰς τὸ μέρος
τοῦ Δονάτου. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ πολλαὶ φιλονεικίαι ὕστερον μεταξὺ τῶν ἐπισκόπων περὶ τῶν
διοικήσεων ἀνεφύησαν καὶ ἀναφύονται, οἷς τότε οὐ τελεία δοκεῖ γενέσθαι πρόνοια,
νῦν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἁγίᾳ συνόδῳ ἤρεσεν, ἵνα ὁπουδήποτε καθολικὴ ἐγένετο, καὶ τοῦ μέρους
τοῦ Δονάτου, καὶ διαφόροις θρόνοις ἀνήκουσαι ἦσαν, ἐν οἱῳδήποτε καιρῷ ἕνωσις ἐκεῖ
ἐγένετο ἢ ἔσται, εἴτε πρὸ τῶν νόμων, εἴτε μετὰ τοὺς νόμους, ἐκείνῳ τῷ θρόνῳ ἀνήκωσιν,
ᾧ τινι ἡ ἔκπαλαι ἐκεῖ ὑπάρξασα καθολικὴ ἀνῆκεν.
Κανὼν ΡΙΗ´
Οὕτω δηλαδή, ἵνα εἴπερ ἐπίσκοποι ἀπὸ τῶν Δονατιστῶν πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν ἑνότητα
ἐπέστρεψαν, ἐξίσου πρὸς ἀλλήλους διέλωσι τὰς οὕτως εὑρισκομένας διοικήσεις, ἔνθα
ἦσαν ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη· τουτέστιν, ἵνα ἄλλοι τόποι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, καὶ ἄλλοι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον
ἀνήκωσιν οὕτως, ἵνα ὁ παλαιότερος ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ μερίζῃ, καὶ ὁ ἥτων ἐπιλέγηται·
εἰ δὲ τυχὸν εἷς ἔσται τόπος, ἐκείνῳ προσχωρήσῃ ᾧ τινι μᾶλλον γειτνιάζων εὑρίσκεται·
ἐὰν δὲ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς θρόνοις ἴσως γειτνιάζῃ, ἐκείνῳ παραχωρηθῇ, ὃν τὸ πλῆθος ἐπιλέξηται.
Εἰ δὲ τυχὸν οἱ ἀρχαῖοι καθολικοὶ τὸν ἴδιον θελήσουσι, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ μέρους τοῦ Δονάτου
μεταστρέψαντες τὸν ἴδιον, τῶν πλειόνων ἡ γνώμη προτιμηθῇ τῶν ὀλιγωτέρων· εἰ δὲ τὰ
μέρη εἰσὶν ἴσα, τῷ παλαιοτέρῳ ἐπισκόπῳ καταλογισθείη. Ἐὰν δὲ οὕτω πλεῖστοι οἱ τόποι
εὑρεθώσιν, ἐν οἷς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη εἰσίν, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι ἐξ ἴσου μερισθῆναι, τοῦ
ἀριθμοῦ τῶν αὐτῶν τόπων ἀνίσου ὑπάρχοντος, πρῶτον μερισθῶσιν οἱ ἴσοι ἀριθμοί, καὶ
τῷ ἀπομένοντι τόπῳ τοῦτο φυλαχθῇ, ὅπερ ἀνωτέρῳ λέλεκται, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐζητεῖτο
τόπου.
Κανὼν ΡΙΘ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ἐάν τις μετὰ τοὺς νόμους, τόπον τινὰ πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν ἑνότητα
μεταστρέψῃ, καὶ τοῦτον ἐπὶ τριετίαν μηδενὸς ἀναζητοῦντος κατάσχῃ, τοῦ λοιποῦ παρ᾽
αὐτοῦ μὴ ἀναζητηθῇ, ἐὰν μέντοι ἐντὸς τῆς αὐτῆς τριετίας ὑπῆρχεν ἐπίσκοπος ὁ ὀφειλῶν
ἀναζητῆσαι, καὶ ἡσύχασεν· εἰ δὲ μὴ ἦν, μὴ προκριματισθῇ ἐν τῇ μάτρικι· ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε
ὁ χηρεύων τόπος λάβῃ ἐπίσκοπον, ἐξὸν εἴη αὐτῷ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς ἡμέρας ἐντὸς τριετίας
ἀναζητῆσαι. Ὁμοίως δέ, καὶ ἐὰν ἐπίσκοπος ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Δονάτου μερῶν πρὸς τὴν καθολικὴν
ἐπιστρέψῃ, μὴ προκριματισθῇ ἐν τῇ μάτρικι περὶ τοῦ ὁρισθέντος χρόνου, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἧς
ἡμέρας ἐπέστρεψεν, ἐχέτω ἐξουσίαν ἀναζητεῖν ἐντὸς τριετίας τοὺς τόπους τοὺς τῇ αὐτοῦ
ἀνήκοντας καθέδρᾳ.
Κανὼν ΡΚ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, οἱοιδήποτε ἐπίσκοποι τὰ πλήθη, ἃ νομίζουσι τῷ θρόνῳ αὐτῶν
ἀνήκειν, μὴ οὕτως ἀναζητῶσιν, ὥστε ἄλλων ἐπισκόπων κρινόντων τοῦτο πράττειν, ἀλλ᾽
ὑπὸ ἑτέρου κατεχομένοις ἐπέλθωσι τοῖς λαοῖς, εἴτε θέλουσιν, εἴτε μὴ θέλουσι, τοῦ
ἰδίου πράγματος τὴν ζημίαν ὑπομείνωσι. Καὶ οἱτινεσδήποτε τοῦτο ἐποίησαν, εἰ μὴ ἡ
μεταξὺ τῶν ἐπισκόπων συνέλευσις ἐπερατώθη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀκμὴν περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φιλονεικοῦσιν,
ἐκεῖνος ἀποστῇ ἐκεῖθεν, περὶ οὗ δειχθείη, ὅτι παρεάσας τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς δικαστάς,
ἔφοδον ἐποίησε. Καὶ μὴ ἑαυτόν τις κολακεύσῃ, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ πρωτεύοντος γράμματα περὶ
τοῦ κατέχειν ἔλαβεν, ἀλλ᾽ εἴτε γράμματα ἔχει, εἴτε οὐκ ἔχει, συνέλθοι τῷ κατέχοντι,
καὶ πάρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γράμματα λάβοι, ὥστε φανῆναι τοῦτον εἰρηνικῶς τὴν αὐτῷ ἀνήκουσαν
κατασχεῖν ἐκκλησίαν. Ἐὰν δὲ κἀκεῖνός τινα ζήτησιν ἀντεναγάγῃ, καὶ αὐτὴ περατωθῇ
μεταξὺ ἐπισκόπων κρινόντων, εἴτε οὓς ὁ πρωτεύων αὐτοῖς δῷ, εἴτε οὓς γειτνιῶντας
κατὰ συναίνεσιν ἐπιλέξωνται.
Κανὼν ΡΚΑ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, οἱτινεσδήποτε ἀμελῶσι τῶν τόπων τῶν ἀνηκόντων τῇ αὐτῶν καθέδρᾳ,
πρὸς τὸ τούτους κερδᾶναι εἰς τὴν καθολικὴν ἑνότητα, ἐγκληθῶσιν ἀπὸ τῶν γειτνιώντων
αὐτοῖς ἐπιμελῶν ἐπισκόπων, περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀναβάλλεσθαι τοῦτο πρᾶξαι. Διό, ἐὰν ἐντὸς
προθεσμίας μηνῶν ἓξ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς περὶ τούτου συνελεύσεως μηδὲν ἀνύσωσι, τῷ
δυναμένῳ λοιπὸν τούτους κερδᾶναι προσκυρωθῶσιν· οὕτω μέντοι, ἵνα, ἐὰν ἐκεῖνος, πρὸς
ὃν ἐνδείκνυνται ἀνήκειν οἱ τοιοῦτοι, ἐξεπίτηδες διά τινα οἰκονομίαν ἔδοξεν ἀμελεῖν,
τοῦτο τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἐπιλεξαμένων, ὥστε ἀθορύβως αὐτοὺς παραδέξασθαι· καὶ ἐν τοσούτῳ
ἡ αὐτοῦ ἐπιμέλεια ἀπὸ ἑτέρου προελήφθη, ᾗ τινι εἰ κατεχρήσατο, τοὺς αὐτοὺς αἱρετικοὺς
πλέον ἐκάκιζε, τούτου μεταξύ ἐπισκόπων κρινόντων διαγινωσκομένου, οἱ τόποι τῇ αὐτοῦ
καθέδρᾳ ἀποκατασταθῶσι. Τῶν δὲ κρινόντων ἐπισκόπων, ἐκ διαφόρων ὄντων ἐπαρχιῶν,
ἐκεῖνος ὁ πρωτεύων τοὺς δικαστὰς δώσει, οὗτινος ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ὁ αὐτὸς ὑπάρχει τόπος,
περὶ οὗ φιλονεικεῖται. Ἐὰν δὲ κατὰ κοινὴν συναίνεσιν γείτονας ἐπιλέξωνται κριτάς,
ἢ εἷς ἐπιλεγῇ, ἢ τρεῖς· καὶ ἐὰν τρεῖς ἐπιλέξωνται, ἢ τῇ τῶν ὅλων ψήφῳ ἐξακολουθήσωσιν,
ἢ τῇ τῶν δύο.
Κανὼν ΡΚΒ´
Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν δικαστῶν, τῶν κατὰ κοινὴν συναίνεσιν ἐπιλεγέντων, μὴ ἐξεῖναι ἐκκαλεῖσθαι.
Ὅστισδήποτε δὲ ἀποδειχθείη διὰ μονοτονίαν μὴ θέλειν τοῖς δικασταῖς πειθαρχῆσαι,
τοῦτο γινώσκων ὁ τῆς πρώτης καθέδρας ἐπίσκοπος δώσει γράμματα, ὥστε μηδένα τῶν ἐπισκόπων
αὐτῷ κοινωνῆσαι, ἕως οὗ πειθάρχησῃ.
Κανὼν ΡΚΓ´
Ἐὰν ἐν τοῖς ματρικίοις, ἤγουν ἐν ταῖς καθέδραις, ἐπίσκοπος ἀμελὴς γένηται κατὰ
τῶν αἱρετικῶν, ὑπομνησθείη ἀπὸ τῶν γετνιώντων ἐπιμελῶν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ ὑποδειχθείη
αὐτῷ ἡ ἰδία περιφρόνησις πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἀπολογίαν· ἐὰν δέ, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας ὑπομνησθῇ·
ἐντὸς μηνῶν ἕξ, ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἐπαρχίᾳ διάγων, μὴ τῶν ὀφειλόντων εἰς τὴν καθολικὴν ἑνότητα
ἐπιστραφῆναι τὴν φροντίδα ποιήσηται, τῷ τοιούτῳ μὴ συγκοινωνηθῇ, ἕως οὗ τοῦτο πληρώσῃ.
Εἰ δὲ ὁ ἐπεξεργαστὴς εἰς τοὺς αὐτοὺς τόπους μὴ παραγένηται, τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ μὴ ἐπιγραφῇ.
Κανὼν ΡΚΔ´
Ἐὰν δὲ ἀποδειχθῇ τὸν τοιοῦτον ψευσάμενον περὶ τῆς ἐκείνων κοινωνίας, ἐν τῷ λέγειν
αὐτοὺς κεκοινωνηκέναι, οὓς δείκνυται συνειδήσει αὐτοῦ μὴ κοινωνῆσαι, καὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν
ἔτι μὴν ἀπολέσει.
Κανὼν ΡΚΕ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα πρεσβύτεροι, διάκονοι, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ κατώτεροι κληρικοί, ἐν
αἷς ἔχωσιν αἰτίαις, ἐὰν περὶ τῆς ψήφου τοὺς ἰδίους ἐπισκόπους μέμφωνται, οἱ γειτνιῶντες
ἐπίσκοποι τοῦτον ἀκροάσωνται, καὶ τὰ μεταξὺ τούτων περατώσωσιν οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν κατὰ
συναίνεσιν τῶν ἰδίων αὐτῶν ἐπισκόπων προσλαμβανόμενοι· Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἀπ᾽ αυτῶν ἐκκαλέσασθαι
θελήσωσι, μὴ ἐκκαλέσωνται εἰ μὴ πρὸς τὰς τῆς Ἀφρικῆς συνόδους, ἢ πρὸς τοὺς πρωτεύοντας
τῶν ἰδίων αὐτῶν ἐπαρχιῶν. Πρὸς δὲ τὰ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης ὁ βουλόμενος ἐκκαλεῖσθαι,
ἀπὸ μηδενὸς ἐν Ἀφρικῇ δεχθείη εἰς κοινωνίαν.
Κανὼν ΡΚΣΤ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁστισδήποτε τῶν ἐπισκόπων, δι᾽ ἀνάγκην τῆς παρθενικῆς σωφροσύνης
κινδυνευούσης, ὅτε, ἢ ἐραστὴς δυνατός, ἢ ἅρπαξ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑποψίᾳ, ἢ ἔτι μὴν ὑπό
τινος θανατηφόρου κινδύνου αὕτη αἴσθηται νυχθεῖσα, παρακαλούντων ἢ τῶν γονέων αὐτῆς,
ἢ ὧν τῇ φροντίδι ἀνάκειται, διὰ τὸ μὴ χωρὶς τοῦ σχήματος τελειωθῆναι, καλύψῃ παρθένον,
ἢ ἐκάλυψεν, ἐντὸς κείρας ἐνιαυτῶν εἰκοσιπέντε, μηδὲν τὸν τοιοῦτον βλάψῃ ἡ περὶ τούτου
τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ἐνιαυτῶν κατασταθεῖσα σύνοδος.
Κανὼν ΡΚΖ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσε πάσῃ τῇ συνόδῳ, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ τοὺς πρὸς τὴν σύνοδον συναχθέντας
ἐπισκόπους σύμπαντας κατέχεσθαι, ἐξ ἑκάστης ἐπαρχίας ἀνὰ τρεῖς ἐπιλεγῆναι δικαστάς.
Καὶ ἐπελέγησαν, ἐκ τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας, Βικέντιος, Φουρτουνατιανός, καὶ Κλάρος·
ἐκ τῆς Νουμιδικῆς ἐπαρχίας, Ἀλύπιος, Αὐγουστῖνος, καὶ Ῥεστιτοῦτος· ἐκ τῆς Βυζακηνῆς
ἐπαρχίας, μετὰ τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου γέροντος Δονατιανοῦ τοῦ πρωτεύοντος, Κρεσκώνιος, Ἰουκοῦνδος,
καὶ Αἰμιλιανός· ἐκ τῆς Μαυριτανίας Σιτιφένσης, Σεβηριανός, Ἀσιατικός, καὶ Δονάτος·
ἐκ τῆς Τριπολιτιανῆς ἐπαρχίας, Πλαύτιος, ὁ κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τοποτηρησίαν πεμθείς·
οἵτινες πάντες μετὰ τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου γέροντος Αὐρηλίου σύμπαντα σκοπήσουσιν· ἀφ᾽ οὗ
ᾔτησε σύμπασα ἡ σύνοδος, ἵνα πᾶσιν εἴτε πεπραγμένοις τοῖς ἤδη ἐκτελεσθεῖσιν, εἴτε
ἐπιστολαῖς, αὐτὸς ὑπογράψῃ. Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν. Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ἐν Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας,
τῷ παρόντι ψηφίσματι συνῄνεσα, καὶ ἀναγνωσθέντι ὑπέγραψα. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι
ὑπέγραψαν.
Κανὼν ΡΚΗ´
Ἤρεσε τοίνυν πᾶσιν, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς ἀνωτέροις τῶν συνόδων ψηφίσμασι περὶ προσώπων
κληρικῶν, τῶν ὀφειλόντων εἰς κατηγορίαν προσδεχθῆναι ὡρίσθη, καὶ οὐκ ἐπεξεργάσθη,
ποῖα πρόσωπα μὴ προσδεχθῶσι, διὰ τοῦτο ὁρίζομεν τοῦτον ὀρθῶς πρὸς κατηγορίαν μὴ
εἰσδέχεσθαι, ὅστις μετὰ τὸ ἀπὸ κοινωνίας γενέσθαι, ἐν αὐτῷ ἔτι τῷ ἀφορισμῷ ὑπάρχει,
εἴτε κληρικὸς εἴη, εἴτε λαϊκὸς ὁ κατηγορῆσαι βουλόμενος.
Κανὼν ΡΚΘ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα πάντες οἱ δοῦλοι, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι ἀπελεύθεροι εἰς κατηγορίαν
μὴ προσδεχθῶσι· καὶ πάντες οὓς πρὸς κατηγορητέα ἐγκλήματα οἱ δημόσιοι νόμοι οὐ προσδέχονται·
πάντες ἔτι μὴν οἱ τοῖς τῆς ἀτιμίας σπίλοις ἐῤῥαντισμένοι, τουτέστι μῖμοι, καὶ ὅσα
ταῖς αἰσχρότησιν ὑποβέβληνται πρόσωπα· αἱρετικοὶ ἔτι μήν, εἴτε Ἕλληνες, εἴτε Ἰουδαῖοι·
πλὴν ὅμως πᾶσιν, οἷς ἡ τοιαύτη κατηγορία ἀρνεῖται, ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις αἰτίαις τὴν τοῦ
κατηγορεῖν ἄδειαν μὴ ὀφείλειν ἀρνεῖσθαι.
Κανὼν ΡΛ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ὁσακισδήποτε κληρικοῖς ἀπὸ κατηγορῶν πολλὰ ἐγκλήματα ὑποβάλλονται,
καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, περὶ οὗ πρῶτον ἐπράχθη, ἀποδειχθῆναι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη, πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ
μετὰ ταύτα μὴ προσδεχθῶσι.
Κανὼν ΡΛΑ´
Μάρτυρας δὲ εἰς μαρτυρίαν μὴ εἰσδέχεσθαι, τοὺς μηδὲ πρὸς κατηγορίαν εἰσδεχθῆναι
παραγγελθέντας, ἢ ἔτι μὴν οὓς αὐτὸς ὁ κατήγορος ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προσκομίσει·
μαρτυρία δὲ ἐντὸς κείρας ἐνιαυτῶν δεκατεσσάρων μὴ προσδεχθείη.
Κανὼν ΡΛΒ´
Ὁμοίως ἤρεσεν, ἵνα, ἐάν ποτε ἐπίσκοπος λέγῃ τινὰ αὐτῷ μόνῳ τὸ ἴδιον ἔγκλημα ὁμολογῆσαι,
καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἀρνῆται, μὴ λογίσηται ὁ ἐπίσκοπος εἰς ἰδίαν ὕβριν συντείνειν, ὅτι αὐτὸς
μόνος οὐ πιστεύεται, εἰ καὶ τῷ σκινδαλμῷ τῆς ἰδίας συνειδήσεως λέγει μὴ θέλειν ἑαυτὸν
κοινωνεῖν τῷ ἀρνουμένῳ.
Κανὼν ΡΛΓ´
Ἐφ᾽ ὅσον τῷ ἀφωρισμένῳ μὴ κοινωνεῖ ὁ ἴδιος ἐπίσκοπος, τῷ αὐτῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ἄλλοι
μὴ συγκοινωνήσωσιν ἐπίσκοποι· ὥστε μᾶλλον παραφυλάττεσθαι τὸν ἐπίσκοπον μὴ λέγειν
κατά τινος, ὅπερ ἀποδείξεσιν ἐλέγξαι παρ᾽ ἑτέροις οὐ δύναται.
Αὐρήλιος ἐπίσκοπος εἶπε· Μετὰ τὰ ὁρισθέντα τῇ γνώμῃ πάσης τῆς συναθροισθείσης
συνόδου καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μετριότητος ἀρέσκει, πάντων τῶν πραγμάτων τοῦ προδηλωθέντος
ὁλοτελοῦς τίτλου ποιῆσαι τὸ συμπέρασμα, καὶ τὴν συζήτησιν τῆς διατυπώσεως, τῆς παρούσης
ἡμέρας τὰ ἐκκλησιαστικὰ πεπραγμένα ἀναδέξωνται· ἅτινα δὲ ἀκμὴν οὐκ ἐπεξεργάσθησαν,
τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ διὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου, Φιλίππου, καὶ Ἀσέλλου
τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, τῷ προσκυνητῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ συνεπισκόπῳ ἡμῶν Βονιφατίῳ ἀντιγράψωμεν.
Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν.
† Αὐρίλιος ἐπίσκοπος, τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν ὅρων πεπραγμένοις τοῖς παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐχομένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
† Βαλεντῖνος τῆς πρώτης καθέδρας ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Νουμιδικῆς χώρας, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Φαυστῖνος ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Ποτεντινῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἐπαρχίας Πικένου, τοποτηρητὴς
τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Ἀλύπιος ἐπίσκοπος Θυγατένσης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Νουμιδικῆς χώρας, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Αὐγουστῖνος έπίσκοπος Ἱππώνης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Νουμιδικῆς ἐπαρχίας, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Ποσείδιος ἐπίσκοπος Καλαμένσης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Νουμιδικῆς ἐπαρχίας τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Βικέντιος Κουλουσιτανός, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Φουρτουνατιανὸς Νεαπολίτης, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Πεντάδιος Καρπετανός, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Ῥουφινιανὸς Μουζουενσιανός, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Πραιτεξτάτος Σικηλιβένσης, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Κουοτβουλτδέος Βερίσης, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Κάνδιδος Γερμανίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Γαλλώνιος Οὐτικένσης, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Μαξιμιανὸς Ἀκυρεγενσιώτης, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Ἰουκοῦνδος Σουφφετουλένσης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Βυζακηνῆς ἐπαρχίας, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Μαξιμιανὸς τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Βυζακηνῆς ἐπαρχίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Ἱλαριανὸς Ὀῤῥεοκίλης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Βυζακηνῆς χώρας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
† Νοβάτος Σιτιφενσιώτης, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Βυζακηνῆς ἐπαρχίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
† Νινέλλος Ῥουσουῤῥηανίτης, τῆς Καισαρειανῆς χώρας τοποτηρητής, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Λαυρέντιος Ἰκοσιτανός, τῆς Καισαρειανῆς χώρας τοποτηρητής, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
† Νουμεριανὸς Ῥουσουγουριώτης, τῆς Καισαρειανῆς χώρας τοποτηρητής, τοῖς παροῦσι
πεπραγμένοις ὑπέγραψα.
† Λέων απὸ Μόκτης, τῆς Καισαρειανῆς χώρας τοποτηρητής, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
† Ἄλλος Λέων, τῆς Σιτιφένσης ἐπαρχίας τοποτηρητής, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα.
Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι διακόσιοι δεκαεπτά, ὁμοίως ὑπέγραψαν.
† Φίλιππος πρεσβύτερος, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀναγνωσθεῖσιν ὑπέγραψα.
† Ἄσελλος πρεσβύτερος, τοποτηρητὴς τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας, τοῖς παροῦσι πεπραγμένοις
ὑπέγραψα, τοῖς δι᾽ ἡμῶν ἀποσταλεῖσι.
Ἡ ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς ἐν Ἀφρικῇ συνόδου πρὸς Βονιφάτιον τὸν τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπον,
διὰ Φαυστίνου ἐπισκόπου, Φιλίππου καὶ Ἀσέλλου πρεσβυτέρων τῶν τοποτηρητῶν τῆς Ρωμαϊκῆς
ἐκκλησίας, ἀποσταλεῖσα ἐπιστολή.
Δεσπότῃ μακαριωτάτῳ, καὶ τιμιωτάτῳ ἀδελφῷ Βονιφατίῳ, Αὐρήλιος, Βαλεντῖνος τῆς
πρώτης καθέδρας τῆς Νουμιδικῆς ἐπαρχίας, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ παραγενόμενοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν
διακόσιοι δεκαεπτά, ἐκ πάσης τῆς ἐν Ἀφρικῇ συνόδου.
Ἐπειδὴ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἤρεσεν, ἵνα περὶ ὧν ἅμα ἡμῖν διεπράξαντο οἱ ἀγώτατοι ἀδελφοὶ
ἡμῶν Φαυστῖνος ὁ συνεπίσκοπος καὶ οἱ συμπρεσβύτεροι Φίλιππος καὶ Ἄσελλος, μὴ τῷ
τῆς μακαριᾶς μνήμης Ζωσίμῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ πρὸς ἡμᾶς γράμματα καὶ ἐντολὰς ἤγαγον,
ἀλλὰ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ τιμιότητι τῇ εἰς τὸν ἐκείνου τόπον θεόθεν κατασταθείσῃ ἡ ἡμετέρα
βραχύτης ἀντιγράψῃ, τὰ τῇ ἑκατέρων ἡμῶν ὁμονοίᾳ περατωθέντα ὀφείλομεν διὰ βραχέων
ἐμφανῆ καταστῆσαι, οὐ μὴν τὰ τοῖς ἐκτεταμένοις τῶν πεπραγμένων κυλίσμασι κατεχόμενα,
ἐν οἷς σωζομένης μὲν τῆς ἀγάπης, οὐ χωρὶς δὲ μικροῦ τῆς ἀμφισβητήσεως καμάτου παρειλκύσαμεν,
σκεπτόμενοι τὰ εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα συντείνοντα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐνθεῖναι. Κἀκεῖνος γάρ,
εἰ ἔτι ἦν ἐν τῷ σώματι τούτῳ, χαριεστέρως ἐδέχετο ὅπερ ἔβλεπεν εἰρηνικωτέρως περατωθέν,
κύριε ἀδελφέ. Ἀπιάριος ὁ πρεσβύτερος, οὗ τινος καὶ περὶ τῆς χειροτονίας καὶ τῆς
ἀκοινωνησίας καὶ προκλήσεως ἀνεφύη, οὐ μόνον τῇ ἐν Σίκκῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ
Ἀφρικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ οὐ μικρὸν σκάνδαλον, περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐπλανήθη συγγνώμην αἰτήσας,
τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ἀποκατέστη· Πρῶτος δὲ ὁ συνεπίσκοπος ἡμῶν Οὐρβανὸς ὁ τῆς Σίκκης, ὅσον
ἦν ἐν αὐτῷ διορθωτέον, ἀναμφιβόλως διωρθώσατο. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς εἰρήνης
καὶ ἡσυχίας οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὸ παρόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς ἔδει πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι,
ὅτι πολλὰ τοιαῦτα προηγήσαντο, ὅπως ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων ἢ καὶ βαρύτερων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα
προπαραφυλαξώμεθα, ἤρεσεν ἡμῖν, ἵνα ἐκ τῆς ἐν Σίκκῃ ἐκκλησίας ἀποκινηθῇ ὁ πρεσβύτερος
Ἀπιάριος, φυλαττομένης αὐτῷ δηλονότι τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ βαθμοῦ αὐτοῦ· καὶ λαμβάνων ἐπιστολὴν
ὁπουδήποτε ἀλλαχοῦ βουληθείη καὶ δυνηθείη, τῷ καθήκοντι τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου λετουργήσῃ·
ὅπερ τῷ αὐτῷ Ἀπιαρίῳ δι᾽ οἰκείων γραμμάτων αἰτήσαντι χωρίς τινος δυσχερείας συνεχωρήσαμεν.
Πρὸ τοῦ δὲ ἡ αἰτία αὕτη τῷ τοιούτῳ πέρατι παραδοθῇ, μεταξὺ τῶν ἄλλων, ἅτινα διηνεκέσι
διαγνώσεσιν ἀνεστρέφομεν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ λόγου ἀπαιτήσαντος, ὥστε τοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς
πεπραγμένοις ζητῆσαι ἡμᾶς παρὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου τοῦ συνεπισκόπου, καὶ
Φιλίππου καὶ Ἀσέλλου τῶν συμπρεσβυτέρων, ἵνα προενέγκωσιν εἰτιδήποτε ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅμα
ἡμῖν πρακτεον ἐπιτραπέν, τινὰ μὲν ἀγράφως διὰ λόγων ἐπεξειργάσαντο· ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπαιτησάντων
ὅπερ ἐπεφέροντο ἔγγραφον κομμονιτόριον, τοῦτο προήγαγον· ὅπερ ἀναγνωσθὲν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν,
τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἔτι μὴν ἐνετάγη, τοῖς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς δι᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος
φερομένοις· ἐν ᾧ τέσσαρα αὐτοῖς τινα ἅμα ἡμῖν πρακτέα ἐνετάγησαν· ἕν, περὶ ἐκκλήτων
ἐπισκόπων πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίας ἱερέα· δεύτερον, ἵνα ἐπὶ τὸ κομιτάτον ἐπίσκοποι
ὡς ἔτυχε μὴ πλεύσωσι· τρίτον, περὶ τοῦ τὰς αἰτίας τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ διακόνων ζητεῖσθαι
παρὰ τοῖς ὁμόροις ἐπισκόποις, ἐὰν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἀπὸ κοινωνίας προπετῶς γένωνται·
τέταρτον, περὶ Οὐρβανοῦ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἀποκοινωνητέου, ἢ ἔτι μὴν ἐν Ῥώμῃ κλητέου,
εἰ μὴ τὰ ὀφείλοντα διορθωθῆναι διορθώσηται. Ἐξ ὧν πάντων περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τρίτου,
τουτέστιν, ἵνα ἐξείη εἰς Ῥώμην τοῖς ἐπισκόποις ἐκκαλεῖσθαι, καὶ ἵνα αἱ τῶν κληρικῶν
αἰτίαι παρὰ τοῖς τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν αὐτῶν ἐπισκόποις περατῶνται, ἤδη ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι
ἐνιαυτῷ γράμμασιν ἔτι μὴν ἡμετέροις πεμφθεῖσι τῷ αὐτῷ τῆς προσκυνητῆς μνήμης Ζωσίμῳ
τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ἐσπουδάσαμεν ἐμφανίσαι, ἵνα ταῦτα χωρίς τινος ὕβρεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς ὀλίγον
φυλάξωμεν, ἕως οὗ ζήτησις γένηται τῶν ὅρων τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου. Καὶ νῦν δὲ ἀπὸ
τῆς σῆς αἰτούμεθα ἁγιωσύνης, ἵνα, ὃν τρόπον ταῦτα τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ ἀπὸ τῶν Πατέρων ἐπράχθησαν
καὶ ὡρίσθησαν, οὕτως αὐτὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν φυλαχθῆναι ποιήσῃς· καὶ αὐτόθι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν τὰ
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κείμενα κομμονιτορίῳ γυμνασθῆναι ποιήσῃς· τουτέστιν, ἐὰν ἐπίσκοπος κατηγορηθῇ,
καὶ οἱ συνελθόντες ἐπίσκοποι τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπαρχίας κρίνωσι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ βαθμοῦ αὐτοῦ
καθέλωσιν αὐτόν, ὅταν δόξῃ ἐκκαλεῖσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν μακαριώτατον τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐκκλησίας
ἐπίσκοπον καταφύγῃ· ἐὰν συνίδῃ αὐτὸν ἀκουσθῆναι, καὶ δίκαιον λογίσηται, ὥστε ἀνανεωθῆναι
τὴν κρίσιν, γράψαι καταξιώσῃ τοῖς ἐν τῇ ὁμόρῳ καὶ ἐγγιζούσῃ ἐπαρχίᾳ καθεστῶσιν ἐπισκόποις,
ἵνα αὐτοὶ πάντα ἐπιμελῶς ἀναζητήσωσι, καὶ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν τῆς ἀληθείας περατώσωσιν.
Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὁ παρακαλῶν τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ ἄνωθεν ἀκουσθῆναι, ἰδίᾳ ἱκεσίᾳ κινήσῃ τὸν
Ῥωμαϊκὸν ἐπίσκοπον, ἵνα ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου αὐτοῦ πλευροῦ πρεσβύτερον ἀποστείλῃ, ἐν τῇ
ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦτ᾽ ἔσται τοῦ ἐπισκόπου, τὶ βουληθῇ καὶ τὶ κρίνῃ· καὶ ἐὰν ψηφίσηται τοὺς
ὀφείλοντας μετὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων παρόντας κρῖναι, ἔχοντας τὴν αὐθεντίαν αὐτοῦ ἐξ οὗ
ἀπεστάλησαν, ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει αὐτοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ πιστεύσῃ ἀρκεῖν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους
πρὸς τὸ περατῶσαι τὰ τοῦ πράγματος, ποίησῃ ὅπερ τῷ σοφωτάτῳ αὐτοῦ συνίδῃ βουλεύματι.
Ὁμοίως περὶ πρεσβυτέρων καὶ διακόνων, ἐάν τις ἐπίσκοπος ὀργίλος, ὅπερ εἶναι οὐκ
ὀφείλει, ταχέως ἢ τραχέως κινηθῇ κατὰ πρεσβυτέρου ἢ διακόνου ἰδίου, καὶ θελήσῃ τοῦτον
ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἐξορίσαι ἐκκλησίας, προνοητέον ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ ἀδίκως καταδικασθῇ, ἢ
ἀπολέσῃ τὴν κοινωνίαν. Καὶ ἐχέτω ὁ ἐκβληθεὶς ἐξουσίαν προσελθεῖν τοῖς ὁμοροῦσι,
καὶ ἡ αἰτία αὐτοῦ ἀκουσθῇ, καὶ ἐπιμελέστερον ζητηθῇ· ὅτι οὐκ ὀφείλει παρακαλοῦντι
αὐτῷ ἡ ἀκρόασις ἀρνηθῆναι· κἀκεῖνος δὲ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, ὁ ἢ δικαίως ἢ ἀδίκως ἐκβαλών,
ἀνεξικάκως καταδέξηται τὰ τοῦ πράγματος ἐξετασθῆναι, ἵνα ἢ κυρωθῇ, ἢ διορθωθῇ ἡ
γνώμη αὐτοῦ. Ταῦτα δηλονότι, ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τῶν ἀληθεστάτων ἐξέμπλων τῆς ἐν Νίκαιᾳ
συνόδου, τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐνεβλήθησαν· ἅτινα, ἐὰν ἐκεῖ, ὃν τρόπον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ κομμονιτορίῳ
περιέχονται, τῷ ἡμῖν διὰ τῶν ἀποσταλέντων ἀδελφῶν ἐκ τῆς ἀποστολικῆς καθέδρας ἐμφανισθέντι
καὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν τῇ αὐτῇ τάξει ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ φυλάττωνται, οὐδαμῶς καὶ ἡμεῖς τῶν τοιούτων
μεμνῆσθαι βουλόμεθα, ἢ οὒχ ὑποφέρειν ἐπειγόμεθα, ἀλλὰ πιστεύομεν, ὅτι βοηθοῦντος
τοῦ ἐλέους Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, τῆς σῆς ἁγιωσύνης προεστώσης τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας,
οὐκέτι λοιπὸν ὑπομείνωμεν τὸν τύφον τοῦτον· φυλαχθῶσι δὲ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἅτινα καὶ μὴ
λαλούντων ἡμῶν ὀφείλουσι φυλαχθῆναι ἀδελφικῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἅπερ κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην,
ἥν σοι ὁ Ὕψιστος ἐδωρήσατο, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔτι μὴν συνορᾷς ὀφείλειν φυλαχθῆναι, ἐὰν τυχὸν
ἀλλοίως ἔχωσιν οἱ κανόνες τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ πλείστοις ἐντυχόντες
βιβλίοις, οὐδαμοῦ ἀνέγνωμεν εἰς τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ σύνοδον ἐν Ρωμαϊκοῖς βιβλίοις, ὃν
τρόπον ἐν τῷ προλεχθέντι κομμονιτορίῳ αὐτόθεν ἀπεστάλησαν· ὅμως, ἐπειδὴ ἐνταῦθα
εἰς οὐδὲν βιβλίον Γραικὸν ταῦτα εὑρεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν, ἐκ τῶν ἀνατολικῶν ἐκκλησιῶν,
ἔνθα λέγονται τὰ αὐτὰ ψηφίσματα δύνασθαι τὰ αὐθεντικὰ ἔτι μὴν εὑρεθῆναι, ἡμῖν προσενεχθῆναι
ταῦτα μᾶλλον ποθοῦμεν. Διὸ καὶ τὴν σὴν σεβασμιότητα δυσωποῦμεν, ἵνα γράψαι καὶ αὐτὸς
ἔτι μὴν καταξιώσῃς πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνων τῶν μερῶν ἱερεῖς, τουτέστι τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ
ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, καὶ ἄλλοις δέ, ἐὰν
παραστῇ τῇ σῇ ἁγιωσύνῃ, ὅπως ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ ἐν Νικαίᾳ παρὰ τῶν Ἁγίων Πατέρων
ὁρισθέντες ἔλθωσι κανόνες, σοῦ κατ᾽ ἐξαίρετον τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ταύτην πάσαις ταῖς
δυτικαῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῇ τοῦ Κυρίου βοηθείᾳ συνεισάγοντος. Τίς γὰρ ἀμφιβάλλει τὰ ἶσα
ἀληθέστατα εἶναι ἐν Γραικοῖς τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συναθροισθείσης συνόδου, ἅτινα ἀπὸ οὕτω
διαφόρων τόπων καὶ ἐπισήμων Γραικῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προσενεχθέντα καὶ συγκριθέντα ὁμονοοῦσιν;
ὅπερ ἕως οὗ γένηται, τὰ ἐν τῷ προλεχθέντι κομμονιτορίῳ ἡμῖν προσενεχθέντα, περὶ
τῶν πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας ἱερέα ἐκκλήτων τῶν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ περὶ τῶν αἰτιῶν
τῶν κληρικῶν τῶν ὀφειλουσῶν περατοῦσθαι παρὰ τοῖς τῶν ἰδίων αὐτῶν ἐπαρχιῶν ἐπισκόποις,
ἡμεῖς ὁμολογοῦμεν καὶ φυλάξοντας ἕως τῆς ἐπικυρώσεως, καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν μακαριότητα,
θέλοντος τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς τοῦτο ἡμῖν βοηθήσουσαν θαῤῥοῦμεν. Τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τὰ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ
συνόδῳ πραχθέντα καὶ βεβαιωθέντα, ἐπειδὴ οἱ προλεχθέντες ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν Φαυστῖνος
ὁ συνεπίσκοπος, Φίλιππος καὶ Ἄσελλος οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐπιφέρονται, ἐὰν
καταξιώσητε, γνωστὰ ποιήσουσι τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἁγιωσύνῃ.
Καὶ ὑπέγραψαν
Ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν φυλάξοι σε ἡμῖν ἐπὶ πλείστους χρόνους, μακαριώτατε ἀδελφέ.
Ὑπέγραψαν ὁμοίως, Ἀλύπιος, Αὐγουστῖνος, Ποσσείδιος, Μαρῖνος, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπίσκοποι.
Ἄρχεται τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐν Ἀφρικῇ σύνοδον ἀντίγραφα Κυρίλλου τοῦ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων
ἐπισκόπου, ἐν οἷς τὰ αὐθεντικά τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ἀπὸ Γραικοῦ μεταβληθέντα διὰ
Ἰννοκεντίου πρεσβυτέρου ἀπέστειλεν· αἵτινες ἐπιστολαὶ μετὰ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου,
διὰ τοῦ μνημονευθέντος Ἰννοκεντίου πρεσβυτέρου, καὶ Μαρκέλλου ὑποδιακόνου τῆς ἐν
Καρχηδόνι ἐκκλησίας, τῷ ἁγιωτάτῳ Βονιφατίῳ, ἐπισκὀπῳ τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας, τῇ
πρὸ ἓξ καλανδῶν Δεκεμβρίων ἀπεστάλησαν.
Κύριλλος κυρίοις τιμιωτάτοις καὶ ἁγιωτάτοις ἀδελφοῖς καὶ συνεπισκόποις, Αὐρηλίῳ,
Βαλεντίνῳ, καὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἐν Καρχηδόνι συναθροισθείσῃ ἁγιωτάτῃ συνόδῳ· ἀσπαζόμεθα ἐν
Κυρίῳ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀγάπην.
Τὰ γραφέντα παρὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας τιμιότητος πολλὴν ἔχοντα θρησκείαν, μετὰ πάσης
χαρᾶς διὰ τοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν Ἰννοκεντίου τοῦ προσβυτέρου ἐδεξάμην. Τούτων δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν
ἐλπισθέντων, ὥστε ἐκ τοῦ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐκκλησίας σκρινίου τὰ ἀληθέστατα ἵσα τῆς ἐν
τῇ Νικαέων μητροπόλει τῆς Βιθυνίας αὐθεντικῆς συνόδου, τὰ παρὰ τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων
ὁρισθέντα καὶ βεβαιωθέντα ὑποκάτω τῆς ὁμολογίας τῆς ἡμετέρας πίστεως, τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ
ἀγάπῃ ὑμᾶς ἀποστεῖλαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην, κύριοι τιμιώτατοι ἀδελφοί, ἀσπασμοῦ προηγουμένου,
διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν Ἰννοκεντίου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου, τὰ πιστότατα ἶσα τὰ τῆς αὐθεντικῆς
συνόδου τῆς ἐν τῇ Νικαέων πόλει τῆς Βιθυνίας ἐχόμενα, τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἀποστεῖλαι ἀγάπῃ·
ὅπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ ἱστορίᾳ ζητοῦντες εὑρήσετε. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Πάσχα, ὡς ἐγράψατε,
ἀναγγέλλομεν, ἡμῖν, τῇ πρὸ δεκαεπτὰ καλανδῶν Μαΐων ἡμᾶς ἐπιτελέσοντας τῇ ἐπεισερχομένῃ
Ἰνδικτιῶνι.
Ἡ ὑπογραφή
Ὁ Θεὸς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν τὴν ἁγίαν ὑμῶν σύνοδον φυλάξοι, ὅπερ εὐχόμεθα, τιμιώτατοι
ἀδελφοί.
Ἄρχεται ἡ ἐπιστολὴ Ἀττικοῦ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Κωνσταντινουπόλεως πρὸς τοὺς αὐτούς.
Τοῖς κυρίοις τιμιωτάτοις καὶ μακαριωτάτοις ἀδελφοῖς καὶ συνεπισκόποις Αὐρηλίῳ,
Βαλεντίνῳ, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ συνελθοῦσι συνόδῳ, Ἀττικὸς ἐπίσκοπος.
Διὰ τοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν Μαρκέλλου, τοῦ ὑποδιακόνου ὑμῶν, γράμματα τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης
μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας ἐδεξάμην, τῷ Κυρίῳ εὐχαριστῶν, ὅτι ἠξιώθην τοσούτων ἀδελφῶν
εὐλογίας ἀπολαῦσαι. Κύριοι μακαριώτατοι ἀδελφοί, ἐγράψατε δηλαδή, ἵνα τοὺς ἀληθεστάτους
κανόνας, τοὺς ἐν τῇ Νικαέων μητροπόλει τῆς Βιθυνίας παρὰ τῶν Πατέρων ὁρισθέντας,
μετὰ τὴν τῆς πίστεως ἔκθεσιν ἀποστείλω. Καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ τὴν κοινὴν πίστιν, καὶ τοὺς
ὅρους τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν Πατέρων βεβαιωθέντας, τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀδελφοῖς ἀρνούμενος; Ὅθεν διὰ
τοῦ αὐτοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν Μαρκέλλου, τοῦ ὑποδιακόνου ὑμῶν, πάνυ σπεύδοντος, καθὼς οἱ
ἐν Νικαίᾳ ἀπὸ τῶν Πατέρων ὡρίσθηκαν κανόνες, ἐν ὁλοκλήρῳ, ὡς ἐκελεύσατε, ἀπέστειλα,
αἰτῶν τὴν ὑμετέραν ἁγίαν σύνοδον ὑπέρ ἐμοῦ πλεῖστας εὔξασθαι καταξιῶσαι.
Ἡ ὑπογραφή
Ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν φυλάξοι τὴν ὑμετέραν ἁγιωσύνην, ὅπερ εὐχόμεθα, ἁγιώτατοι ἀδελφοί.
Ἄρχεται τὰ ἶσα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου τὰ ἀποσταλέντα τῇ πρὸ ἓξ καλανδῶν Δεκεμβρίων,
μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων βασιλέων Ὁνωρίου τὸ δωδέκατον, καὶ Θεοδοσίου τὸ
ἔννατον, τῶν αὐγούστων, Βονιφατίῳ τῷ Ἐπισκόπῳ Ρώμης.
Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεόν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, ὁρατῶν τὲ καὶ ἀοράτων ποιητήν·
καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν γεννηθέντα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς
μονογενῆ, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρός, Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ, Φῶς ἐκ Φωτός, Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν
ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, γεννηθέντα, οὐ ποιηθέντα· ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρί, δι᾽ οὗ τὰ πάντα
ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ· τὸν δι᾽ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν
ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα, σαρκωθέντα, καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, παθόντα, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ
ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστάντα, καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον κρῖναι ζώντας
καὶ νεκρούς· καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας, ἦν καιρὸς ὅτε οὐκ ἦν,
καὶ ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐγένετο, ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως, ἢ οὐσίας, ἢ τρεπτόν, ἢ ἀλλοιωτὸν
τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναθεματίζει ἡ καθολικὴ καὶ ἀποστολικὴ ἐκκλησία.
Τῷ παρόντι συμβόλῳ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τὰ ἶσα τῶν ὅρων τῆς αὐτῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου
ἐκ τῶν μνημονευθέντων ἱερέων προσεζεύχθησαν, ὡς ἀνωτέρω ἐν πᾶσι περιέχονται· ἅπερ
ἡμεῖς ἐνταῦθα πάλιν τὰ αὐτὰ γραφῆναι ἀναγκαῖον οὒχ ἡγησάμεθα.
Ἄρχεται ἡ ἐπιστολὴ τῆς ἐν Ἀφρικῇ συνόδου πρὸς Κελεστῖνον τὸν πάπαν, τῆς Ῥωμαίων
πόλεως ἐπίσκοπον.
Δεσπότῃ ἀγαπητῷ καὶ τιμιωτάτῳ ἀδελφῷ Κελεστίνῳ, Αὐρήλιος, Παλατῖνος, Ἀντωνῖνος,
Τοῦτος, Σερβοὺς Δέϊ, Τερέντιος, Φουρτουνάτος, Μαρτῖνος, Ἰανουάριος, Ὀπτάτος, Κέλτιος,
Δονάτος, Θεάσιος, Βικέντιος, Φουρτουνατιανός, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ συνόδῳ
τῆς Καρθαγένης εὑρεθέντες.
Ηὐχόμεθα, ἵνα, ὃν τρόπον ἡ σὴ ἁγιωσύνη περὶ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Ἀπιαρίου χαρέντας
ὑμᾶς ἐδήλωσε, γραμμάτων πεμφθέντων διὰ τοῦ συμπρεσβυτέρου ἡμῶν Λέοντος, οὕτω καὶ
ἡμεῖς ὁμοίως περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰ παρόντα γράμματα μετὰ χαρᾶς ἀπεστείλαμεν.
Ἦν γὰρ δηλαδὴ καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα καὶ ἡ ὑμετέρα προθυμία ἀσφαλεστέρα, καὶ οὐδὲ σπευτικὴ
ἐδόκει ἡ περὶ τοῦ ἀκμὴν ἀκουστέου, ἥπερ ὡς περὶ ἀκουσθέντος προηγησαμένη. Παραγενομένου
τοίνυν πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ συνεπιακόπου ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου, συνήξαμεν
σύνοδον, καὶ ἐπιστεύσαμεν διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν μετ᾽ ἐκείνου πεμφθέντα, ἵνα, ὥσπερ οὗτος
τῇ αὐτοῦ σπουδῇ τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ ἀπεδόθη, οὕτω καὶ νῦν δυνηθῇ τῷ αὐτοῦ κόπῳ ἐκ τῶν
ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν Θαβρακηναῖς ὑποβληθέντων τοσούτων ἐγκλημάτων καθαρθῆναι· οὗ τινος τὰ
τοσαῦτα καὶ οὕτω παμμεγέθη ἀτοπήματα, ἡ πληθὺς καταδραμοῦσα τῆς ἡμετέρας συνόδου
εὗρεν, ὅτι καὶ τοῦ μνημονευθέντος τὴν πατρωνίαν μᾶλλον ἤπερ κρίσιν, καὶ τὴν ὡς ἐκδίκου
σπουδὴν μᾶλλον ἤπερ διαγνώστου δικαιοσύνην ὑπερεκίνησε. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἀντέστη μεγάλως
πάσῃ τῇ συνόδῳ διαφόρους ὕβρεις ἐπιφέρων, ὡσανεὶ τὰ πριβιλέγια τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐκκλησίας
διεκδικῶν, καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν δεχθῆναι, ἣν ἡ σὴ ἁγιωσύνη πιστεύσασα
ἐκκαλεῖσθαι, ὅπερ ἀποδεῖξαι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη, τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ἀποδέδωκεν· Ὅμως ἧττον αὐτῷ
τοῦτο ἐξεγένετο, ὅπερ ἔτι μὴν τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῶν πεπραγμένων κρειττόνως γνοίης. Τριημέρου
μέντοι δίκης ἐπιμόχθου κινηθείσης, ἐν ὅσῳ τὰ διάφορα τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποβληθέντα συντριβόμενοι
ἐζητοῦμεν, ὁ Θεὸς ὁ δίκαιος κριτής, ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ μακρόθυμος, τάς τε παρολκὰς τοῦ
συνεπισκόπου ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου, καὶ τὰς τριψεργίας τοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἀπιαρίου, αἷς τὰς ἀθεμίτους
αὐτοῦ αἰσχρότητας συγκαλύψαι ἐπηρείδετο, μεγάλῃ συντομίᾳ ἔτεμε, τῆς σιχαντῆς δηλαδὴ
καὶ δυσωδεστέρας ἐπιμονῆς καταργηθείσης, καὶ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας τῆς ἀρνήσεως, δι᾽
ἧς τῶν τοσούτων ἡδονῶν τὸν βόρβορον ἐβούλετο καταβυθίσαι. Τοῦ γὰρ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τὴν
συνείδησιν αὐτοῦ στενοχωρήσαντος, καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ κρυπτά, ὡς ἐν ἰλύϊ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων
ἤδη καταδεδικασμένα, πᾶσιν ἔτι μὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δημοσιεύσαντος, αἰφνηδίως εἰς
ὁμολογίαν πάντων τῶν ὑποβληθέντων αὐτῷ ἐγκλημάτων ὁ δόλιος ἀρνητὴς ἐξέῤῥηξε, καὶ
μόλις ποτὲ περὶ πάντων τῶν ἀπιθάντων ὀνειδῶν ἐκοντὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἤλεγξε· καὶ αὐτὴν
ὁμοίως τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐλπίδα, ᾗ τινι καὶ ἐπιστεύσαμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ηὐχόμεθα ἐκ τῶν οὕτως
ἐπαισχυντέων σπίλων δύνασθαι καθαρθῆναι, μετέστρεψεν εἰς στεναγμούς, εἰ μὴ ὅτι ταύτην
ἡμῶν τὴν λύπην μιᾷ καὶ μόνῃ παραμυθίᾳ κατεπράϋνεν, ὅτι καὶ ἡμᾶς τοῦ ὀδυρμοῦ τοῦ
διηνεκοῦς καμάτου εὐλύτωσε, καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις τραύμασιν ὁτεδήποτε ἴασιν, εἰ καὶ ἀκουσίως
καὶ τῆς ἰδίας συνειδήσεως ἀντιμαχομένης, ὁμολογήσας προενοήσατο, κύριε ἀδελφέ. Ἐν
προφάτῳ τοίνυν τοῦ καθήκοντος τῆς ὀφειλομένης προσκυνήσεως ἐκπληρουμένου, ἱκετεύομεν,
ἵνα τοῦ λοιποῦ πρὸς τὰς ὑμετέρας ἀκοὰς τοὺς ἐντεῦθεν παραγινομένους εὐχερῶς μὴ προσδέχησθε,
μηδὲ τοὺς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀποκοινωνητέους, εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ λοιποῦ θελήσητε δέξασθαι·
ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδῳ ὁρισθὲν εὐχερῶς εὕροι ἡ σὴ σεβασμιότης· εἰ
γὰρ καὶ περὶ κατωτέρων κληρικῶν καὶ περὶ λαϊκῶν φαίνεται ἐκεῖ παραφυλάττεσθαι, πόσῳ
μᾶλλον τοῦτο περὶ ἐπίσκοπων βούλεται παραφυλαχθῆναι; Μὴ οὖν οἱ ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐπαρχίᾳ
ἀπὸ τῆς κοινωνίας ἀναρτηθέντες παρὰ τῆς σῆς ἁγιωσύνης, σπουδαίως, καὶ καθὼς μὴ χρή,
φανῶσιν ἀποκαθιστάμενοι τῇ κοινωνίᾳ. Καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων δὲ ὁμοίως, καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων
κληρικῶν τὰς ἀναιδεῖς ἀποφυγάς, ὡς ἔστι σου ἄξιον, ἀποδιώξει ἡ ἁγιωσύνη ἡ σή· ἐπειδὴ
καὶ οὐ διά τινος ὅρου τῶν Πατέρων τοῦτο ἀπηγόρευται τῇ ἐν Ἀφρικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ τὰ
ψηφίσματα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, εἴτε κληρικοὺς τοῦ κατωτέρου βαθμοῦ, εἴτε αὐτοὺς
τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, τοῖς ἰδίοις μητροπολίταις φανερώτατα κατέπεμψαν. Συνετῶς γὰρ καὶ
δικαίως συνεῖδεν, ἁτιναδήποτε πράγματα ἀναφυῶσι, ταῦτα ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὀφείλειν περατοῦσθαι
τόποις· οὔτε γὰρ μιᾷ καὶ ἑκάστῃ προνοίᾳ ἐλογίσαντο ἐλλείπειν τὴν χάριν τοῦ ἁγίου
Πνεύματος, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἱερέων καὶ ὁρᾶται φρονίμως, καὶ
κατέχεται σταθερῶς, μάλιστα, ὅτι καὶ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ συγκεχώρηται, ἐὰν περὶ τῆς δίκης
τῶν διαγνωστῶν προΐσταται αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰς συνόδους τῆς ἰδίας ἐπαρχίας, ἢ ἔτι μὴν εἰς
οἰκουμενικὴν σύνοδον ἐκκαλέσασθαι· εἰ μὴ ἆρά τίς ἐστιν, ὅστις πιστεύσει, ἑνὶ ᾡτινιδήποτε
δύνασθαι τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν τῆς κρίσεως ἐμπνεῦσαι τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τοῖς δὲ ἀναριθμήτοις
εἰς σύνοδον συνηθροισμένοις ἱερεῦσιν ἀρνεῖσθαι. Πῶς δὲ αὕτη ἡ περαματικὴ κρίσις
βεβαία ἔσται, πρὸς ἣν τῶν μαρτύρων τὰ ἀναγκαῖα πρόσωπα, ἢ διὰ τὴν τῆς φύσεως, ἢ
διὰ τὴν τοῦ γήρως ἀσθένειαν, ἢ πολλοῖς ἄλλοις ἐμποδισμοῖς, ἐνεχθῆναι οὐ δύναται;
Περὶ γὰρ τοῦ, τινὰς ὡσανεὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλευροῦ τῆς σῆς ἁγιωσύνης πέμπεσθαι, οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν
Πατέρων συνόδῳ ὁρισθὲν εὑρίσκομεν· ἐπειδὴ ὅπερ πάλαι διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ συνεπισκόπου
ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου, ὠσανεὶ ἐκ μέρους τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου αὐτόθεν ἀπέσταλτο, ἐν ταῖς
ἀληθεστέραις ἀπογραφαῖς τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ, ἅσπερ ἐδεξάμεθα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου Κυρίλλου,
τοῦ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας συνεπισκόπου ἡμῶν, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ προσκυνητοῦ Ἀττικοῦ
του ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐπισκόπου, πεμφθείσας ἐκ τῶν αὐθεντικῶν, αἵτινες ἔτι μὴν
πρὸ τούτου διὰ Ἰννοκεντίου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου, καὶ Μαρκέλλου τοῦ ὑποδιακόνου, δι᾽ ὧν
πρὸς ἡμᾶς παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ἀπεστάλησαν, τῷ τῆς προσκυνητῆς μνήμης Βονιφατίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ
τῷ προηγησαμένῳ ὑμᾶς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐξεπέμφθησαν, τοιοῦτο τί ποτε οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν εὑρεῖν.
Ἐκβιβαστὰς τοίνυν κληρικοὺς ὑμῶν τινῶν αἰτούντων μὴ θέλετε ἀποστέλλειν, μήτε παραχωρεῖν,
ἵνα μὴ τὸν καπνώδη τύφον τοῦ κόσμου δόξωμεν εἰσάγειν τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἥτις
τὸ φῶς τῆς ἁπλότητος, καὶ τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης τὴν ἡμέραν τοῖς τὸν Θεὸν ἰδεῖν ἐπιθυμοῦσι προσφέρει. Τοῦ γὰρ κλαυσίμου Ἀπιαρίου, ἤδη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἡμῶν Φαυστίνου κατὰ τὰς
ἰδίας ἀθεμίτους ἀχρειωσύνας ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκκλησίας ἀποκινηθέντος, ἀμέριμνοί
ἐσμεν, ὅτι τοῦτον τῇ δοκιμῃ καὶ ῥυθμίσει τῆς σῆς ἁγιωσύνης ἐν τῷ σῴζεσθαι τὴν ἀδελφικὴν
ἀγάπην περαιτέρω ἡ Ἀφρικὴ οὐδαμῶς ὑπομείνῃ.
Ἡ ὑπογραφή
Ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν τὴν ἁγιωσύνην ὑμῶν ἐπὶ μήκιστον χρόνον φυλάξοι, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εὐχομένην,
κύριε ἀδελφέ.
orthodoxwiki
nektar
|
Pravidlo 34. (karthagenského sněmu) 124
Aurelij, biskup, řekl: K tomuto, ctihodní bratři, při posuzování
zdrženlivosti některých z kleru, kromě žalmistů, od svých žen, dodávám
to, co bylo potvrzeno na různých sněmech: podjáhni, kteří se dotýkají
sv. tajin, a jáhni, kněží a také biskupové podle pravidla příslušného
pro každý z těchto stupňů, zdržujtež se svých žen a nechť jsou, jakoby
je neměli. Jestliže toto nezachovají, ať jsou vyvrženi z církevní
hodnosti. Ostatní členové kleru ať k tomuto nejsou nuceni, kromě těch,
kdož jsou pokročilého věku. Celý sněm řekl: To, co vaše svatost
spravedlivě posoudila potvrzujeme jako příslušné pro kněžství a milé
Bohu.
Poznámka: Toto pravidlo podobně jako 4. pravidlo tohoto sněmu
vysvětluje a doplňuje 12. a 13. prav. VI. všeobecného sněmu.
Pravidlo 35. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usneseno, aby nikdo neprodával církevní vlastnictví, avšak jestli
tento majetek nenese výnosu a hrozí velká nouze, nutno se obrátiti na
prvního biskupa oblasti a raditi se s určeným počtem biskupů, co jest
učiniti. Jestliže postihla církev taková potřeba, že není možno se
raditi před prodejem, nechť biskup pozve na svědectví aspoň sousední
biskupy a nechť se vynasnaží referovati sněmu o všech okolnostech, jež
se přihodily jeho církvi. Neučiní-li tak, prodávající je vinen Před
Bohem a sněmem, a zbavuje se své cti.
Pravidlo 36. (karthagenského sněmu) 125
Rovněž potvrzeno, že nelze na kněze nebo jáhny usvědčené z
některého těžkého hříchu, nevyhnutelně zbavujícího posvátné služby,
neklásti rukou jako na kajícníky, nebo věrné laiky, a nedovolovati jim
znovu se křtíti a získávati stupeň v kleru.
Pravidlo 37. (karthagenského sněmu) 126
Rozhodnuto také, aby když kněží, jáhni a ostatní nižší klerici
podají stížnost proti rozhodnutí soudu svých biskupů ve svých vzniklých
přích, je vyslechli sousední biskupové, a aby biskupové, jež pozvou se
souhlasem jejich příslušných biskupů, zastavili mezi nimi vzniklou
nespokojenost. Pročež jestli chtějí od těchto přenésti záležitost k
vyššímu soudu, nechť je nepřenášejí k soudům s oné strany moře 127
ale k prvním biskupům svých oblastí, jak mnohokráte stanoveno i vzhledem
k biskupům. A ti, kdož soudní pře přenášejí na onu stranu moře, ať nikým
v Africe nejsou přijímáni do obecenství.
Pravidlo 38. (karthagenského sněmu)
Sněm uznal za vhodné, aby kdyby biskup neb kdokoliv z kleru, kdo
byl vyloučen z obecenství pro svou nedbalost, po čas svého odloučení,
dokud nebude vyslechnuto jeho obhájení, se odvážil přistoupiti k
obecenství, byl uznán, že nad sebou sám vyřkl výrok odsouzení
Pravidlo 39. (karthagenského sněmu) 128
Stanoveno, že obžalovaný nebo žalobce, kteří se obávají nějakého
násilí od nepokojného davu v tom místě, kde je obžalovaný, si mohou
zvoliti pro sebe sousední místo, kde by nebylo zatěžko předvésti svědky
a ukončiti při.
Pravidlo 40. (karthagenského sněmu) 129
Ustanoveno rovněž, jestliže někteří klerici a jáhni budou
neposlušni svých biskupů, kteří by je chtěli z nutných okolností svých
církví uvésti na vyšší stupeň ve své církvi, tací nechť neslouží ani na
tom stupni, z něhož nechtěli býti povýšeni.
Pravidlo 41. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno: Jestliže si biskupové, kněží, jáhni nebo kteřížkoliv
klerici, nemající žádného majetku po svém ustanovení, v době svého
biskupství nebo duchovenství koupí na své jméno půdu neb jakékoliv
jmění, buďte považováni za uchvatitele majetku Páně s výjimkou, že
uposlechnou napomenutí a vše odevzdají církvi. Získají-li něco do
vlastnictví darem od někoho nebo dědictvím od příbuzných, s tím nechť
nakládají dle libosti. Jestliže napřed slíbí něco církvi, ale pak
nesplní, buďtež považováni za nehodné církevní cti a za svržené.
Pravidlo 42. (karthagenského sněmu)
Rovněž usneseno, aby kněží bez souhlasu svých biskupů neprodávali
věci chrámu, k němuž byli vysvěceni. Rovněž ani biskupům není dovoleno
prodávati církevní půdu bez vědomí sněmu nebo svých kněží. Pročež bez
potřeby ani biskupu se nedovoluje zcizovati věci, nacházející se v
církevním soupisu.
Pravidlo 43. (karthagenského sněmu)
O tom, že není zapotřebí měniti usnesení sněmu hipponského.
Epigonij, biskup, pravil: V tomto výňatku z akt hipponského sněmu
nepovažuji nic, co ty vyžadovalo změnění nebo doplnění kromě toho, aby
den svaté Paschy byl v době sněmu ohlašován.
Poznámka: Toto pravidlo je místní, ale náleží do obecně církevních
předpisů, poněvadž je svědectvím pravomoci velkého sněmu, aby opravoval
rozhodnutí menšího sněmu.
Pravidlo 44. (karthagenského sněmu)
Biskupové a klerici ať nedovolují svým dětem odcházeti na svou
vůli, oddělujíce je od sebe, jestliže se úplně nemohou spolehnouti na
jejich chování a věk, aby později jejich hříchy nepadly na samy rodiče.
Pravidlo 45. (karthagenského sněmu)
Biskupové, kněží a jáhni nebuďtež dříve ustanovováni, dokud
neučiní všechny ve svém domě pravoslavnými křesťany.
Pravidlo 46. (karthagenského sněmu) 130
Do svatyně nebudiž nic přinášeno, kromě Těla a Krve Páně, jak i
sám Pán předal, to jest kromě chleba a vína, vodou zředěného. Prvotiny
však nebo med nebo mléko podle zvyku nechť jsou přinášeny v jeden určitý
den jako tajemné znamení dětí. Třebas tyto věci se přinášejí k oltáři,
přece nechť mají své vlastní požehnání odděleně, od svatosti Těla a Krve
Páně. Prvotiny ať se nepřinášejí od ničeho kromě hroznů a pšenice.
Poznámka: Část toho pravidla o mléce a medu opravil šestý
všeobecný sněm svým 57. pravidlem.
Pravidlo 47. (karthagenského sněmu) 131
Nižší duchovní a zdrženlivci (mnichové) ať nepřicházejí k vdovám
nebo pannám leč s dovolením a souhlasem svého biskupa nebo kněží, avšak
ani v tomto případě ať nevcházejí sami, nýbrž s druhými duchovními nebo
s těmi, k nimž biskup nebo kněží sami mají přístup k takovým ženám, nebo
ať s nimi rozmlouvají tam, kde jsou přítomni klerici nebo někteří vážení
křesťané.
Pravidlo 48. (karthagenského sněmu) 132
Biskup první stolice ať se nenazývá exarchou kněží nebo vrchním
knězem anebo něčím podobným, nýbrž pouze biskupem prvního stolce.
Pravidlo 49. (karthagenského sněmu)
Klerici ať nevcházejí do krčmy jíst a pít, jenom když jsou nuceni
pobytem na cestách.
Pravidlo 50. (karthagenského sněmu) 133
Sv. tajemství oltáře ať je vykonáváno lidmi, kteří nejedli. Vyňat
je z toho v roce jeden den, kdy se koná večeře Páně. Bude-li památka
některých zemřelých biskupů a ostatních ve večerní dobu, budiž vykonána
pouze modlitbami, když se ukáže, že ti, kdož ji konají, jedli.
Poznámka: Že i liturgie Velikého čtvrtku, třebas je po době
obědní, má býti rovněž konána lačnými, je řečeno v 58. pravidlu tohoto
sněmu a 29. pravidlu šestého všeobecného sněmu.
Pravidlo 51. (karthagenského sněmu) 134
Biskupové a klerici ať nejedí ve chrámě, jenom když se stane z
nouze na cestách mohou v něm míti odpočinek. I laikům podle možnosti
buďtež takové jedení zakázáno.
Pravidlo 52. (karthagenského sněmu) 135
Kajícníkům budiž vyměřena soudem biskupů lhůta pokání podle povahy
hříchů; kněz bez vůle biskupa nerozhřešuje kajícího, jenom v době
naléhavé potřeby za nepřítomného biskupa. Na každého kajícníka, jestliže
jeho přestoupení bylo veřejné a známé, zneklidňující celou církev, budiž
položena ruka v předsíni chrámové.
Pravidlo 53. (karthagenského sněmu)
Panny, zasvěcené Bohu, když se loučí s otci, kteří je chránili,
buďtež péčí biskupa nebo v jeho nepřítomnosti kněze, svěřeny váženým
ženám, nebo žijí-li společně, nechť se vzájemně ochraňují, aby se všude
netoulaly a nepoškodily dobrého jména církve.
Pravidlo 54. (karthagenského sněmu) 136
Nemocní, kteří za sebe nemohou odpovídati, buďtež křtěni tehdy,
kdy dle jejich přání vyřknou o nich svědectví druzí na svou odpovědnost.
Pravidlo 55. (karthagenského sněmu) 137
Divadelníci a herci na představeních a ostatní takové osoby nebo
odpadlíci, kteří se kají a k Bohu navracejí, nebuďtež zbavováni milosti
nebo smíření.
Pravidlo 56. (karthagenského sněmu)
I napříště se dovoluje čísti utrpení mučedníků ve dnech, kdy se
koná jejich každoroční památka.
Pravidlo 57. (karthagenského sněmu) 138
O donatistech a dětech donatisty křtěných. Usnesli jsme se otázati
se bratří a svých spoluslužebníků Syrikije a Simplikiana o dětech, právě
křtěných donatisty, aby to, co bylo nad nimi vykonáno ne z jejich vůle,
nýbrž z poblouznění rodičů, nebránilo jejich ustanovení při službě
svatého oltáře, jestliže se obrátí k církvi Boží se spasitelnou
náklonností.
Pravidlo 58. (karthagenského sněmu)
Honorát a Urban, biskupové ze země Mauretanie Sitifenské řekli:
slyšeli jsme o nicejském výkladu víry. O obětování konaném po obědě; je
správné, aby bylo důstojně konáno lačnými; a tehdy toto bylo potvrzeno.
Pravidlo 59. (karthagenského sněmu) 139
Podle daného nám příkazu navrhujeme i to, co bylo usneseno na
sněmu v Kapue, že nemají býti překřtívaní nebo přesvěcování nebo
přecházení biskupů na jiný stolec. Kreskonij, biskup Rekenské vsi,
opovrhnuv lidem svého stádce, zmocnil se církve Vekenské a dokonce
dodnes, ač podle pravidel mnohokráte vybízen, nechtěl tuto církev
opustiti, do níž vtrhnul. O tomto právě sděleném jsme slyšeli, že je
věrohodným a podle příkazu žádáme o laskavé povolení, abychom se směli z
naprosté nutnosti pro jeho zkrocení obrátiti k představenému země podle
rozkazu slavných císařů, aby ten, kdo se nechtěl pokořiti pokojnému
vybídnutí vaší svatosti a napraviti to, čeho nelze trpěti, byl okamžitě
přinucen mocí vlády. Aurelij, biskup, řekl: Se zachováním ustanoveného
řádu ať se neuznává příslušným k sněmu, kdo pokojně požádán vaší láskou,
aby opustil místo, jehož se zmocnil, odmítne, poněvadž svým přezíráním a
nepokorou upadl pod světskou moc. Honorát a Urban biskupové, řekli: Je
toto vhodné všem? Všichni biskupové pravili: spravedlivé, vhodné.
Pravidlo 60. (karthagenského sněmu) 140
Budiž dávný řád zachováván: Nelze uznati, že stačí méně než tři
biskupové k ustanovení biskupem, jak stanoveno v pravidlech.
Pravidlo 61. (karthagenského sněmu) 141
Sluší rozhodnouti i toto: Jestliže přistoupíme k volbě biskupa a
vzniknou nějaké námitky, ježto jsme měli takové případy posouditi, nechť
bude dovoleno, aby se pouze tři sešli k ospravedlnění toho, jenž má býti
rukopoložen, avšak k tomuto počtu nechť se připojí jeden nebo dva
biskupové a při lidu, k němuž volený má býti ustanoven, napřed buďtež
šetření o osobách, jež vznesly námitky a posléze se přidá to, co
oznámili, k šetření a když se ukáže čistým před očima lidu, tehdy budiž
rukopoložen. Všichni biskupové řekli: Zcela souhlasíme.
Pravidlo 62. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ježto si pamatujeme, že jsme už dávno uznali nutným, aby se
každoročně konalo shromáždění pro porady, až se sejdeme dohromady, tehdy
budiž oznámen den Paschy prostřednictvím delegátů, nacházejících se na
sněmu.
Pravidlo 63. (karthagenského sněmu) 142
Honorát a Urban, biskupové, řekli: Slovy nám bylo rovněž
přikázáno, abychom žádali podle hypponskéno sněmu, že má býti v době
sněmu navštívena každá oblast, o navštívení podle pořádku též
Mauretanie, což jste odkládali z roku na rok. Aurelij, biskup, pravil:
Tehdy jsme nic nerozhodli o Mauretánské zemi, jelikož ona leží na
pokraji Afriky a sousedí s barbarskou zemí. Dejž Bůh, že budeme moci bez
slibování v hojnosti toto učiniti a do země vaší přijíti.
Pravidlo 64. (karthagenského sněmu) 143
Epigonij, biskup, pravil: Na mnohých sněmech duchovní stav
rozhodl, aby lid ve farnostech závislý na biskupech a nikdy zvláštního
biskupa nemající, nedostával svých vedoucích t.j. biskupů, jinak než se
souhlasem biskupa, jemuž od počátku podléhal. Neboť někteří přistupujíce
k násilnému zmocnění některého místa, odvracejí se od obcování s
bratřími. Když jsou za to odsouzeni podle nějakého starého práva
převahy, udržují si panství. Mnozí pak z kněží, nadutí a nerozumní,
pozvedají své šíje proti vlastnímu biskupovi, ponoukajíce k tomu lid
hostinami a lstivými radami, aby je samy z nesprávné přízně ustanovil
vedoucími. Tvé rozvaze, nejvěrnější bratře Aurelie, jsme zavázáni za ten
zvláště žádoucí výsledek, že jsi takové pokusy mnohokráte zamezil. Proti
zlým úmyslům, špatným radám a dohodám takových lidí navrhuji toto:
Nenáleží, aby zvláštního představeného přijímali lidé, kteří v tak
nazývaném farním obvodě podléhají odedávna biskupu a nikdy neměli
zvláštního biskupa. Pročež, jestliže se zdá býti můj návrh vhodným
celému svatému sněmu, budiž přijat.
Aurelij, biskup, řekl: Nenamítám ničeho proti vývodům bratra a
spolubiskupa našeho, ale prohlašuji, že toto jsem činil a budu činiti
pochopitelně u stejně smýšlejících nejen s karthagenskou církví, nýbrž
se vším duchovním stavem. Neboť je mnoho těch, kdož se domlouvají se
svým davem, jejž jak řečeno, uvádějí v omyl, lahodíce jeho sluchu a
lichocením lákajíce k sobě lidi pohoršlivého života. Dokonce se chlubí a
oddělují od tohoto našeho duchovního stavu a opírají se o svůj dav;
mnohokráte pozváni přijíti na sněm, odmítají v obavě, aby nevyšly najevo
jejich ohavnosti. Proto je-li vhod, navrhuji: Jsme povinni vším způsobem
se postaviti proti nim, aby nezůstaly v jejich moci nejen obvody, jichž
se násilně zmocnili, nýbrž i vlastní chrámy, jež neprávem přišly pod
jejich moc. Nechť budou mocí veřejně vypuzeni a nechť je stolec prvních
biskupů odvrhne. Neboť žádá spravedlnost, aby ti, kdož se připojují k
bratřím a k celému sněmu, nejen si zachovali svůj stolec, nýbrž dostali
ve správu tyto sporné obvody a naopak, aby ti, kdož se zdají býti
spokojenými svým davem lidu a nedbají na bratrskou lásku, byli zbaveni
nejen obvodů, jichž se zmocnili, nýbrž také, jak jsem pravil, aby jim
jakožto buřičům byla odňata mocí světských vladařů jejich vlastní místa.
Honorát a Urban, biskupové, řekli: Významné posouzení vaší svatosti se
dotklo rozumu všech a domníváme se, že je nutno odpovědí všech přijati
váš návrh. Všichni biskupové pravili: Souhlasíme, souhlasíme.
Pravidlo 65. (karthagenského sněmu) 144
Žádný biskup nepřijímejž cizího klerika bez vědomí jeho dřívějšího
biskupa.
Pravidlo 66. (karthagenského sněmu) 145
Aurelij, biskup, pravil: Přijměte, bratři, mé slovo. Stávalo se
mnohdy, že církevní lidé mne žádali o jáhny nebo kněze nebo biskupy.
Pamatuje na předpisy, já se jimi řídím i obracím se k biskupu klerika, o
nějž se žádá a jemu oznamuji, že o jeho klerika žádají příslušníci toho
či onoho chrámu. Hle, až dodnes mi nečinili výtek. Avšak, aby ani
později se tak nestalo, čili aby se nestavěli proti v této záležitosti,
ti, jež žádám (neboť víte, že mám v péči mnoho chrámů a obstarávám mnoho
rukopoložení), když přistoupím k některému ze spolupastýřů s dvěma nebo
třemi svědky z vašeho stavu, jestliže se ukáže, že volený je hoden, je
spravedlivé, aby vaše láska posoudila, co jest činiti. Neboť já, jak vy
víte, bratři, z Boží vůle mám péči o mnohé chrámy. Numidij, biskup,
vece: Stolci tomuto vždy příslušela plná moc ustanovovati biskupa dle
přání každého chrámu, odkudž chtěl, a ať mu byl kdokoliv jmenován.
Epigonij, biskup, pravil: Dobrá vůle zmírňuje moc, neboť ty, bratře,
méně se odvažuješ, než bys mohl a jevíš se všem dobrým a lidumilným.
Neboť tvé úvaze se ponechává, abys projevil ohled k osobě každého
biskupa, ale také při prvním a jediném styku s nimi, uznáš-li nutným,
trvej ne tom, co je v moci tohoto stolce, ježto jsi nucen posilovati
všechny chrámy. Pročež ti nedáváme onu moc, avšak potvrzujeme ji pečetí
tvého souhlasu, aby ti bylo povoleno vždy bráti, koho chceš a
ustanovovati představené chrámů a ostatní, o něž se žádá, odkudž uznáš
za dobré. Postumetian, biskup, řekl: Jestliže má někdo pouze jednoho
kněze, zda i tohoto jediného by bylo lze jemu vzíti? Aurelij, biskup,
pravil: Podle milosti Boží může jeden biskup ustanoviti mnoho kněží.
Kněz způsobilý k biskupství se snadno nenajde. Proto má-li kdo pouze
jednoho kněze a přitom hodného biskupství, jest povinen tohoto jediného
předati na rukopoložení. Postumetian, biskup, pravil: Má-li však jeden
biskup mnoho kleriků, toto jeho množství je povinno pomoci mně. Aurelij,
biskup, řekl: Přirozeně, jak jsi pomohl druhé církvi, tak i ten, kdo má
velký počet kleriků, bude podněcován přenechati ti ze svého počtu osoby
k rukopoložení.
Pravidlo 67. (karthagenského sněmu)
Pro každého biskupa je náležitě zajištěno ustanovením, aby z
určitého seskupení farností ani jedno místo nebylo odtrhnouti a
neobdrželo zvláštního biskupa, leč se souhlasem toho, kdo má nad ním
pravomoc. Jestliže tento dovolí, aby určitý okruh dostal vlastního
biskupa, nechť ten, kdo byl ustanovený na toto místo, nerozšiřuje svou
pravomoc na jiné okruhy, ježto pouze jeden byl vyňat ze seskupení
mnohých a učiněn hodným míti čest zvláštního biskupa.
Pravidlo 68. (karthagenského sněmu) 146
Je v paměti váš souhlas společný se mnou 147 s usnesením
předešlého sněmu: Ti, kdož byli pokřtěni donatisty v době své
neplnoletosti, kdy nemohli poznati, jak záhubné je jejich bloudění, ale
po dosažení věku, způsobilého uvažovati, poznali pravdu a opovrhli
jejich nerozumností, podle dávného řádu buďtež položením ruky přijímáni
do obecné Boží církve, rozšířené po celém světě. Výtka z bývalého
poblouznění nesmí býti překážkou k jejich přijetí do řad duchovních,
když oni přistoupivše k víře uznali za svou pravou církev a v ní uvěřili
v Krista a přijali tajemství Trojice, jež jsou, jak je zřejmé, všechna
pravdivá, svatá a Božská, na nichž je položena všechna naděje duše, bez
ohledu na to, že předcházející drzost bludařů bez úsudku usilovala o to,
aby předala něco opačného pod jménem pravdy. Toto jednoduše učí svatý
apoštol pravě: Jeden Bůh, jedna víra, jeden křest, 148 tedy i to, co
jedenkrát je nutno předávati, nesmí se znovu přejímati. Pročež po
předání anathemě jména bludu buďtež položením rukou přijati do jedné
církve, jež je dle výroku holubička, 149 jediná máti křesťanů, v níž
spasitelně se přijímají všechna tajemství věčná a oživující, avšak ty,
kdož přebývají v bludu podvrhující velikému odsouzení a trestu. Co
vpravdě jasně by je provázelo k věčnému životu, to v bludu se stává pro
ně více zatemňujícím a odsuzujícím. Tomuto mnozí unikli a poznavše
přímou cestu matky, obecné církve, uvěřili ve všechna ona tajemství z
lásky k pravdě a přijali je. Že takoví, když se připojí osvědčení o
jejich dobrém životě, bez pochyb mohou býti správně potvrzeni v
duchovenstvu ke sloužení svatým tajinám zvláště v tak těžkých
okolnostech, nikdo nemůže popírati: Jestliže někteří duchovní, kteří
totéž, t.j. Donatovo učení, následovali, si budou přáti připojiti se k
nám se svým lidem a ve svých hodnostech, z lásky ke cti dávajíce národu
rady k životu a zachovávajíce sobě stupně ke spasení, domnívám se,
abychom toto zatím zanechali, až shorařečení bratří projeví 150
po
pečlivém rozmyšlení své mínění a ve rozvážné radě prozkoumají obsah
našeho návrhu a vhodně nás upevní v tom, co je nutno, abychom v této
záležitosti rozhodli. Nyní se omezujeme pouze na ty, kdož byli pokřtěni
od donatistů v dětství, aby shora jmenovaní bratři souhlasili, bude-li
jim to vhod s naším rozhodnutím, že mohou býti rukopoloženi.
Pravidlo 69. (karthagenského sněmu)
Náleží žádati zbožné císaře, aby přikázali úplně vyvrátiti
pozůstalé modly ve vší Africe: Neboť ve mnohých místech přímořských a na
různých panstvích ještě tento blud nesprávně zachovává platnost. Budiž
rozkázáno vymýtiti modly a všemi způsoby rozbořiti jejich chrámy,
stojící na vsích a ukrytých místech, bez jakéhokoliv slušného zevnějšku.
Pravidlo 70. (karthagenského sněmu)
Nutno požádati zbožné císaře, aby ráčili vydati zákon i o tomto:
Jestliže si někteří budou přáti v nějaké záležitosti míti soud v církvi
dle apoštolského práva, náležejícího církvím a může se státi, že jedna
strana bude nespokojena rozhodnutím kleriků, nebudiž dovoleno předvolati
k soudu ke svědectví toho duchovního, který dříve tutéž záležitost
projednával anebo při jejím projednávání byl přítomen. Rovněž ani nikdo
z domácích církevní osoby nebudiž volán k soudu s povinností svědčit.
Pravidlo 71. (karthagenského sněmu)
Rovněž nutno žádati křesťanské císaře i o toto: Jelikož proti
božským přikázáním v mnohých místech se konají hostiny, přejaté od
pohanského bludu, takže i křesťané jsou tajně lákáni od pohanů k účasti
na nich, nechť bude vydán zákaz takových hostin, jak v městech, tak ve
vsích, zvláště protože v některých městech se nebojí tímto způsobem
hřešiti dokonce ve dnech památky blahoslavených mučedníků a na
posvátných místech. V tyto dny, což je hanebné i vysloviti, pořádají na
prostranstvích a rozcestích neslušné tance a zbytečnými slovy urážejí
čest matek rodin a čistotu druhých počestných zbožných žen,
shromážděných o svatém dni, takže bývá téměř nutno prchati od samého
útočiště svaté víry.
Pravidlo 72. (karthagenského sněmu) 151
Náleží rovněž žádati i o to, aby bylo zakázáno představení
divadelních her v den nedělní a v ostatní světlé dny křesťanské víry,
tím spíše, že během osmi dnů svaté Paschy lid se více shromažďuje na
dostihách, nežli v chrámu. Nutno změniti dny, určené pro divadlo,
setkají-li se se svátečními a nikdo z křesťanů nesmí býti nucen k těmto
představením.
Pravidlo 73. (karthagenského sněmu)
Nutno žádati i o to, aby ráčili uzákoniti, aby duchovního
jakéhokoliv stupně, odsouzeného soudem biskupů za kterýkoliv přečin
nebylo dovoleno chrániti před trestem ani té církvi, v níž sloužil, ani
žádnému člověku, a aby jako trest za toto byla stanovena peněžitá pokuta
anebo ztráta cti, a nechť přikáží, aby nebyl na omluvu brán zřetel ani
na věk ani na pohlaví.
Pravidlo 74. (karthagenského sněmu)
Přísluší žádati ještě i o toto: Chce-li někdo z nějakého hereckého
zaměstnání přistoupiti k milosti křesťanství a osvoboditi se oněch
nečistot, nebudiž nikomu dovoleno přemlouvat nebo nutiti ho opět k těmto
zaměstnáním.
Pravidlo 75. (karthagenského sněmu)
O prohlášení v církvi propuštění na svobodu, bude-li zjištěno, že
je činí naši spoluslužebníci v Italii, z důvěry k nim i my bez pochyb
následujmež jejich postupu, když vyslanému delegátu veřejně se odevzdá
toto zjištění. A co jen lze konati jako víře odpovídající k blahu církve
a k spasení duší, vše to i my s úchvalou přijímejme před tváří Páně.
Pravidlo 76. (karthagenského sněmu)
Aurelij, biskup, řekl: Domnívám se, že delegát posílaný do Italie
nesmí zanechati bez pozornosti záležitost Ekytije, odsouzeného dávno
spravedlivě rozhodnutím biskupů. Stane-li se a poslaný ho najde na těch
místech, nechť tento bratr náš ve snaze o obranu církevního řádu,
zasáhne proti němu, jak nutno a kde možno. Všichni biskupové pravili:
Velmi souhlasíme s tímto návrhem.
Pravidlo 77. (karthagenského sněmu) 152
O laskavém zacházení s donatisty. Po vyšetření a prozkoumání
všeho, co může napomáhati církevnímu prospěchu z pokynu a vnuknutí Ducha
Božího, volíme jako lepší jednati se shoravzpomenutými lidmi laskavě a
pokojně, třebas oni, svými neklidnými a rozdílnými názory se velmi
vzdalují od jednoty Těla Páně. Tímto způsobem dle našich možností, budiž
dáno všem v plnou známost ve všech afrických oblastech, jež byly získány
jejich obecenstvím a přízní, jakým smutným blouděním sebe svázali. Může
se státi, když s laskavostí budeme shromažďovati lidi jiných názorů, že
dle slov apoštolských někdy dá jim Bůh pokání ku poznání pravdy, aby
dobyli se z osidla ďáblova, od něhož jsou zjímáni k činění jeho vůle.
(2.Tim. 2,25-6).
Pravidlo 78. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usneseno poslati z našeho sněmu listy k úřadům v Africe a uznáno
za vhodné požádati je o pomoc společné matce obecné církvi v případě,
když moc biskupa je opomíjena v městech, to je, aby z úřední moci a péčí
a s vroucností vůči křesťanské víře učinily vyšetření o událostech ve
všech místech, kde ovládli církve maximianisté a také o lidech, kteří od
nich byli odtrženi, a aby zprávy pro všechny hodnověrné o těchto
událostech přikázaly zanésti do zápisů o národních záležitostech.
Pravidlo 79. (karthagenského sněmu) 153
O přijetí kleriků donatistů do duchovenstva obecné církve. Posléze
usneseno poslati listy bratřím a spolubiskupům našim a zvláště k
apoštolskému stolci, na němž předsedá vzpomenutý důstojně ctěný bratr a
spoluslužebník náš Anastasij, aby vzhledem k jemu známé veliké potřebě
Afriky, pro pokoj a prospěch církve dle úvahy a rozhodnutí každého
obecného biskupa, spravujícího církev v určitém místě, bylo lze
přijímati v jejich hodnostech kněžství ty z duchovních, donatistů, kteří
opraví svůj názor a budou si přáti přijíti k obecnému sjednocení,
jestliže toto se ukáže jako spolupůsobící pokoj mezi křesťany. Je známé,
že i v dřívější době bylo takto postupováno s tímto rozkolem, o čemž
svědčí příklady, mnohých a téměř všech afrických církví, v nichž vznikl
tento blud. Toto je prováděno nikoliv k porušení sněmu, který byl v této
záležitosti v zemích, ležících za mořem, nýbrž aby toto bylo zachováno k
prospěchu těch, kdož si přejí tímto způsobem přejíti do obecné církve,
aby nebyla postavena žádná přehrada jejich sjednocení. Těm, o nichž bude
zjištěno, že v místech svého pobytu všemožně spolupůsobí a napomáhají
obecné jednotě na zřejmý prospěch duše bratří, nebudiž překážkou
usnesení, přijaté proti jejich hodnostním stupňům na sněmu za mořem,
neboť spása není zahrazena před žádnou osobou. Tudíž ti, kdož byli od
donatistů rukopoloženi, jestliže se napraví a přejí si přistoupiti k
obecné víře, nebuďtež zbaveni přijetí ve svých hodnostech podle
rozhodnutí sněmu, který byl za mořem.
Pravidlo 80. (karthagenského sněmu)
O jmenování delegace k donatistům k uzavření pokoje. Potom
usouzeno, aby po těchto aktech k vyhlášení pokoje a jednoty, bez čehož
není možné spasení křesťanů, byli z našeho středu posláni delegáti k
biskupům samých donatistů, mají-li nějaké, nebo k jejich laikům.
Prostřednictvím těchto delegátů budiž ovšem učiněno známým, že donatisté
nemají nic závažného proti obecné církvi. Zvláště budiž všem zřejmé pro
hodnověrný důkaz pomocí zápisu městských záležitostí, jak sami oni
postupovali s maximianisty, svými odštěpenci. V tomto případě, chtějí-li
viděti, od Boha je jim ukázáno, že oni stejně nesprávně odpadli od
jednoty církevní, jako nyní od nich odpadli maximianisté, jak sami
křičí. Z počtu těch, jež odsoudili veřejně mocí své rady, potom některé
přijímali v kněžských hodnostech a uznávali křest, jejž vykonali
odsouzení a jimi svržení. Tím se dokazuje, jak nerozumným srdcem protiví
se oni pokoji církve, rozšířené po celém světě, když takto jednají na
prospěch strany Donatovy a nepovažují sebe za poskvrněné stykem s těmi,
jež takto z nouze přijali s pokojem, avšak mezitím se přou s námi, t.j.
s obecnou církví, rozprostírající se až do posledních končin země a
nemohou se poučiti z nečistého obecenství s těmi, jež dříve sami všichni
odsuzovali.
Pravidlo 81. (karthagenského sněmu) 154
Usneseno, aby se biskupové, kněží a jáhni dle pravidel
příslušejících jejich hodnosti zdržovali žen, jež již mají. Jestliže
toto neučiní, buďtež odstraněni z církevních hodností; ostatní členové
kleru nebuďtež k tomu nuceni. Ale náleží zachovávati zvyklost každé
církve.
Poznámka: Poslední slova tohoto pravidla jasně ukazují, že sněm,
jež je vyřkl, sám neuznával je společným pravidlem pro všechny církve.
Jasnější a přesnější ustanovení všeobecné církve o tomto předmětu je v
12. a 13. pravidle VI. všeobecného sněmu.
Pravidlo 82. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usneseno, aby nebylo dovoleno žádnému biskupovi opouštěti hlavní
místo svého stolce a odejíti ke kterémukoliv chrámu ve své eparchii, ani
svými osobními záležitostmi více než je zapotřebí se zabývati a
opouštěti péči o horlivost o svůj stolec.
Pravidlo 83. (karthagenského sněmu) 155
O dětech, když není hodnověrných svědků, kteří by vypověděli, že
bez pochybností byly pokřtěny a samy vzhledem k svému věku nemohou dáti
uspokojující odpověď na otázku, zda obdržely svatost, stanoveno, že je
náleží bez všech pochybností křtíti, aby taková pochybnost je nezbavila
očistění touto svátostí. Toto nám poradili naši bratři delegáti
mauretánští, protože takových je kupováno od barbarů.
Pravidlo 84. (karthagenského sněmu) 156
Ustanoveno rovněž ohlašovati den uctívané Paschy všem skrze
připsání pod rozhodnutí sněmu. Den sněmu budiž zachován tentýž, jak byl
označen na hypponském sněmu, t.j. dvacátý první duben. A o tom jest
nutno napsati vedoucím všech oblastí, aby když svolávají sněm u sebe
ponechali tento den volným.
Pravidlo 85. (karthagenského sněmu)
Také rozhodnuto, aby nebylo dovoleno žádnému biskupovi, který
dočasně spravuje nějaký stolec, aby si jej držel z příčiny nesouladu a
sporů v lidu, avšak, aby pečoval o to, aby proň byl zvolen během roku
biskup. Nebude-li o toto dbáti, budiž po uplynutí roku zvolen jiný
správce.
Pravidlo 86. (karthagenského sněmu) 157
Usnesli se všichni z důvodu utiskování chudých, kteří neustále
podávají církvi stížnosti, požádati od císařů, aby byli pro ně voleni
pod dozorem biskupů obránci před násilím bohatých.
Pravidlo 87. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno, aby po každé, kdy se má sejíti sněm, včas na něj
docházeli biskupové, jímž nebrání ani věk ani nemoc ani žádná vážná
nutnost. A přední nechť získají zprávy, každý ze své oblasti o všech
biskupech, zda na dvou nebo třech místech se konají jejich shromáždění a
od každého z těchto jednotlivých shromáždění nechť střídavě zvolení
neodvolatelně přijdou ke dni sněmu. Když nemohou přijíti pro mnoho
jakýchkoliv těžkostí, jak se může státi, jestliže nevysvětlí svému
přednímu biskupovi překážky, jež ji potkaly, je nutno, aby takoví byli
spokojeni obecenstvím pouze ve své církvi.
Pravidlo 88. (karthagenského sněmu) 158
O Kreskoniji Villarekentském usneseno všemi: Z tohoto místa
oznámiti přednímu biskupovi numidijskému, aby věděl, že má svým listem
uvědomiti shorařečeného Kreskonije o příchodu, aby neodkládal a dostavil
se na příští obecný sněm africký. Nepřijde-li, nechť ví, že bude nad ním
vyřčen soud.
Pravidlo 89. (karthagenského sněmu) 159
Ponechání hypponské církve bez vedení nemá dlouho býti
nepovšimnuto, a jelikož tamní církve jsou v moci těch, kdož se zřekli
nezákonného obecenství s Ekytiem, bylo usneseno vyslati z tohoto sněmu
biskupy: Regina, Alypije, Augusta, Materna, Theasije, Evódije, Plakiana,
Urbana, Valerija, Ambivija, Fortunata, Kvotvultdea, Honorata,
Jannuakija, Apta, Ampelije, Viktorijana, Euangella, Rogatiana a tito
nechť shromáždí a poučí ty, kdož z tvrdošíjnosti, hodné pokárání,
očekávají na skončení útěku téhož Ekytije, a ustanoví jim biskupa
společnou modlitbou. Jestliže tito ani nebudou chtíti uvažovati o
pokoji, nechť nepřekážejí zvolení představitele, aby byl ustanoven ku
prospěchu církve, jež tak dlouhý čas zůstávala bez biskupa.
Pravidlo 90. (karthagenského sněmu)
Rozhodnuto i toto: Když na členy kleru bývá podáno udání a hlásí
se některá obvinění, tehdy dílem pro odvrácení výtek církvi, dílem pro
vážnost kleru, z kterýchžto důvodů se jim ukazuje shovívavost, dílem pro
vyvarování pyšné škodolibosti bludařů a pohanů, jestli si přejí, což je
nutné, hájiti svou záležitost a postarati se o důkazy o své nevině,
nechť tak učiní během roku, kdy jsou povinni býti mimo obecenství.
Jestliže během roku neočistí svou záležitost, nebudiž potom od nich
přijímán žádný hlas.
Pravidlo 91. (karthagenského sněmu)
Stanoveno i toto: Jestliže někdo přijme někoho z cizího monastýru
a bude chtíti ustanoviti ho v kleru nebo ho jmenuje igumenem svého
monastýru, budiž biskup takto jednající vzdálen z obecenství s
ostatními, a nechť se omezí pouze na styk se svým stádcem, a onen nechť
nezůstane ani duchovním ani igumenem.
Pravidlo 92. (karthagenského sněmu) 160
Rozhodnuto i toto: Jestliže některý biskup ustanoví za své dědice
bludaře nebo pohany, příbuzné či k příbuzenstvu nenáležející a dá jim
přednost před církví, takovému i po smrti budiž vyřčena anathema a jeho
jméno nebudiž nikdy od kněží Božích vysloveno. Nechť mu není k
ospravedlnění ani to, odejde-li bez závěti. Poněvadž byv ustanoven
biskupem, ze slušnosti měl učiniti rozhodnutí o svém majetku,
odpovídající jeho povolání.
Pravidlo 93. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usneseno také o propouštěních na svobodu bývajících v církvi,
podati žádost císaři.
Poznámka: Rozumí se žádost, aby taková propuštění byla potvrzena
panovnickou mocí.
Pravidlo 94. (karthagenského sněmu) 161
Ustanoveno i toto: Všude na polích a na vinicích postavené jakoby
na paměť mučedníků oltáře, při nichž není položeno žádné tělo nebo části
ostatků mučednických, nechť se dají pobořiti, je-li možné, místními
biskupy. Jestliže to nepřipustí vzrušení v lidu, v krajním případě, ať
je lid poučován, aby se na těchto místech neshromažďoval, a aby se ti,
kdož správně smýšlejí, nepřipojovali k takovým místům žádnou pověrou. A
paměť mučedníků, ať se nikterak nekoná, leč tam, kde je buď tělo nebo
některá část ostatků či podle věrného a dávného podání jejich obydlí
nebo jmění nebo místo utrpení. Avšak oltáře, ať jsou kdekoliv postavené
podle vidění ve snu nebo marnivých zjevení některých lidí, nechť budou
zcela odvrhnuty.
Pravidlo 95. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usneseno rovněž žádati po slavných císařích, aby byly na každý
způsob vymýceny zůstatky modloslužebnictví nejen v sochách, nýbrž na
jakýchkoliv místech nebo doubravách nebo stromech.
Pravidlo 96. (karthagenského sněmu) 162
Všichni biskupové řekli: Bude-li usneseno napsati nějaké listy na
sněmu, nechť ctěný biskup, předsedající na tomto sněmu, ráčí jménem
všech napsati o usneseních a listy podepsati. Dále pak biskupům
delegátům, jež nutno vyslati do afrických oblastí v záležitosti
donatistů, nechť se dají listiny, určující platnost daného jim pověření,
od nichž nesmějí odstoupiti.
Pravidlo 97. (karthagenského sněmu)
Jelikož tato záležitost je společná, na níž obrátil pozornost
bratr a spoluslužebník náš, nechť zná každý z nás hodnost, určenou mu od
Boha, že ti, kdož byli ustanoveni po druhých, dávají přednost dříve
ustanoveným, a neodvažují se cokoliv učiniti, bez jejich vůle. Proto
navrhuji to, co mi přichází na mysl: Náleží, aby celý sněm náležitě
zkrotil ty, kdož opomíjejí ony, kdož byli před nimi ustanoveni, a
projevují nějakou drzost. Ksantipp, biskup prvního stolce numidijského,
pravil: Všichni přítomní bratři vyslechnuvše úvahy bratra a
spoluslužebníka našeho Aurelije, co na ně odpovídají? Diatimij, biskup,
řekl: Co je stanoveno stanoviskem dávných, navrhuje se k vašemu
souhlasu. To, co je obsaženo v aktech dřívějších sněmů karthagenské
církve, nechť vaším souhlasem se plně potvrdí a nechť všichni
zachovávají. Všichni biskupové pravili: Tento řád byl zachováván od otců
i od starých, z Boží vůle bude zachován. Avšak přitom budiž chráněno
právo prvních biskupů Numidie a Mauretanie na základě numidijského
archivu a seznamu stolců. Potom všichni biskupové, kteří podepsali
rozhodnutí tohoto sněmu, stanovili, aby seznam stolců a základní listina
numidijská byly jak u prvního stolce, tak v metropolii Konstantina.
Pravidlo 98. (karthagenského sněmu)
O Kvotvultdeu a Kentyartu. Ježto na žádost jeho odpůrce, aby se
dostavil na náš sněm, byv otázán, zda chce míti při před biskupy, napřed
souhlasil, ale druhého dne odvětil, že nechce a vzdálil se, usnesli se
všichni biskupové, aby tohoto Kvotvultdea nikdo nepřijímal do obecenství
dokud jeho záležitost nebude dokončena. Neboť před rozhodnutím o jeho
věci odnímati mu biskupství, nebylo by vhodným nikomu z křesťanů.
Pravidlo 99. (karthagenského sněmu) 163
O Maximiánu, biskupu Vagenském, usouzeno: Nechť se od sněmu pošlou
listiny i jemu i věřícím, aby zanechal biskupství, kdežto oni ať si
hledají jiného.
Pravidlo 100. (karthagenského sněmu) 164
Usneseno i toto: Napříště nechť svěcení v afrických oblastech
dostávají od světitelů osvědčení, jejich rukou podepsané, s poznamenáním
konsula, t.j. roku a dne rukopoložení, aby nevznikala žádná nedorozumění
o tom, kdo je mladší nebo starší.
Pravidlo 101. (karthagenského sněmu)
Stanoveno i toto: Kdo aspoň jedenkrát četl v církvi, nebudiž
přijat do kleru druhou církví.
Pravidlo 102. (karthagenského sněmu)
Všichni jste s přislíbením navrhovali, že každý z vás má ve svém
městě, nebo sám od sebe, vstoupiti do styku s vůdci donatistů, nebo
spojiti se se sousedním biskupem a rovněž vstoupiti s ním do styku v
každém městě a místě prostřednictvím vedoucích a prvních v těch místech.
Je-li to všem vhodné, nechť se vysloví. Všichni biskupové řekli: Všem
vhodné.
Pravidlo 103. (karthagenského sněmu)
Biskup obecné církve 165 řekl: Poselství, jež má býti od vaší
důstojnosti posláno donatistům, račte vyslechnouti a do akt zanésti a k
nim poslati, aby potom i jejich odpověď byla nám oznámena
prostřednictvím vašich spisů. Zákonitě vstupujeme s vámi do styku, byvše
vysláni od zákonného našeho sněmu, přejíce se radovati z vašeho
napravení. Známe lásku Pána řkoucího; "Blahoslavení pokojní, neboť ti
synové Boží slouti budou." 166 On nám také skrze proroka připomněl,
že těm, kdož se ještě nechtějí zváti bratřími našimi, pravíme: Bratři
naši jste. A tak nesmíte zlehčiti toto naše napomenutí, jež pramení z
pokojné lásky. Domníváte-li se, že máte v něčem pravdu, nebuďte na
pochybách a obhajujte to, t.j. svolejte svůj sněm, zvolte ze svého
středu ty, jimž náleží svěřiti věc vašeho ospravedlnění, abychom mohli i
my totéž učiniti, t.j. zvoliti z našeho sněmu osoby, jež budou povinny
se zvolenými z vašeho středu na určeném místě a v určenou dobu pokojně
zkoumati všechny otázky, jež vás oddělují od obecenství s námi, a pomocí
Hospodina Boha našeho třebas pozdě nechť bude ukončeno zatvrzelé
bloudění, aby nemocné a nevědomé duše následujíce lidské přesvědčení
nezahynuly ve svatokrádežném rozdělení. Neboť jestliže toto přijmete
bratrsky, lehce se zjeví pravda. Nebudete-li chtíti toto učiniti, ihned
bude zřejmá vaše nedůvěra. A po přečtení tohoto vzoru všichni biskupové
řekli: Úplně souhlasíme, nechť takto bude.
Pravidlo 104. (karthagenského sněmu)
Poučení bratřím Theasiji a Evodiji, jmenovaným posly z
karthagenského sněmu k slavným a zbožným imperátorům. Když s pomocí Boží
přistoupí ke zbožným císařům, tehdy jim oznámí, jakým způsobem v době
sněmu minulého roku starší donatistů s plnou svobodou pomocí městských
oznámení byli pozváni ke shromáždění, aby mají-li odvahu hájiti svůj
názor, zvolili některé způsobilé ze svého počtu, kteří by s námi pokojně
soutěžili a pokorou křesťanskou nepochybně dokázali, v čem u sebe
zachovali pravdu, aby takovým způsobem obecná upřímnost odedávna svítící
v minulých časech, též nyní podobně byla poznána ze zmatečnosti a
úpornosti těch, kdo si budou odporovati. Avšak ježto byli téměř
zachváceni beznadějí, neodvážili se ničeho odpověděti. A tudíž jelikož
byl užit vůči nim biskupský a pokojný způsob působení, a oni, nemohouce
odpověděti proti pravdě, uchýlili se k nehezkému násilnému jednání tak,
že mnohé biskupy a duchovní (abychom mlčeli o laicích) zahrnuli
pomluvami a do některých chrámů vtrhnuli a do jiných se pokoušeli rovněž
vtrhnouti, náleží císařské lidumilnosti postarati se, aby obecná církev,
jež je zbožnou útrobou, Kristu porodila a pevnou vírou vychovala, byla
chráněna jejich rozvahou, aby v jejich zbožnou dobu drzí lidé nevládli
nad nemohoucím lidem pomocí jakéhosi strachu; když tento nemohou
odvrátiti pomocí přesvědčení. Neboť je známe a mnohokráte zákony
vyhlášené, že vytvářejí hnusná srocení odštěpenců. Toto bylo odsouzeno
mnohokráte také příkazy samých shorařečených zbožných panovníků. Proto
proti řádění oněch odštěpenců prosíme, aby nám byla poskytnuta božská
pomoc, nikoliv neobyčejná a nikterak cizí svatým Písmům. Neboť apoštol
Pavel, jak ukázáno v pravdivých Skutcích apoštolských spiknutí
výtržnických lidí porazil vojenskou pomocí. A tak prosíme o to, aby
neprodleně byla poskytnuta ochrana obecné církvi v každém městě a
různých místech, příslušných ke každému území. Náleží současně prositi
zbožné panovníky, aby byl zachován zákon, vydaný blažené paměti jejich
otcem Theodosijem, o potrestání po desíti funtech zlata bludařů
světících a svěcených, také od správců, u nich bude zjištěno jejich
shromáždění. Přitom nechť rozkáží potvrditi onen zákon s rozšířením jeho
dosahu na ty, o jejichž pomluvách podali důkazy ti, kdož přijali péči o
obecnou církev, aby v krajní míře touto obavou před vznikem rozkolů a
bludařského šílenství byli zachváceni ti, kteří odkládají svou očistu a
nápravu při pomyšlení na věčné potrestání. Dále nutno žádati, aby jejich
zbožnost obnovila dodnes jsoucí zákon, který odejme bludařům právo
získávati cokoliv buď při rukopoložení nebo podle závěti nebo
pozůstaviti, a prostě řečeno, budiž zaslepeným svými nerozumnými
předsudky a těm, kdož hodlají setrvávati v bludu donatistů, odňata moc
zůstaviti cokoliv nebo získati do vlastnictví. Avšak těm, kdož s
myšlenkou na jednotu a pokoj chtějí se napraviti, budiž dovoleno, i při
platnosti takového zákona, získávati dědictví třebas by něco jako dar
nebo dědictví obdrželi ještě tehdy když se nacházeli v bludařském omylu,
s výjimkou těch, kteří po předvolání na soud uznali za nutné přestoupiti
do obecné církve. Neboť o těchto je nutno se domnívati, že nikoliv z
bázně před nebeským soudem, ale z hladu po pozemských výhodách projevili
přání po obecné jednotě. Nad vše toto je zapotřebí pomoci od úřadů v
každé oblasti. Avšak jestliže delegáti se budou domnívati, že je nutno
ještě něco jiného na pomoc prospěchu církve, dáváme jim plnou moc to
učiniti a vykonati.
Pravidlo 105.
Poněvadž v Karthageně právě bylo vykonáno sjednocení, buďtež
poslány listy k úřadům, aby i v ostatních eparchiích a městech tyto
úřady nařídily vynaložiti péči o sjednocení. Karthagenská církev ať
pošle jménem celé Afriky císařskému dvoru v listinách biskupů dík za
odmítnutí donatistů.
Pravidlo 106. (karthagenského sněmu)
O tom, že obecný a úplný sněm má býti pouze v případě nutnosti.
Usouzeno, že není nevyhnutelné příště každoročně zatěžovati bratří, ale
vyžaduje-li toho potřeba obecná, t.j. celé Afriky na základě listů
odevšad docházejících k tomuto stolci, tehdy má sněm býti v té oblasti,
kam volá nutnost a pohodlí. Záležitosti místní nechť se projednávají
jednotlivě v každé oblasti.
Pravidlo 107. (karthagenského sněmu)
O zákazu přenášení záležitosti od soudců dobrovolně zvolených.
Jestliže se stane a pře byla přenesena k vyššímu soudu a nespokojený
rozhodnutím prvního soudu si zvolí soudce a společně s ním i ten, proti
němuž žádá nový soud, nebudiž potom žádnému z nich dovoleno přenášet při
před jiný soud.
Pravidlo 108. (karthagenského sněmu)
O církevních vykonavatelích. Mimoto usneseno žádati, aby bylo
povoleno pět vykonavatelů pro všechny potřeby, kteří buďtež určeni do
různých oblastí.
Poznámka: Funkce vykonavatelů pravděpodobně sestávala v úsilí, aby
rozhodnutí představených a soudu nezůstávala bez splnění z vyhýbavosti
nebo urputnosti.
Pravidlo 109. (karthagenského sněmu)
Dále usneseno, aby poslové vysílaní jménem všech eparchií,
Vikentij a Fortunatian, prosili přeslavné císaře, aby bylo dovoleno
zříditi vzdělané ekdiky, kteří by měli za povinnost obhajobu záležitostí
a jako kněží eparchie přijali na sebe přímluvu ve věcech církve, aby
mohli svobodně, vyžádá-li si toho potřeba, účastniti se shromáždění
soudců k vyvrácení námitek a k přednesení toho, co je potřetí.
Poznámka: Této funkci ekdika částečně odpovídala funkce duchovního
pověřence při úřadech světské správy.
Pravidlo 110. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usouzeno, aby zvolení delegáti, vyslaní k císařskému dvoru měli
svobodnou delegaci.
Poznámka: To jest, je jim dovoleno přednésti nejen to, co jim
uložil sněm, nýbrž i jiné, co budou považovati za prospěšné církvi.
Pravidlo 111. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno i toto: Lidu, který nikdy neměl svého biskupa, nikterak
tohoto nedávati leč z rozhodnutí celého sněmu každé oblasti a prvního
biskupa a se souhlasem tohoto biskupa, k jehož obvodu ona církev
přísluší.
Pravidlo 112. (karthagenského sněmu)
O lidu a eparchiích odvracejících se od donatistů. Lid, který se
odvrací od donatistů a má biskupa, ustanoveného bez souhlasu sněmu,
budiž zajisté učiněn hodným tohoto míti. Lid, který měl biskupa, ale po
jeho smrti nechtěl míti svého biskupa, ale přeje si jak náleží býti
připojen k eparchii některého jiného biskupa, nelze býti v tom odmítnut.
Navrženo toto: Biskupové, kteří pod vyhlášením císařského zákona o
sjednocení navrátili k obecné církvi lid, jejž spravovali, jsou povinni
ponechati si moc nad ním. Podle zákona o sjednocení i nadále náleží, aby
všechny chrámy a jejich obvody a všechno příslušenství, jež se může
vyskytnouti a zákonně je ve vlastnictví těch chrámů, byly schváleny pro
obecné biskupy, kteří jsou v těch místech, jež ovládli bludaři, ať se
tito potom obrátili k obecné víře či neobrátili. A jestliže někdo z nich
si něco přisvojil, po císařském zákoně, je nutno to navrátiti.
Pravidlo 113. (karthagenského sněmu) 167
Mavrentij, biskup, řekl: Prosím, aby byl jmenován soudcem svatý
stařec Xantipp, svatý Augustin, Florentin, Theasij, Sampsychij, Sekund a
Posidij. Přikažte, aby toto bylo určeno pro mne. Svatý sněm souhlasil s
jmenováním žádaných soudců; ostatní soudce, potřebné k doplnění
předepsaného počtu, stařec Xantipp přenechává k zvolení samým starcům
nové Germanie.
Poznámka: Na žalobu starců nové Germanie Proti biskupu Mavrentiji,
dostavil se tento na sněm k soudu, ale žalobci nepřišli. Sněm je uznal
za hodny odsouzení, ale z laskavosti církevní to nevyřkl a určil soud v
oblasti, k níž biskup náleží. V této soukromé záležitosti vydal soud
pravidlo, poskytující příklad složení soudu nad biskupem.
Pravidlo 114. (karthagenského sněmu) 168
O smíření církve římské a alexandrijské. O rozporu církve římské a
alexandrijské usneseno napsati k svatému papeži Innokentiji, aby obě
církve vzájemně ochraňovaly mír, jejž Pán přikazuje.
Pravidlo 115. (karthagenského sněmu) 169
Ustanoveno podle evangelního a apoštolského učení, aby ani ten,
koho žena opustila, ani propuštěná mužem, neoddávali se s druhou osobou,
nýbrž buď ať zůstanou tak, anebo ať se smíří mezi sebou. Nebudou-li
tohoto dbáti, buďtež přinuceni k pokání. Jest zapotřebí žádati, aby o
tom byl vydán císařský zákon.
Pravidlo 116. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno i toto: Buďtež konány všemi modlitby potvrzené na sněmu
jak počáteční, tak konečné, modlitby předložení nebo položení rukou, a
nikterak nebuďtež přinášeny jiné proti víře, nýbrž nechť se říkají ty,
jež osvícení shromáždili.
Pravidlo 117. (karthagenského sněmu) (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno: Jestliže někdo z duchovních bude žádat císaře, aby na
světském soudě byla posouzena jeho věc, budiž zbaven cti. Jestliže
požádá císaře o soud biskupský, nijak mu v tom nebudiž bráněno.
Pravidlo 118. (karthagenského sněmu) 170
Kdo odloučený od obecenství církevního v Africe se vetře do
zámořských krajů, aby byl přijat v obecenství, ten bude vydán vyvržení z
kleru.
Pravidlo 119. (karthagenského sněmu) 171
Stanoveno: Jestliže někdo chce jíti k císařskému dvoru, budiž to
vyznačeno v propouštěcím listě, zaslaném k církvi římské, a odtud ještě
nechť obdrží propustku ke dvoru. Pročež jestliže ten, kdo dostal
propustku pouze do Říma, pomlčev o potřebě nutící ho jíti ke dvoru, by
chtěl přímo se odebrati ke dvoru, budiž odloučen z obecenství. Jestliže
tam v Římě se ukáže nenadále nutnost jíti ke dvoru, nechť ohlásí tuto
potřebu biskupu římskému a přinese list téhož římského biskupa. V
propouštěcích listinách od prvních nebo od kterýchkoliv biskupů,
dávaných jejich duchovním, budiž uveden den Paschy. Jestliže toho roku
den Paschy není ještě znám, budiž poznamenán den Paschy roku minulého,
podobně jako ve světských zápisech obvykle se píše "po konsulátu".
Pravidlo 120. (karthagenského sněmu)
Usouzeno i toto: Delegáti, posílaní od tohoto sněmu, nechť
požádají slavné císaře o vše, co uznají za prospěšné proti donatistům, a
Hellenům a proti jejich pověrám.
Pravidlo 121. (karthagenského sněmu)
Na tomto sněmu stanoveno, aby jeden biskup neměl vliv na
rozhodování svého soudu. Akta tohoto sněmu nebyla napsána, protože bylo
jednáno o místních záležitostech, nikoliv o obecných.
Poznámka: Karthagenský sněm, jehož pravidla byla zde shromážděna,
nebyl konán jen jednou, nýbrž je to řada každoročních sněmů afrických
biskupů, pořádaných za předsednictví karthagenského biskupa. V tomto
pravidle odkaz na tento sněm se vztahuje k výročnímu sněmu, který byl v
sedmém konsulátu imperátora Honoria. Pro stručnost zápisu toto pravidlo
není jasné. Balsamon se domnívá, že je nutno je chápati souhlasně s 11.
pravidlem téhož karthagenského sněmu, t.j. když kněz, odsouzený biskupem
si stěžuje na toto odsouzení, tehdy biskup nesmí sám naléhati na své
rozhodnutí a usilovati o jeho provedení, nýbrž má postoupiti záležitost
k projednání plného sněmu anebo počtu biskupů, určeného v pravidlech.
Pravidlo 122. (karthagenského sněmu) 172
V tento čas vydán zákon, že ze svobodného rozhodnutí každý může
přijmouti křesťanství.
Poznámka: Za rok anebo dva po době vydání předcházejícího
pravidla.
Pravidlo 123. (karthagenského sněmu) 173
Sněm proti bludu Pelagia a Celestia (Coelestia). Stanoveno všemi
biskupy karthagenské církve, kteří se dostavili na svatý sněm a jejichž
jména a podpisy jsou vneseny v akta, že Adam byl stvořen od Boha ne
smrtelným. Prohlásí-li kdo, že Adam první člověk, byl stvořen smrtelným,
takže ať zhřešil či nezhřešil by tělem zemřel, t.j. vyšel ty z těla ne
za trest za hřích, ale po nutnosti přirozenosti, budiž anathema.
Pravidlo 124. (karthagenského sněmu) 174
Rozhodnuto rovněž: Kdo odmítá nutnost křtění malých nebo dětí,
novorozených z útroby mateřské, nebo říká, že třebas jsou i křtěny na
odpuštění hříchů, ale z prarodičovského hříchu Adamova nic neobdržely,
co by bylo nutno očistiti koupelí obnovení (z čehož by vysvítalo, že
obřad křtění na odpuštění hříchu se nad nimi užívá ne právem, ale lživém
významu), ten budiž anathema. Neboť to, co pravil apoštol: "Skrze
jednoho člověka hřích na svět všel a skrze hřích smrt, a tak na všechny
lidi smrt přišla, v němž všichni zhřešili", 175 sluší chápati
nejinak, než jak vždy chápala obecná církev, všude rozšířená a
rozprostraněná. Neboť podle tohoto pravidla víry i děti, které nemohou
ještě samy spáchati hřích, pravdivě se křtí na odpuštění hříchů, aby se
skrze znovuzrození v nich očistilo to, co přijaly od starého zrození.
Pravidlo 125. (karthagenského sněmu)
Rozhodnuto také: Jestliže někdo řekne, že milost Boží, jíž se
ospravedlňují v Ježíši Kristu Pánu našem, působí pouze k jedinému
odpuštění hříchů, už spáchaných, ale nepodává nadto pomoci, aby se
nepáchaly jiné hříchy, takový budiž anathema. Neboť milost Boží nejen
podává vědění, co se má konati, nýbrž ještě vdechuje v nás lásku,
abychom mohli též plniti to, co známe.
Pravidlo 126. (karthagenského sněmu)
Rovněž, jestliže někdo řekne, že tatáž milost Boží, jež je v
Ježíši Kristu a Pánu našem, napomáhá pouze k tomu, abychom nehřešili,
jelikož jí se odhaluje a zjevuje nám poznání hříchů, že víme, co máme
hledati a čeho se varovati, ale že se jí nepodává nám láska a síla ke
konání toho, co jsme poznali za nutné konati, takový budiž anathema.
Neboť když apoštol praví: "Známost nadýmá, ale láska vzdělává", 176
bylo by velmi bezbožné věřiti, že k našemu nadýmání máme milost Boží a k
vzdělávání nemáme; tehdy to i druhé je dar Boží i vědění, co se má
konati, i láska k dobru, jež se má konati, aby při vzdělávající lásce
nemohl se rozum nadýmati. Neboť jak od Boha je napsáno "kterýž učí lidi
umění", 177 tak i toto je napsáno: "Láska z Boha jest". 178
Pravidlo 127. (karthagenského sněmu) 179
Rozhodnuto ještě: Jestliže kdo řekne, že nám byla dána milost
ospravedlnění, abychom to, co je možné splnili ze svobodného rozhodnutí,
skrze milost snáze plnili, tudíž že jako bychom i nepřijavše milost Boží
přesto mohli třebas s obtížemi i bez milosti Boží splniti Boží
přikázání, takový budiž anathema. Neboť o ovoci přikázání neřekl Pán:
beze mne můžete obtížně činiti, nýbrž pravil: "Beze mne nic nemůžete
učiniti." (Jan 15,5).
Pravidlo 128. (karthagenského sněmu) 180
Také bylo rozhodnuto ohledně výroku sv. Jana Bohoslovce: Pakli
díme, že hříchu nemáme, sami se svodíme, a pravdy v nás není. 181 Kdo
se domnívá, že je nutno toto chápati tak, jakoby řekl: Pro pokoru
nesluší říkati, že nemáme hříchu, a ne proto, že je tomu tak skutečně,
ten budiž anathema. Neboť apoštol pokračuje a přidává toto: "Jestliže
pak budeme vyznávati hříchy své, věrnýť jest Bůh a spravedlivý, aby nám
odpustil hříchy, a očistil nás od všeliké nepravosti." 182 Zde je
velmi jasně ukázáno, že toto se praví ne z pokory pouze, nýbrž podle
skutečnosti. Neboť apoštol mohl by říci: Jestliže díme, že hříchu
nemáme, sebe povznášíme a pokory v nás není, ale když dí: "sami se
svodíme, a pravdy v nás není", tu jasně ukázal, že ten, kdo o sobě říká,
že nemá hříchu, nemluví pravdu, ale lže.
Pravidlo 129. (karthagenského sněmu) 183
Rozhodnuto i toto: "Jestliže kdo řekne, že světci v modlitbě Páně
"odpusť nám naše viny" 184 nepraví o sobě, jelikož jim této prosby už
není zapotřebí, nýbrž o druhých hříšných, kteří jsou v jejich lidu a
neříká žádný ze svatých zvlášť "odpusť mi viny mé", nýbrž "odpusť nám
naše viny", takže je prý nutno tuto prosbu spravedlivého chápati více za
druhé, než za sebe sama, takový budiž anathema. Svatý a spravedlivý byl
Jakub apoštol, když pravil: "V mnohém zajisté klesáme všichni." 185
Neboť proč by toto slovo bylo uvedeno, ne-li proto, aby tato myšlenka
byla souhlasná se žalmem, v němž se čte: "Nevcházej v soud s služebníkem
svým, neboť by nebyl spravedliv před tebou nižádný živý." 186 A v
modlitbě moudrého Šalamouna "Není člověka, kterýž by nehřešil", 187 a
v knize sv. Joba; "Zapečeťuje ruku každého člověka, aby každý člověk
poznal svou nemohoucnost." 188 Proto také i svatý a spravedlivý
Daniel prorok v modlitbě pravil v množném čísle: "Zhřešiliť jsme a
převráceně jsme činili" 189 atd., jak on tam pokorně a pravdivě
vyznává. Aby nemyslili, jak se někteří domnívají, že on mluví ne o
svých, ale více o hříších lidu svého, proto on potom řekl: "Modlil jsem
se a vyznával hřích svůj i hřích lidu svého... před tváří Hospodina Boha
svého." 190 Nechtěl říci "hříchy naše", ale pravil "hřích lidu svého
i hřích svůj", jelikož prorok jakoby předvídal, že se zjeví tací lidé,
kteří to budou špatně chápati.
Pravidlo 130. (karthagenského sněmu) 191
Rozhodnuto i toto: Jestli se kdo domnívá, že ona slova modlitby
Páně, v nichž říkáme "odpusť nám naše viny" vyslovují svatí z pokory,
ale nikoli vpravdě, budiž anathema. Neboť kdo by strpěl onoho, kdo se
modlí, jenž by lhal ne lidem, nýbrž samému Pánu? Ústy svými by říkal, že
chce míti odpuštění, ale v srdci by pravil, že nemá hříchy, jež by bylo
nutno mu odpustiti.
Pravidlo 131. (karthagenského sněmu) 192
Před několika léty, před tímto v této církvi plným sněmem, bylo
rozhodnuto, aby chrámy v jakémkoli kraji, jež se staly obecnými před
vydáním zákona o donatistech, příslušely k těm stolcům, jejichž
biskupové je přesvědčili o obecném spojení. Ty, jež se sjednotily po
vydání zákonů, nechť náleží k těm stolcům, jimž patřily jsouce na straně
Donata. Avšak ježto vznikaly a vznikají potom mezi biskupy mnohé spory o
obvody, jejichž dřívější stanovení zdá se být nedokonalým, na tomto
svatém sněmu bylo ustanoveno: Byl-li někde obecný chrám a chrám
náležející straně Donatově a příslušely k rozličným stolcům, nechť bez
ohledu na dobu, kdy tam nastalo či nastane sjednocení, zda před zákony
či po nich, náležejí onomu stolci, jemuž patřil odedávna tamější obecný
chrám.
Pravidlo 132. (karthagenského sněmu)
O tom jak biskupové obrácení ze strany Donatovy si rozdělí mezi
sebou svou eparchii. Rozdělovati takto: Jestliže biskupové z donatistů
se obrátí k obecné jednotě, nechť rovným dílem si rozdělí mezi sebou
území, jsoucí v tomto postavení a mající lid té i oné strany, to jest
jedna místa buďtež dána tomu a druhá onomu biskupovi tak, aby starší v
biskupství rozděloval a mladší volil. Bude-li místo jen jedno, budiž
dáno tomu, k němuž bude bližším. Bude-li stejně blízké oběma stolcům,
připadne tomu, jehož si lid zvolí. Stane-li se, že křesťané, odedávna v
obecné církvi, požádají o svého biskupa, kdežto obrácení ze strany
Donatovy svého, mějž přednost zvolení větším počtem před zvolením menším
počtem lidu. Budou-li obě strany rovny v počtu voličů, budiž místo
připočteno k území staršího biskupa. Bude-li mnoho míst, majících lid
obou stran, ale nebude lze je rozdělit stejným dílem, poněvadž počet
míst je nestejný, nechť se napřed rozdělí stejným počtem a s místem, jež
zbylo, budiž postoupeno, jak řečeno shora při posuzování o jednom místě.
Pravidlo 133. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno i toto: Jestliže někdo po vydání zákonů obrátil nějaké
místo k obecné jednotě a spravoval je během tří let, a nikdo je po něm
nepožadoval, nebudiž potom ono po něm žádáno, jestli přitom v tomto
tříletí byl biskup, jenž byl povinen vyžadovati, ale mlčel. Jestliže
nebylo biskupa, nebudiž překážkou požadování to, že ono místo je
zaneseno do seznamu farností, avšak když ovdovělý stolec obdrží biskupa,
budiž mu dovoleno požadování toho místa během tříletí. Podobným
způsobem, jestli biskup ze strany donatistů se obrátí k obecné církvi,
ať mu seznam farností při určování doby není na závadu, nýbrž od toho
dne, kdy se obrátil, má právo během tříletí požadovati míst, jež
náležejí jeho stolci.
Pravidlo 134. (karthagenského sněmu) 193
Ustanoveno i toto: Jestliže někteří biskupové nikoliv
prostřednictvím soudu druhých biskupů, vyžadují obce, jež považují za
příslušející jejich stolci a rozšiřují moc na lidi, podřízené druhému
biskupu, ať chtějí či nechtějí, tací nechť jsou potrestáni ztrátou své
záležitosti. To jest, jestli někteří toto učinili a záležitost mezi
biskupy neskončila souhlasem, nýbrž ještě o ní mají spor, budiž sporného
místa zbaven ten, o němž bude prokázáno, že opustil církevní soudce a
zmocnil se onoho místa. Nikdo sebe neoklamávejž tím, že má od prvního
biskupa dekret převzetí toho místa do své zprávy, ale třebas by měl
dekret nebo neměl, nechť vejde do styku s tím, kdo má ono místo ve své
správě, a od něho nechť dostane list, aby bylo zřejmé, že pokojně u sebe
drží chrám, jemu náležející. Jestli i onen sdělí nějaké nároky, budiž i
toto rozhodnuto biskupy na soudě, jejž pro ně buď první nechť jmenuje
nebo sami dle souhlasu zvolí ze sousedních biskupů.
Pravidlo 135. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno i toto: Nebudou-li někteří dbáti o získání obecné
jednoty míst, náležejících k jejich stolci, nechť jsou napomenuti od
sousedních pečlivých biskupů, aby neodkládali tuto záležitost. Pročež,
jestliže během šestiměsíční lhůty ode dne porady o tomto nic neučiní,
buďtež tato místa dána tomu, kdo je bude moci získati. Ostatně jestli
ten, jemuž ona místa náležejí uznal dle nějakého pozorování za užitečné
nic nepodnikati, ježto to mají v záměru bludaři, aby je mohl přijati do
obecné církve bez zmatků v lidu, kdežto onen druhý by mohl překážeti
jeho působení, jehož předčasným užitím by více podráždil bludaře, po
posouzení toho soudem biskupů buďtež ona místa vrácena jeho stolci. Když
soudící biskupové mají býti z různých oblastí, tehdy soudce jmenuje onen
první biskup, v jehož obvodu je místo, o něž se pře koná. Jestliže ze
společného souhlasu budou voliti soudce ze sousedních biskupů, budiž
zvolen buď jeden nebo tři a budou-li zvoleni a uznáni tři, nechť se
podrobí rozhodnutí buď všech anebo dvou.
Pravidlo 136. (karthagenského sněmu)
Od soudců, zvolených společným souhlasem nebudiž dovoleno
záležitost přenášeti k vyššímu soudu. Ale o tom, o němž bude zjištěno,
že z úpornosti se nechce podrobiti soudcům, vydá biskup prvního stolce
osvědčení, aby ho nikdo z biskupů nepřijal do obecenství, dokud se
nepokoří.
Pravidlo 137. (karthagenského sněmu)
Jestliže biskup nebude dbáti na navrácení od bludařů toho, co
patří církvi dle soupisů, nebo dokonce stolců, nechť ho nabádají jeho
sousední horliví biskupové a nechť mu ukáží jeho nedbalost, aby neměl
omluvy. Jestliže během šesti měsíců ode dne napomenutí pobývaje v téže
eparchii, nepřevezme péči o ty, kdož se mají navrátiti k obecné jednotě,
s takovým ať se nestýkají dokud to nesplní. Jestli nepřijde do těch míst
spolučinitel 194
budiž kladeno biskupovi za vinu, že to nevykonal.
Pravidlo 138. (karthagenského sněmu)
Bude-li prokázáno, že takový lživě oznámil, že jsou oni, t.j.
donatisté v obecenství, pravě, že přistoupili k společenství, tehdy
jakmile bude zjištěno, že nepřistoupili a že on o tom věděl, budiž
takový zbaven i biskupství.
Pravidlo 139. (karthagenského sněmu) 195
Ustanoveno i toto: Jestliže kněží, jáhni a ostatní nižší z kleru
nejsou spokojeni rozhodnutím svých biskupů ve svých záležitostech, nechť
je vyslechnou sousední biskupové a nechť o jejich námitkách rozhodnou
ti, jež se souhlasem svých vlastních biskupů zvolí. Jestliže i od nich
chtějí záležitost přenésti k vyššímu soudu, nechť přenesou pouze k
africkým sněmům nebo k prvním biskupům svých oblastí. Kdož však si přeje
přenésti při za moře, 196 nebudiž v Africe nikým přijímán do
obecenství.
Pravidlo 140. (karthagenského sněmu) 197
Ustanoveno i toto: Jestliže někdo z biskupů z nouze pro nebezpečí
ohrožující čistotu panny, když je podezření buď na mocného milovníka
nebo na nějakého únosce, anebo když ona se cítí zkroušena pro nějaké
smrtelné nebezpečí, na žádost jejích rodičů nebo poručníků ji pokryl
nebo pokryje závojem těch, kdož jsou Bohu posvěceny před věkem
dvacetipěti let, aby nezemřela bez mnišského řádu, takového sněmovní
usnesení nepodřizuje ničemu což stanoví tento počet let pro pokrytí
(udělení mnišství).
Pravidlo 141. (karthagenského sněmu) 198
Celému sněmu bylo vhodným, aby bylo zvoleno po třech soudcích
každé oblasti proto, aby nebyli dlouho zdržováni všichni biskupové,
shromáždění na sněmu.
Pravidlo 142. (karthagenského sněmu)
Po ukončení některých záležitostí, když v zasedání prodlouženém
pro vyřízení ostatních věcí, mnozí biskupové naříkali a nemohli to
snésti, pospíchajíce k svým církvím, bylo vhod celému sněmu, aby z počtu
všech byli zvoleni ti z každé oblasti, kteří měli zůstati k dokončení
ostatních záležitostí; a toto splněno.
Pravidlo 143. (karthagenského sněmu)
Ustanoveno všemi: Jelikož v dřívějších rozhodnutích sněmů je
usnesení o osobách, od nichž nelze přijímati stížnosti na členy kleru,
avšak není přesně vyznačeno, od kterých osob je nelze přijímati, proto
stanovíme, že spravedlivě se nepřijímá žaloba od toho, kdo odloučen od
obecenství ještě přebývá v tomto odloučení, ať je to klerik či laik,
chtějící podat stížnost.
Pravidlo 144. (karthagenského sněmu) 199
Stanoveno i toto: Nepřijímati udání od všech otroků, od
propuštěnců těch, na něž si chtějí stěžovati a od všech, jež občanské
zákony nepřipouštějí k trestním stížnostem; rovněž od všech, na nichž
lpí skvrna hanebnosti, t.j. od herců a osob, jež se zabývají hanebnými
záležitostmi, rovněž od bludařů nebo pohanů nebo židů. Ostatně všem, od
nichž se takové obvinění nepřipouští, nebudiž odnímána svoboda podávati
žaloby ve svých záležitostech.
Pravidlo 145. (karthagenského sněmu) 200
Ustanoveno i toto: Když na příslušníky kleru žalobci podávají
mnohá obvinění, a jedno z nich, jež bylo napřed vyšetřováno, nemohlo
býti dokázáno, nebuďtež potom ostatní obvinění přijímána.
Pravidlo 146. (karthagenského sněmu)
Nepřijímati k svědectví ony svědky, od nichž stanoveno nepřijímati
žaloby, rovněž ani ty, jež sám žalobce uvede ze svého domu. Nebudiž
přijímáno svědectví osoby mladší čtrnácti let.
Pravidlo 147. (karthagenského sněmu) 201
Ustanoveno i toto: Jestliže biskup praví, že jemu samému někdo
vyznal svůj přečin, a tento se k tomu nepřizná, nechť se biskup neuráží,
že se mu jedinému nevěří. Řekne-li, že z pobouření svědomí nechce míti
obecenství s tím, kdo se nepřiznal, dokud odloučeného v tomto případě
nepřijme do obecenství vlastní biskup, dotud tohoto biskupa nechť
nepřijímají do obecenství ostatní biskupové. Tím více nechť se varuje
biskup, aby neříkal o někom něco, co před druhými nebude moci doklady
dokázat.
. Poselství afrického sněmu k Coelestinu, papeži římskému.
202
Milovanému vladykovi a ctěnému bratru Coelestinu: Aurelij,
Palatin, Antonín, Tut, Servusdei, Terentij a ostatní přítomní na obecném
karthagenském sněmu.
Jako Vaše Svatost vyjádřila svou radost z příchodu Apiarija v
dopise, zaslaném skrze spolupresbytera našeho Lva, podobně i my bychom
si přáli, aby s radostí bylo zasláno toto psaní o jeho ospravedlnění.
Neboť dle pravdy i naše i Vaše náklonnost byla prosta nedůvěry a
nejevila se zvědavou, předem se přiklánějíc v jeho prospěch, jakoby byl
už vyslechnut, ač bylo ještě zapotřebí se ho dotázati. A tak, když
přibyl k nám svatý bratr a spolubiskup náš Faustin, svolali jsme sněm a
věřili, že on byl vyslán s Apiarijem proto, aby ježto tento byl jeho
péčí ustanoven presbyterem, mohl i nyní jeho úsilím se ospravedlniti v
tolikých obviněních, podaných na něho od obyvatelů Thaurakinských. Avšak
početný sněm náš našel tak mnoho a tak veliké zločiny Apiarija, že byly
nad působnost shorařečeného Faustina, třebas to byla obhajoba, spíše než
soud, a orodování, více ekdikovi vlastní, než spravedlnost, příslušná
vyšetřujícímu. Neboť za prvé se Faustin silně protivil celému sněmu,
čině mu různé urážky, jakoby bráně práva římské církve a žádaje, abychom
přijali do obcování Apiarije, jehož Vaše Svatost do obecenství pojala,
uvěřivši jeho stížnosti, již nemohl prokázati. Stejně i toto mu málo
pomohlo, jak se lépe dovíš po přečtení akt sněmu. Neboť když během tří
dnů s těžkostmi se konal soud, Apiarija, tehdy Bůh spravedlivý soudce,
silný a dlouho trpělivý velmi krátce přeťal i protahování pře
spolubiskupem našim Faustinem i vytáčky samého Apiarija, jimiž se snažil
zakrýti své hanebné zločiny. Nepůsobivým se učinila protivná a hnusná
urputnost, a nestydaté popírání, jímž chtěl Apiarij zakrýti kal tak
mnohých rozkošnických skutků. Neboť když Bůh náš zasáhl jeho svědomí a
před všemi lidmi odhalil skryté v srdci, jako už odsouzené samým hnusem
zločinů, tehdy se lstivému zapěrači nenadále vyrvalo přiznání všeho, z
čehož byl obviněn a nakonec sám sebe dobrovolně obvinil ze všech sotva
uvěřitelných skvrn, a tímto způsobem i samou naši naději, jíž jsme ho
svěřili ve snaze, aby se mohl očistiti od tolika hanebných skvrn,
proměnil v nářek. Takový zármutek náš zmírnil pouze jedinou útěchou tím,
že nás oprostil od tíhy nepřetržitého bědování a pro své vlastní rány,
třebas nevolky a se zápasem svého svědomí připravil posléze lék ve svém
přiznání. A tak napřed vyplnivše povinnost náležité úcty, prosíme Vás,
pane bratře, abyste příště neposkytoval lehce sluchu těm, kteří
přicházejí odsud a neráčil budoucně přijímati do obecenství námi
odloučené, neboť Tvá ctihodnost lehce zjistí, že totéž rozhodnuto i
nicejským sněmem. Totiž, jestli toto se jeví tak zachovávané ohledně
nižších kleriků a laiků, tím více chce sněm, aby toto bylo zachováno
ohledně biskupů. A tak ti, kdož byli odloučeni od obecenství ve své
eparchii, nemohou býti úmyslně přijati do obecenství Tvou Svatostí,
poněvadž to nelze. Podobně i hanebné útěky kněží a za nimi následujících
kleriků nechť odpudí Svatost Tvá, jak je to Tebe i důstojné. Neboť toto
ani není zakázáno pro africkou církev žádným rozhodnutím otců, ba i
usnesení nicejského sněmu jak kleriky nižšího stupně, tak i samé biskupy
veřejným způsobem nazpět odesílali k jejich vlastním metropolitům.
Rozumně a spravedlivě určil, aby všechny vzniklé záležitosti byly
vyřizovány na svých místech. Otcové totiž soudili, že ani pro jedinou
oblast neschází milost svatého Ducha, skrze níž duchovenstvo Kristovo
rozumně spatřuje pravdu a pevně zachovává a zvláště, když každému je
dovoleno přistupovati k sněmům své oblasti a dokonce k všeobecnému
sněmu, jestliže pochybuje o spravedlnosti rozhodnutí nejbližších soudců.
Zdali by kdokoliv uvěřil, že náš Bůh může pouze někomu jedinému
vdechnouti správnost soudu a nesčetným duchovním, shromážděným na sněmu,
toto odmítne? Přitom, jak může býti důkladným zahraniční soud, před nějž
nemohou se dostaviti nutné osoby svědků, buď z nemohoucnosti nebo pro
tělesný stav, či pro stáří a jiné mnohé překážky? O tom, že někteří jako
by ze žebra Tvé Svatosti mohli býti posláni, nenacházíme rozhodnutí ani
jednoho sněmu otců. Neboť co bylo dříve od Vás skrze téhož spolubiskupa
našeho Faustina posláno k nám coby z usnesení nicejského sněmu, nemohli
jsme nalézti nikterak ve věrných soupisech pravidel tohoto sněmu,
pořízených s prvopisů, jež jsme obdrželi od svatého Cyrilla, našeho
spolubiskupa alexandrijské církve a od ctihodného Attika, biskupa
cařihradského, a tyto ještě před tím skrze kněze Innokentije a podjáhna
Marcella, jež je k nám přinesli, jsme odeslali k Bonifáci, blažené
paměti biskupovi, Vašemu předchůdci. A tak neračte na prosbu některých
vysílati sem Vaše kleriky, jako vyšetřovatele a nedovolte to, aby se
nezdálo, že vnášíme marnivou nadutost pokoje do církve Kristovy, jež
těm, kdož si přejí patřiti na Boha, přináší světlo prostoty a den
pokory. Jelikož slz hodný Apiarij, za neodpustitelnou svou nemravnost
dokonce bratrem naším Faustinem byl odloučen od církve Kristovy,
zůstáváme bez obav, že ho i napříště při zkušenosti a přesnosti Tvé
Svatosti v zachování bratrské lásky Afrika nikterak nestrpí.
Podpis.
Bůh náš nechť chrání na dlouhou dobu Vaši Svatost, pane bratře,
jež se modlí za nás.
kanony.htm
|